Table of Contents
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2019
File Nos. 033-62470
811-07704


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Post-Effective Amendment No. 196
and
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No. 197

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

211 Main Street
San Francisco, California 94105
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(800) 648-5300
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Jonathan de St. Paer
211 Main Street
San Francisco, California 94105
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies of communications to:
Douglas P. Dick, Esq.
Dechert LLP
1900 K Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
John M. Loder, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
800 Boylston Street
Boston, MA 02199-3600
David J. Lekich, Esq.
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
□ Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
☒ On July 29, 2019 pursuant to paragraph (b)
□ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
□ On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
□ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
□ On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
□ This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.



Table of Contents
Prospectus   |  July 29, 2019
Schwab Funds ®
Schwab ® Target Index Funds
Schwab ® Target 2010 Index Fund SWYAX
Schwab ® Target 2015 Index Fund SWYBX
Schwab ® Target 2020 Index Fund SWYLX
Schwab ® Target 2025 Index Fund SWYDX
Schwab ® Target 2030 Index Fund SWYEX
Schwab ® Target 2035 Index Fund SWYFX
Schwab ® Target 2040 Index Fund SWYGX
Schwab ® Target 2045 Index Fund SWYHX
Schwab ® Target 2050 Index Fund SWYMX
Schwab ® Target 2055 Index Fund SWYJX
Schwab ® Target 2060 Index Fund SWYNX
    
New Notice Regarding Shareholder Report Delivery Options
Beginning on January 1, 2021, paper copies of a fund’s shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from a fund or from your financial intermediary (such as a bank or broker-dealer). Instead, the reports will be made available on a fund’s website www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus , and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and the mailing will provide a website link to access the report. You will continue to receive other fund regulatory documents (such as prospectuses or supplements) in paper unless you have elected to receive all fund documents electronically.
If you would like to continue to receive a fund’s future shareholder reports in paper free of charge after January 1, 2021, you can make that request:
If you invest through Charles Schwab & Co, Inc. (broker-dealer), by calling 1-866-345-5954 and using the unique identifier attached to this mailing;
If you invest through another financial intermediary (such as a bank or broker-dealer) by contacting them directly; or
If owned directly through a fund by calling 1-800-407-0256.
If you already receive shareholder reports and other fund documents electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action.
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 

Schwab Target Index Funds
Fund Summaries  

1

6

11

16

21

26

31

36

41

46

51

56

57

57

57

66

67

78

80

82

83

83

84

86

86

89

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2010 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYAX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 30% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 35.9% equity securities, 56.8% fixed income securities, and 7.3% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue
 
   Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund | Fund Summary 1

 

Table of Contents
to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below
2 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
  investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk
  associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio
   Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund | Fund Summary 3

 

Table of Contents
  turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 2.73% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (4.16%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 9.47%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (2.27%) 2.71%
After taxes on distributions (2.94%) 2.12%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (1.23%) 1.89%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2010 Passive Composite Index 1 (2.27%) 2.82%
1 The Target 2010 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 23.4% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 1.5% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 9.8% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 1.8% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 8.6% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 41.4% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index, 6.4% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) Index (Series-L) and 7.2% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
4 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
   Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund | Fund Summary 5

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2015 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYBX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 29% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 38.5% equity securities, 54.7% fixed income securities, and 6.8% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue
 
6 Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below
   Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund | Fund Summary 7

 

Table of Contents
  investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk
  associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio
8 Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
  turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 2.83% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (4.65%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 9.66%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (2.61%) 2.77%
After taxes on distributions (3.17%) 2.18%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (1.42%) 1.93%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2015 Passive Composite Index 1 (2.50%) 2.92%
1 The Target 2015 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 24.6% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 1.6% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 10.8% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 2.0% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 8.1% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 40.1% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index, 6.1% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (TIPS) Index (Series-L) and 6.7% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
   Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund | Fund Summary 9

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
10 Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2020 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYLX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 13% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 43.3% equity securities, 50.6% fixed income securities, and 6.1% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target
 
   Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund | Fund Summary 11

 

Table of Contents
date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be
aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed
12 Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
  income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
   Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund | Fund Summary 13

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 3.62% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (5.58%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 10.45%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (3.09%) 3.62%
After taxes on distributions (3.81%) 3.02%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (1.67%) 2.60%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2020 Passive Composite Index 1 (3.05%) 3.71%
1 The Target 2020 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 28.1% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 2.0% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 12.7% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 1.2% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 2.3% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 6.1% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 37.7% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index, 4.2% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) Index (Series-L) and 5.7% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
14 Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
   Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund | Fund Summary 15

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2025 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYDX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 13% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 56.8% equity securities, 38.7% fixed income securities, and 4.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target
 
16 Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be
aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed
   Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund | Fund Summary 17

 

Table of Contents
  income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
18 Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 4.21% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (7.25%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 12.03%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (4.29%) 4.24%
After taxes on distributions (4.93%) 3.66%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (2.33%) 3.12%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2025 Passive Composite Index 1 (4.21%) 4.32%
1 The Target 2025 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 34.8% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 2.9% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 16.1% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 2.4% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 3.0% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 3.3% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 32.1% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index, 1.4% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) Index (Series-L) and 4.2% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
   Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund | Fund Summary 19

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
20 Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2030 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYEX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 8% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 66.7% equity securities, 29.9% fixed income securities, and 3.3% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target
 
   Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund | Fund Summary 21

 

Table of Contents
date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be
aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed
22 Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
  income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
   Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund | Fund Summary 23

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 4.70% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (8.51%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 13.16%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (5.08%) 4.67%
After taxes on distributions (5.68%) 4.08%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (2.76%) 3.47%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2030 Passive Composite Index 1 (5.11%) 4.75%
1 The Target 2030 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 39.3% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 3.6% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 18.7% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 3.4% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 3.4% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 1.9% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 26.5% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index and 3.2% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
24 Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
   Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund | Fund Summary 25

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2035 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYFX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 6% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 74.6% equity securities, 22.8% fixed income securities, and 2.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target
 
26 Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be
aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed
   Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund | Fund Summary 27

 

Table of Contents
  income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
28 Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 5.19% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (9.69%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 14.10%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (6.05%) 4.95%
After taxes on distributions (6.58%) 4.39%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (3.32%) 3.71%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2035 Passive Composite Index 1 (5.88%) 5.07%
1 The Target 2035 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 42.6% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 4.5% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 20.8% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 4.4% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 3.8% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 1.2% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 20.4% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index and 2.4% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
   Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund | Fund Summary 29

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
30 Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2040 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYGX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 2% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 81.6% equity securities, 16.6% fixed income securities, and 1.8% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target
 
   Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund | Fund Summary 31

 

Table of Contents
date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be
aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed
32 Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
  income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
   Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund | Fund Summary 33

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 5.48% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (10.57%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 14.76%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (6.63%) 5.31%
After taxes on distributions (7.15%) 4.74%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (3.62%) 4.00%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2040 Passive Composite Index 1 (6.61%) 5.38%
1 The Target 2040 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 45.5% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 5.3% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 22.7% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 5.5% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 4.2% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 0.8% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 14.5% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index and 1.7% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
34 Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
   Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund | Fund Summary 35

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2045 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYHX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 7% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 87.3% equity securities, 11.4% fixed income securities, and 1.3% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target
 
36 Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be
aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed
   Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund | Fund Summary 37

 

Table of Contents
  income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
38 Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 5.77% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (11.37%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 15.46%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (7.28%) 5.40%
After taxes on distributions (7.79%) 4.85%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (3.99%) 4.09%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2045 Passive Composite Index 1 (7.18%) 5.52%
1 The Target 2045 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 47.4% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 5.9% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 24.1% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 6.3% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 4.4% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 0.5% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 10.3% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index and 1.2% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
   Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund | Fund Summary 39

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
40 Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2050 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYMX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 0% (less than 0.5%) of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 90.5% equity securities, 8.6% fixed income securities, and 1.0% cash and cash
 
   Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund | Fund Summary 41

 

Table of Contents
equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where
the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or
42 Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
  interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
   Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund | Fund Summary 43

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 5.86% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (11.72%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 15.73%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (7.58%) 5.49%
After taxes on distributions (8.06%) 4.93%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (4.17%) 4.16%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2050 Passive Composite Index 1 (7.50%) 5.62%
1 The Target 2050 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 48.4% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 6.3% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 24.9% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 6.8% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 4.6% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 0.3% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 7.8% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index and 0.9% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
44 Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
   Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund | Fund Summary 45

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2055 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYJX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 6% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 93.0% equity securities, 6.3% fixed income securities, and 0.7% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target
 
46 Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be
aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed
   Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund | Fund Summary 47

 

Table of Contents
  income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
48 Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 5.96% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (12.11%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 15.97%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (7.86%) 5.60%
After taxes on distributions (8.32%) 5.05%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (4.32%) 4.26%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2055 Passive Composite Index 1 (7.77%) 5.72%
1 The Target 2055 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 49.3% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 6.6% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 25.7% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 7.3% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 4.7% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 0.2% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 5.6% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index and 0.7% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
   Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund | Fund Summary 49

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
50 Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Schwab ® Target 2060 Index Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWYNX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 1 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 1 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 1,2 0.08
1 The total annual fund operating expenses in the fee table may differ from the expense ratios in the fund’s “Financial Highlights” that include only the fund’s direct operating expenses and do not include acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE), which reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds during its prior fiscal year.
2 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after any expense reduction. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$8 $26 $45 $103
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 2% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation as of February 1, 2019 (the most recent annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocations) was approximately 95.0% equity securities, 4.5% fixed income securities, and 0.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target
 
   Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund | Fund Summary 51

 

Table of Contents
date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be
aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
ETF Risk. When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF holds, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest directly in cash, cash equivalents and equity and fixed-income securities, including money market securities, to maintain its allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest, which include any combination of the risks described below.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed
52 Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
  income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments, and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there may be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that an underlying fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the underlying fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more vulnerable to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Investment Style Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Such underlying funds follow these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of their indexing strategy, these underlying funds do not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of an underlying fund’s expenses, the underlying fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
   Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund | Fund Summary 53

 

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to those of two broad based indices and a passive composite index based on the fund’s target allocations. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
On July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and Institutional Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offers multiple classes of shares. Accordingly, the performance history of the fund, prior to July 24, 2017, is that of the fund’s former Institutional Shares.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 6.06% Q1 2017
Worst Quarter: (12.18%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (before taxes) as of 6/30/19: 16.16%
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/18
  1 Year Since
Inception
(8/25/16)
Before taxes (8.02%) 5.58%
After taxes on distributions (8.48%) 5.04%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares (4.42%) 4.25%
Comparative Indices (reflect no deduction for expenses or taxes)    
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index (5.30%) 7.95%
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index 0.01% 0.20%
Target 2060 Passive Composite Index 1 (7.96%) 5.71%
1 The Target 2060 Passive Composite Index is a custom blended index developed by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. based on the Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund’s asset allocation glide schedule and will become more conservative as time elapses. Effective February 1, 2018, the composite is derived using the following portion allocations: 49.8% Dow Jones U.S. Large Cap Total Stock Market Index, 6.8% Dow Jones U.S. Small Cap Total Stock Market Index, 26.1% FTSE Developed ex-US Index (Net), 7.5% FTSE Emerging Index (Net), 4.8% Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, 0.2% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, 4.3% Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index and 0.5% Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bills 1-3 Month Index. The components that make up the composite index may vary over time. The composite index represents target allocations for 2018. Percentages listed may not total to 100% due to rounding.
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account. In some cases, the return after taxes on distributions and sale of shares may exceed the fund’s other returns due to an assumed benefit from any losses on a sale of shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers

Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. She has managed the fund since August 2016.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2018.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
54 Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
   Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund | Fund Summary 55

 

Table of Contents
About the Funds

The Schwab Target Index Funds (the funds) are designed to provide investors with investment management, asset allocation and ongoing reallocation over time. Because the funds invest in ETFs and other mutual funds (the underlying funds), each fund is considered a “fund of funds.” A fund of funds generally bears its own direct expenses in addition to bearing a proportionate share of expenses charged to the underlying funds in which it invests.
Each fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. These funds gradually decrease their equity holdings and increase fixed income holdings as the target date approaches and beyond, becoming more conservative over time. This rebalancing over time is often referred to as the glide path of the fund. The glide path is a pre-set investment schedule that reallocates risk based on an investor’s target date. Please see the fund’s glide path in the “Fund Details” section.
Each fund is managed based on the target date included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in a fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The target date included in a fund’s name does not necessarily represent the specific year you expect to need your assets. It is intended only as a general guide.
The funds are designed for long-term investors. Their performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.
Investor Profile
The funds are designed to offer investors a professionally managed investment plan that simplifies the investment management of an investor’s assets prior to, and continuing after, the investor’s retirement. The main component of the investment program is the funds’ ongoing reallocation of the investor’s assets among various asset classes, including equities, fixed income securities and cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). In particular, the funds are designed for investors who are saving for retirement.
Who may want to invest in the funds?
The funds may be a suitable investment for investors:
seeking an investment whose asset allocation mix becomes more conservative over time
seeking funds that combine the potential for capital appreciation and income
seeking the convenience of funds that allocate their assets among both equity and fixed income investments
Who may not want to invest in the funds?
The funds may not be suitable for investors:
seeking to invest for a short period of time
uncomfortable with fluctuations in the value of their investment
seeking to use the funds for educational savings accounts
The funds are designed to be an integral part of an investor’s overall retirement investment strategy. However, they are not designed to provide investors with a complete solution to their retirement needs. Investors must consider many factors when choosing an investment strategy for their retirement. For example, factors such as an appropriate retirement date, your expected retirement needs and your sources of income all should be considered when you choose your overall retirement strategy.
56 Schwab Target Index Funds | About the Funds

 

Table of Contents
Fund Details

There can be no assurance that the funds will achieve their objectives. Except as explicitly described otherwise, the investment objectives, investment strategies and policies of each fund may be changed without shareholder approval.
The principal investment strategies and the main risks associated with investing in each fund are summarized in the fund summaries at the front of this prospectus. This section takes a more detailed look at some of the types of securities, the associated risks, and the various investment strategies that may be used in the day-to-day portfolio management of the funds, as described below.
Investment Objectives, Strategies and Risks

Schwab Target Index Funds
Investment Objective
Each of the funds seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation. Each fund’s investment objective is not fundamental and therefore may be changed by the fund’s Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.
Principal Investment Strategies of the Funds
Each of the funds seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab ETFs. Each fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as, the “underlying funds”). Each fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, money market and other securities in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. For each of the funds, the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy, in accordance with a predetermined “glide path” illustrated below under the “Asset Allocation and Investment Strategies” section. However, the adviser reserves the right to modify a fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should, in the adviser’s discretion, circumstances warrant a change. In general, each fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated target date, each fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). Each fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date at which time each fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of each fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust each fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, a fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, each fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. The style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust a fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, a fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
Each fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, each fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities).
For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, each fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When a fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Asset Allocation and Investment Strategies
Each fund invests in a combination of underlying funds. Each fund’s target allocation is intended to allocate investments among various asset classes such as equity, fixed income, and cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities). As set forth below, each fund has its own distinct target portfolio allocation and is designed to accommodate different investment goals and risk tolerances.
The following chart shows each fund’s target asset allocation among the various asset classes as of February 1, 2019. The allocations may not add to 100% due to rounding.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details 57

 

Table of Contents
Target Asset Allocation*

Asset Class Schwab Target
2010 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2015 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2020 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2025 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2030 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2035 Index Fund
Equity ETFs 35.9% 38.5% 43.3% 56.8% 66.7% 74.6%
Fixed Income ETFs 56.8% 54.7% 50.6% 38.7% 29.9% 22.8%
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Including Money Market Funds) 7.3% 6.8% 6.1% 4.4% 3.3% 2.5%
Target Asset Allocation*

Asset Class Schwab Target
2040 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2045 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2050 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2055 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2060 Index Fund
Equity ETFs 81.6% 87.3% 90.5% 93.0% 95.0%
Fixed Income ETFs 16.6% 11.4% 8.6% 6.3% 4.5%
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Including Money Market Funds) 1.8% 1.3% 1.0% 0.7% 0.5%
* Market appreciation or depreciation may cause a fund’s actual asset allocation to vary temporarily from the fund’s target asset allocation.
As shown above, the portfolios of the funds with an earlier target retirement date are more heavily allocated to fixed income securities and money market funds; therefore these funds represent a more conservative approach. Funds with later target retirement dates take a more aggressive approach by allocating a greater amount of their assets to equity securities.
The target asset allocations of the funds have been developed with two general rules of investing in mind:
Higher investment returns are generally accompanied by a higher risk of losing money. Put another way, the greater an investment’s potential return, the greater its potential loss. For example, equity securities generally provide long-term returns that are superior to fixed income securities, although their returns have tended to be more volatile in the short-term.
Because their investments have more time to recover from losses, investors with longer time horizons generally have a higher risk tolerance.
For these reasons, the target asset allocations of the funds are expected to vary over time as your investment horizon changes.
Over time, the target allocation to asset classes will change according to a predetermined “glide path,” as illustrated in the following graph. As the glide path shows, each fund’s asset mix becomes more conservative as time elapses — both prior to and after the target retirement date. This reflects the need for reduced investment risk as retirement approaches and the need for greater certainty of income after retiring. The funds’ actual asset allocations may differ from the allocations shown in the illustration. Once a fund reaches its most conservative planned allocation, approximately 20 years after its target date, its allocation to equity securities will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% in equity securities, 65.6% in fixed income securities and 9.4% in cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities). The adviser reserves the right to modify the glide path from time to time should circumstances warrant.
58 Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details

 

Table of Contents
Target Glide Path
Differences in the performance of underlying funds and the size and frequency of purchase and redemption orders may affect the fund’s actual allocations.
More Information About Principal Investment Risks
The funds are intended for investors seeking an investment option whose asset mix becomes more conservative over time, and who are willing to accept the risks associated with the funds’ asset allocation strategies. In general, a fund with a later target date is expected to be more volatile than a fund with an earlier target date.
Each fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. Principal risks of the funds include:
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds and ETFs may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it and its affiliates by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist. For example, the investment adviser’s decisions to cause a fund to purchase or redeem shares of an affiliated underlying fund could be influenced by its belief that an affiliated underlying fund may benefit from additional assets or that it is in the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund to limit purchases of shares of the underlying fund. In such cases, the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to each fund and is legally obligated to act in each fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Operational Risk. The fund is exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the fund’s service providers, counterparties or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes and technology or system failures. The fund seeks to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures believed to be reasonably designed to address these risks. However, these controls and procedures cannot address every possible risk and may not fully mitigate the risks that they are intended to address.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of an investment in a fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance, expenses and risks of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in a fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will depend on the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. An investment in the underlying funds is not a bank deposit. The funds’ investments in the underlying funds are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details 59

 

Table of Contents
Market Segment Risk. The underlying funds invest their assets in accordance with their own distinct investment objectives. As a result, the performance of an underlying fund will correlate directly with the performance of the particular segment of the stock or bond market that the fund invests in (e.g., large-cap securities, small-cap securities, foreign securities, fixed income securities or dividend-paying common stocks). This may cause the underlying fund to underperform funds that do not similarly restrict their investments to a particular market segment.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities in which the underlying funds invest rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time. Due to their fixed income features, preferred stocks provide higher income potential than issuers’ common stocks, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. The rights of common stockholders are generally subordinate to the rights associated with an issuer’s preferred stocks and the rights of preferred stockholders are generally subordinate to the rights associated with an issuer’s debt securities on the distribution of an issuer’s assets in the event of a liquidation.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. In addition, there may be less trading volume in securities issued by mid- and small-cap companies than those issued by larger companies and, as a result, trading volatility may have a greater impact on the value of securities of mid- and small-cap companies. Securities issued by large-cap companies, on the other hand, may not be able to attain the high growth rates of some mid- and small-cap companies. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, an underlying fund’s performance could be impacted.
Large-Cap Company Risk. Large-cap companies are generally more mature than smaller companies. They also may have fewer new market opportunities for their products or services, may focus resources on maintaining their market share, and may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges. As a result, the securities issued by these companies may not be able to reach the same levels of growth as the securities issued by small- or mid-cap companies.
Mid-Cap Company Risk. Mid-cap companies may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies and their securities may be riskier than those issued by large-cap companies. The value of securities issued by mid-cap companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and their prices may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns.
Small-Cap Company Risk. Small-cap companies may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies and their securities may be riskier than those issued by larger companies. The value of securities issued by small-cap companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and their prices may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. In addition, small-cap companies may have limited financial resources, management experience, product lines and markets, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volumes than the securities of larger companies. Further, small-cap companies may have less publicly available information and such information may be inaccurate or incomplete.
Convertible Securities Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may invest in convertible securities, which are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock or other securities that may be converted into or exercised for a prescribed amount of common stock at a specified time and price. Convertible securities provide an opportunity for equity participation, with the potential for a higher dividend or interest yield and lower price volatility compared to common stock. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline, and the credit standing of the issuer. The price of a convertible security will also normally vary in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying common stock because of the conversion or exercise feature.
Growth Investing Risk. Certain of the underlying funds pursue a “growth style” of investing. Growth investing focuses on a company’s prospects for growth of revenue and earnings. If a company’s earnings or revenues fall short of expectations, its stock price may fall dramatically. Growth stocks also can perform differently from the market as a whole and other types of stocks and can be more volatile than other types of stocks. Since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, they may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth stocks may also be more expensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to value or other stocks.
Value Investing Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may pursue a “value style” of investing. Value investing focuses on companies whose stocks appear undervalued in light of factors such as the company’s earnings, book value, revenues or cash flow. If an underlying
60 Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details

 

Table of Contents
  fund’s investment adviser’s (or sub-adviser’s) assessment of a company’s value or prospects for exceeding earnings expectations or market conditions is wrong, the underlying fund could suffer losses or produce poor performance relative to other funds. In addition, “value stocks” can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time.
Interest Rate Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that interest rates may rise and fall over time. As with any investment whose yield reflects current interest rates, an underlying fund’s yield will change over time. During periods when interest rates are low, an underlying fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low. Changes in interest rates also may affect an underlying fund’s share price: a rise in interest rates could cause the fund’s share price to fall. This risk is greater when the underlying fund holds bonds with longer maturities. An underlying fund may also lose money if interest rates rise sharply. The longer an underlying fund’s portfolio duration, the more sensitive to interest rate movements its share price is likely to be. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions, among other things, may result in a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which an underlying fund invests. Rising interest rates may decrease liquidity in the fixed income securities markets, making it more difficult for an underlying fund to sell its fixed income securities holdings at a time when the investment adviser might wish to sell such securities. In addition, decreased market liquidity also may make it more difficult to value some or all of an underlying fund’s fixed income securities holdings. If the underlying fund invests in inflation-protected securities, such securities may react differently to interest rate changes than other types of debt securities and, tend to react to changes in “real” interest rates.
Credit Risk. Certain of the underlying funds are subject to the risk that a decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could cause the fund’s share price to fall. The underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater risks of default or downgrade and are more volatile than investment-grade bonds. Below investment-grade bonds also involve greater risk of price declines than investment-grade securities due to actual or perceived changes in an issuer’s creditworthiness. In addition, issuers of below investment-grade bonds may be more susceptible than other issuers to economic downturns. Such bonds are subject to the risk that the issuer may not be able to pay interest or dividends and ultimately to repay principal upon maturity. Discontinuation of these payments could substantially adversely affect the market value of the bonds.
Prepayment and Extension Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause the underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. In addition, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of certain fixed income securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, an underlying fund that holds these securities may exhibit additional volatility. This is known as extension risk. When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their fixed income securities sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of an underlying fund because the fund will have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates. This is known as prepayment risk.
U.S. Government Securities Risk. Some of the U.S. government securities that the underlying funds invest in are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, which means they are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Issuers such as the Federal Home Loan Banks maintain limited access to credit lines from the U.S. Treasury. Others, such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation, are supported solely by the credit of the issuer. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. Also, any government guarantees on securities the underlying funds own do not extend to shares of the underlying funds themselves. On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under this agreement, the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. This is intended to ensure that the instrumentalities maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.
Inflation-Protected Securities Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may invest in inflation-protected securities. The value of inflation-protected securities generally will fluctuate in response to changes in “real” interest rates. Real interest rates represent nominal (or stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. The value of an inflation-protected security generally decreases when real interest rates rise and generally increase when real interest rates fall. In addition, the principal value of an inflation-protected security is periodically adjusted up or down along with the rate of inflation. If the measure of inflation falls, the principal value of the inflation-protected security will be adjusted downwards, and consequently, the interest payable on the security
Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details 61

 

Table of Contents
  will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed by the United States Treasury in the case of Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities. For securities that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the security to be repaid at maturity is subject to credit risk.
Mortgage-Backed and Mortgage Pass-Through Securities Risk. Certain of the mortgage-backed securities in which an underlying fund may invest are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and there can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support where it was not obligated to do so. Mortgage-backed securities tend to increase in value less than other debt securities when interest rates decline, but are subject to similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Transactions in mortgage pass-through securities often occur through TBA transactions. Default by or bankruptcy of a counterparty to a TBA transaction could expose the underlying fund to possible losses.
Mortgage Dollar Rolls Risk. Mortgage dollar rolls are transactions in which an underlying fund sells mortgage-backed securities to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase similar securities in the future at a predetermined price. An underlying fund’s mortgage dollar rolls could lose money if the price of the mortgage-backed securities sold falls below the agreed upon repurchase price, or if the counterparty is unable to honor the agreement.
Money Market Fund Risk. In addition to the risks discussed under “Investment Risk” above, an investment by the fund in an underlying money market fund has additional risks. The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. In exchange for their emphasis on stability and liquidity, money market investments may offer lower long-term performance than stock or bond investments. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the U.S. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund’s investments and could impair the underlying fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. In addition, an underlying fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions, including trade tariffs, embargoes or limitations on trade which could have a significant impact on a country’s markets overall as well as global economies or markets. There also is the risk that the cost of buying, selling, and holding foreign securities, including brokerage, tax, and custody costs, may be higher than those involved in domestic transactions. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. An underlying fund may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to an underlying fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. To the extent an underlying fund’s investments in a single country or a limited number of countries represent a large percentage of the underlying fund’s assets, the underlying fund’s performance may be adversely affected by the economic, political, regulatory and social conditions in those countries, and the underlying fund’s price may be more volatile than the price of an underlying fund that is geographically diversified.
Emerging Markets Risk. The risks of foreign investments apply to, and may be heightened in connection with, investments in emerging market countries or securities of issuers that conduct their business in emerging markets. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. It is sometimes difficult to obtain and enforce court judgments in such countries. There is often a greater potential for nationalization, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, government regulation, social instability or diplomatic developments (including war) in emerging market countries, which could adversely affect the economies of, or investments in securities of issuers located in, such countries. In addition, emerging markets are substantially smaller than developed markets, and the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in developed countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of illiquidity and price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
62 Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details

 

Table of Contents
Currency Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, will subject the underlying fund to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in an underlying fund would be adversely affected. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate in response to factors extrinsic to that country’s economy, which makes the forecasting of currency market movements extremely difficult. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates; intervention (or failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund; or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These can result in losses to an underlying fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Forward contracts on foreign currencies are not traded on exchanges; rather, a bank or dealer will act as agent or as principal in order to make or take future delivery of a specified lot of a particular currency for the underlying fund’s account. An underlying fund is subject to the risk of a counterparty’s failure, inability or refusal to perform with respect to such contracts.
Real Estate Investment Risk. Certain of the underlying funds have a policy of concentrating their investments in real estate companies and companies related to the real estate industry. Such an underlying fund is subject to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate securities and a fund’s investment in such an underlying fund will be closely linked to the performance of the real estate markets. An investment by a fund in an underlying fund that invests, but does not concentrate, in real estate companies and companies related to the real estate industry will subject the fund to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate securities to a lesser extent. These risks include, among others, declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; overbuilding; extended vacancies of properties; defaults by borrowers or tenants, particularly during an economic downturn; increasing competition; increases in property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems; liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; limitations on rents; changes in market and sub-market values and the appeal of properties to tenants; and changes in interest rates.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) Risk. Certain of the underlying funds invest in REITs. In addition to the risks associated with investing in securities of real estate companies and real estate related companies, REITs are subject to certain additional risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the trusts, and mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills and may have their investments in relatively few properties, or in a small geographic area or a single property type. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code, or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The failure of a company to qualify as a REIT under federal tax law may have adverse consequences to an underlying fund that invests in that REIT. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments. In addition, REITs have their own expenses, and an underlying fund that invests in REITs will bear a proportionate share of those expenses.
Short Sales Risk. Certain underlying funds may engage in short sales, which are transactions in which the underlying fund sells a security it does not own. To complete a short sale, the underlying fund must borrow the security to deliver to the buyer. The underlying fund is then obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of replacement. This price may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the underlying fund and the underlying fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the underlying fund replaces the borrowed security.
Derivatives Risk. An underlying fund may use derivatives to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, options on futures and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount. A credit default swap is an agreement in which the seller agrees to make a payment to the buyer in the event of a specified credit event in exchange for a fixed payment or series of fixed payments.
  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as credit risk, leverage risk, liquidity risk, market risk and management risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a
Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details 63

 

Table of Contents
  particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause an underlying fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund’s performance, increase its volatility, and could cause the fund to lose more than the initial amount invested.  The use of derivatives that are subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) by an underlying fund could cause a fund to become a commodity pool, which would require the fund to comply with certain CFTC rules.
Leverage Risk. Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the underlying fund to greater risk. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the underlying fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the underlying fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the underlying fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Non-Diversification Risk. Certain of the underlying funds are non-diversified and, as such, may invest a greater percentage of their assets in the securities in a single issuer than an underlying fund that is diversified. A non-diversified underlying fund is more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified underlying fund.
Securities Lending Risk. An underlying fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When an underlying fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the underlying fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in, or delay in recovery of, the loaned securities if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. An underlying fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. An underlying fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Tracking Error Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices, although they may not be successful in doing so. The divergence between the performance of an underlying fund and its benchmark index, positive or negative, is called “tracking error.” Tracking error can be caused by many factors and it may be significant. For example, an underlying fund may not invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, or match the securities’ weighting to the benchmark, due to regulatory, operational, custodial or liquidity constraints, which may result in tracking error. An underlying fund may attempt to offset the effects of not being invested in certain index securities by making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be successful. In addition, cash flows into and out of an underlying fund, operating expenses and trading costs all affect the ability of the fund to match the performance of its benchmark index, because the benchmark index does not have to manage cash flows and does not incur any costs.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk. Certain underlying funds that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index. As a result, such underlying funds are subject to the risk that their investment adviser’s investment management strategy, the implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results. Because such an underlying fund utilizes a sampling approach it may not track the return of the index as well as it would if the underlying fund purchased all of the securities in the index.
Investment Style Risk. An underlying fund’s investment style may impact the performance of the fund. For example, an underlying fund may invest in accordance with an indexing investment style, causing the underlying fund to follow the performance of an index during upturns as well as downturns. In addition, an underlying fund may have an investment style that favors certain types of investments over others. As a result, such an underlying fund may underperform funds that do not limit their investments to the particular type of investment.
Shares of Certain Underlying Funds May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. Certain underlying fund shares may be bought and sold by the fund in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of an underlying fund will approximate that underlying fund’s net asset value (NAV), there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. The fund may pay more than NAV when it buys shares of the fund in the secondary market, and the fund may receive less than NAV when it sells those shares in the secondary market. The market price of underlying fund shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from NAV during periods of market volatility.
Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to purchase, sell or value, especially during stressed market conditions. The market for certain investments may become illiquid due to specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions independent of the issuer. In addition, limited dealer inventories of certain securities could potentially lead to decreased liquidity. In such cases, an underlying fund, due to limitations on investments in illiquid securities and the difficulty in readily purchasing and selling such securities at favorable times or prices, may decline in value, experience lower returns and/or be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain issuer or sector. Further, transactions in illiquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in liquid securities. Liquidity risk also includes
64 Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details

 

Table of Contents
  the risk that market conditions or large shareholder redemptions may impact the ability of an underlying fund to meet redemption requests within the required time period. In order to meet such redemption requests, the underlying fund may be forced to sell securities at inopportune times or prices.
High-Yield Risk. Underlying funds that invest in high-yield securities and unrated securities of similar credit quality (sometimes called junk bonds) may be subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risk than underlying funds that do not invest in such securities. These securities are considered predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. An economic downturn or period of rising interest rates could adversely affect the market for these securities and reduce an underlying fund’s ability to sell these securities (liquidity risk). If the issuer of a security is in default with respect to interest or principal payments, an underlying fund may lose its entire investment. Because of the risks involved in investing in high-yield securities, an investment in an underlying fund that invests in such securities should be considered speculative.
Repurchase Agreements Risk . When an underlying fund enters into a repurchase agreement, the underlying fund is exposed to the risk that the other party (i.e., the counterparty) will not fulfill its contractual obligation. In a repurchase agreement, there exists the risk that, when an underlying fund buys a security from a counterparty that agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price (usually higher) and time, the counterparty will not repurchase the security. These risks are magnified to the extent that a repurchase agreement is secured by collateral other than cash and government securities, such as debt securities, equity securities and high-yield securities that are rated below investment grade (Alternative Collateral). High-yield securities that are used as Alternative Collateral are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risk, and are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Alternative Collateral may be subject to greater price volatility and may be more volatile or less liquid than other types of collateral, increasing the risk that an underlying fund will be unable to recover fully in the event of a counterparty’s default.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details 65

 

Table of Contents
Risk Spectrum
Each fund has a different level of risk and the amount of risk is relative to the time horizon included in its name. Funds with earlier target retirement dates will tend to be less risky and have lower expected returns than the funds with later target retirement dates. The following risk spectrum is designed to provide investors with a general overview of the relative risk characteristics of each fund.
Portfolio Holdings

The funds may make various types of portfolio securities information available to shareholders. The funds post a detailed list of the securities held by each fund at www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus (under “Portfolio Holdings”) as of month end. This list is generally posted approximately 15-20 days after the end of the month remaining posted for at least six months. The funds also post in the fund summary section of the funds’ website and on fund fact sheets certain summary portfolio attributes, including top ten holdings, approximately 5-25 days after the end of the calendar quarter. The funds may exclude any portion of these portfolio holdings from publication when deemed in the best interest of a fund. Further information regarding the funds’ policy and procedures on the disclosure of portfolio holdings is available in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
66 Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Details

 

Table of Contents
Financial Highlights

This section provides further details about each fund’s financial history for the past five years or, if shorter, for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. “Total return” shows the percentage that an investor in a fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. Each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), audited these figures. PwC’s full report is included in each fund’s annual report (see back cover).
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 10.59 $ 10.15 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.27 0.22 0.12      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.23 0.34 0.10      
Total from investment operations 0.50 0.56 0.22      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.20) (0.12) (0.07)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.01) (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.21) (0.12) (0.07)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 10.88 $ 10.59 $10.15      
Total return 4.81% 5.57% 2.26% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.03% 0.02% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.53% 2.11% 1.99% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 30% 28% 2% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $25,391 $14,185 $ 955      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.05% and 0.06% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights 67

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 10.61 $ 10.17 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.27 0.22 0.13      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.22 0.38 0.12      
Total from investment operations 0.49 0.60 0.25      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.17) (0.15) (0.08)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.01) (0.01)      
Total distributions (0.18) (0.16) (0.08)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 10.92 $ 10.61 $10.17      
Total return 4.74% 5.83% 2.49% 4      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 5 0.03% 0.03% 0.02% 6      
Gross operating expenses 5 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 6      
Net investment income (loss) 2.54% 2.06% 2.15% 6      
Portfolio turnover rate 29% 47% 15% 4      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $45,688 $20,229 $ 797      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Not annualized.
5
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.05% and 0.06% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
6
Annualized.
68 Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 10.92 $ 10.30 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.27 0.23 0.16      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.22 0.52 0.21      
Total from investment operations 0.49 0.75 0.37      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.23) (0.13) (0.07)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4 (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.23) (0.13) (0.07)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 11.18 $ 10.92 $10.30      
Total return 4.73% 7.30% 3.69% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.03% 0.03% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.48% 2.15% 2.68% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 13% 21% 17% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $129,760 $70,841 $ 5,455      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.05% and 0.05% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights 69

 

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 11.18 $ 10.40 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.28 0.25 0.14      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.23 0.68 0.34      
Total from investment operations 0.51 0.93 0.48      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.23) (0.15) (0.08)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4 (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.23) (0.15) (0.08)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 11.46 $ 11.18 $10.40      
Total return 4.79% 8.93% 4.82% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.04% 0.03% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.46% 2.22% 2.41% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 13% 14% 6% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $154,328 $84,235 $ 1,649      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.04% and 0.05% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
70 Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights

 

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 11.37 $ 10.46 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.28 0.26 0.15      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.24 0.80 0.41      
Total from investment operations 0.52 1.06 0.56      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.24) (0.15) (0.10)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.24) (0.15) (0.10)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 11.65 $ 11.37 $10.46      
Total return 4.76% 10.12% 5.66% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.04% 0.03% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.46% 2.30% 2.49% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 8% 8% 7% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $201,250 $109,554 $ 3,258      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.04% and 0.05% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights 71

 

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 11.53 $ 10.54 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.29 0.26 0.12      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.22 0.90 0.52      
Total from investment operations 0.51 1.16 0.64      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.22) (0.17) (0.10)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4 (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.22) (0.17) (0.10)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 11.82 $ 11.53 $10.54      
Total return 4.68% 10.96% 6.44% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.04% 0.03% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.49% 2.29% 2.04% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 6% 14% 13% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $126,200 $62,526 $ 1,904      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.04% and 0.05% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
72 Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights

 

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 11.69 $ 10.59 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.29 0.27 0.15      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.21 1.00 0.55      
Total from investment operations 0.50 1.27 0.70      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.24) (0.17) (0.11)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.24) (0.17) (0.11)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 11.95 $ 11.69 $10.59      
Total return 4.49% 11.97% 7.09% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.04% 0.03% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.48% 2.33% 2.48% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 2% 15% 8% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $143,404 $72,830 $ 1,514      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.04% and 0.05% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights 73

 

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 11.81 $ 10.64 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.29 0.28 0.10      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.19 1.06 0.65      
Total from investment operations 0.48 1.34 0.75      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.24) (0.17) (0.11)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4 (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.24) (0.17) (0.11)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 12.05 $ 11.81 $10.64      
Total return 4.33% 12.57% 7.51% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.03% 0.02% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.43% 2.39% 1.68% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 7% 11% 8% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $84,790 $44,817 $ 1,261      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.05% and 0.06% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
74 Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights

 

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 11.85 $ 10.65 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.29 0.28 0.15      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.18 1.09 0.62      
Total from investment operations 0.47 1.37 0.77      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.23) (0.17) (0.12)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.23) (0.17) (0.12)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 12.09 $ 11.85 $10.65      
Total return 4.23% 12.85% 7.80% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.03% 0.02% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.48% 2.37% 2.54% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 0% 8 15% 4% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $88,727 $37,619 $ 793      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.05% and 0.06% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
8
Less than 0.5%
Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights 75

 

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 11.91 $ 10.67 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.31 0.27 0.15      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.15 1.15 0.65      
Total from investment operations 0.46 1.42 0.80      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.23) (0.18) (0.13)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.23) (0.18) (0.13)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 12.14 $ 11.91 $10.67      
Total return 4.15% 13.25% 8.03% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.03% 0.02% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.60% 2.33% 2.53% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 6% 23% 14% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $50,403 $17,713 $ 147      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.05% and 0.06% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
76 Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights

 

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

  4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18 1
8/25/16 2
3/31/17
     
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 11.92 $ 10.68 $10.00      
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss) 3 0.30 0.29 0.18      
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.17 1.12 0.62      
Total from investment operations 0.47 1.41 0.80      
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.23) (0.17) (0.12)      
Distributions from net realized gains (0.00) 4 (0.00) 4      
Total distributions (0.23) (0.17) (0.12)      
Net asset value at end of period $ 12.16 $ 11.92 $10.68      
Total return 4.23% 13.22% 8.11% 5      
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 6 0.03% 0.03% 0.02% 7      
Gross operating expenses 6 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 7      
Net investment income (loss) 2.50% 2.43% 2.94% 7      
Portfolio turnover rate 2% 19% 0% 5      
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $58,895 $24,224 $ 166      
1
Effective July 24, 2017, the Investor Share class and the Institutional Share class were consolidated into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Institutional Shares.
2
Commencement of operations.
3
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
4
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
5
Not annualized.
6
The expenses incurred by the underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in these ratios. If the expenses incurred by the underlying funds were included in these ratios they would have increased by 0.05%, 0.05% and 0.06% (annualized), respectively, for the periods ended March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.
7
Annualized.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Financial Highlights 77

 

The Funds’ Investments in Asset Classes and Sub-Asset Classes

Through each fund’s investments in its underlying funds, each fund aims to provide diversification across major asset classes as well as diversification across a range of sub-asset classes within the major asset classes. Each fund’s allocation to an asset or sub-asset class will change over time. The investment adviser may add or remove asset classes and sub-asset classes at any time without prior notice. For additional details regarding how the adviser determines the funds’ underlying fund and asset class allocations, please refer back to the “Principal Investment Strategies” section in the Fund Summary sections and the section “Fund details: Investment Objectives, Strategies and Risks” in this prospectus.
The following table provides a list of the asset classes and sub-asset classes and the target allocation in which each fund expects to be invested as of February 1, 2019.
The allocations may not add to 100% due to rounding.
Major Asset Class Sub-Asset Class Schwab Target
2010 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2015 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2020 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2025 Index Fund
U.S. Stocks Large-Cap 23.1% 24.4% 26.5% 33.6%
  Small-Cap 1.5% 1.6% 1.8% 2.7%
           
International Stocks Developed 9.6% 10.6% 11.7% 15.5%
  Emerging Markets 0.0% 0.0% 1.1% 2.2%
           
Real Estate U.S. REITs 1.8% 1.9% 2.2% 2.8%
           
Fixed Income Intermediate-Term Bonds 41.7% 40.3% 38.7% 33.2%
  Short-Term Bonds 8.7% 8.2% 6.9% 3.7%
  Inflation-Protected Bonds 6.4% 6.2% 5.1% 1.9%
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents (including Money Market Funds)   7.3% 6.8% 6.1% 4.5%
    100% 100% 100% 100%
    
Major Asset Class Sub-Asset Class Schwab Target
2030 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2035 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2040 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2045 Index Fund
U.S. Stocks Large-Cap 38.5% 42.0% 44.9% 47.1%
  Small-Cap 3.5% 4.3% 5.1% 5.8%
           
International Stocks Developed 18.2% 20.4% 22.3% 23.9%
  Emerging Markets 3.2% 4.2% 5.2% 6.2%
           
Real Estate U.S. REITs 3.3% 3.7% 4.1% 4.4%
           
Fixed Income Intermediate-Term Bonds 27.8% 21.5% 15.7% 10.9%
  Short-Term Bonds 2.1% 1.3% 0.8% 0.5%
  Inflation-Protected Bonds 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents (including Money Market Funds)   3.3% 2.5% 1.8% 1.3%
    100% 100% 100% 100%
78 Schwab Target Index Funds | The Funds’ Investments in Underlying Funds

 

Major Asset Class Sub-Asset Class Schwab Target
2050 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2055 Index Fund
Schwab Target
2060 Index Fund
U.S. Stocks Large-Cap 48.3% 49.1% 49.8%
  Small-Cap 6.2% 6.5% 6.8%
         
International Stocks Developed 24.8% 25.5% 26.1%
  Emerging Markets 6.7% 7.2% 7.5%
         
Real Estate U.S. REITs 4.5% 4.7% 4.8%
         
Fixed Income Intermediate-Term Bonds 8.2% 6.1% 4.3%
  Short-Term Bonds 0.4% 0.3% 0.2%
  Inflation-Protected Bonds 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents (including Money Market Funds)   1.0% 0.7% 0.5%
    100% 100% 100%
For more detailed information, including portfolio holdings for each of the funds, please visit the funds’ website at www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus .
Schwab Target Index Funds | The Funds’ Investments in Underlying Funds 79

 

Description of Underlying Funds

The funds invest primarily in the underlying funds. Therefore, each fund’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of these underlying funds. The adviser may exclude one or more underlying funds from a fund’s asset allocation strategy at any given time. The adviser reserves the right to substitute other underlying funds and add additional underlying funds from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. The following chart provides a brief description of the investment objective and principal investment strategies of the funds’ current underlying funds. Additional information about the underlying funds is provided in each underlying fund’s prospectus.
Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy
EQUITY ETFs—DOMESTIC
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in stocks that are included in the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market Index, which includes the components ranked 1-750 by full market capitalization.
Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in stocks that are included in the Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market Index, which includes the components ranked 751-2500 by full market capitalization.
Schwab U.S. REIT ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in securities that are included in the Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of real estate investment trusts (REITs).
EQUITY ETFs—INTERNATIONAL
Schwab International Equity ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE Developed ex US Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in stocks that are included in the FTSE Developed ex US Index, comprised of large and mid capitalization companies in developed countries outside the United States.
Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE Emerging Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in stocks that are included in the FTSE Emerging Index, comprised of large and mid capitalization companies in emerging market countries.
FIXED INCOME ETFs
Schwab U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in securities that are included in the Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index, a broad-based benchmark measuring the performance of the U.S. investment grade, taxable bond market, including U.S. Treasuries, government-related and corporate bonds, mortgage pass-through securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, and asset-backed securities that are publicly available for sale in the United States.
80 Schwab Target Index Funds | The Funds’ Investments in Underlying Funds

 

Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in securities that are included in the Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury 1-3 Year Index, which includes all publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year and less than three years, are rated investment grade, and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value.
Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Inflation-Linked Bond Index (Series-L). The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in securities that are included in the Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Inflation-Linked Bond Index (Series-L), which includes all publicly-issued U.S. Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities that have at least one year remaining to maturity, are rated investment grade, and have $500 million or more of outstanding face value.
MONEY MARKET FUNDS
Schwab Variable Share Price Money Fund Seeks current income consistent with stability of capital and liquidity. The fund invests in high-quality short-term money market investments issued by U.S. and foreign issuers. Unlike a traditional stable share price money market fund, the fund will not use the amortized cost method of valuation or round the per share net asset value (NAV) to the nearest whole cent and does not seek to maintain a stable share price. As a result, the fund’s share price, which is its NAV, will vary and reflect the effects of unrealized appreciation and depreciation and realized losses and gains.
Schwab Treasury Obligations Money Fund Seeks current income consistent with stability of capital and liquidity. The fund will invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, government securities and/or repurchase agreements that are collateralized fully by cash and/or government securities; under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the fund’s net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested solely in U.S. Treasury obligations or repurchase agreements backed by such obligations (excluding cash).
Schwab Government Money Fund Seeks the highest current income consistent with stability of capital and liquidity. The fund will invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, U.S. government securities and/or repurchase agreements that are collateralized fully by cash and/or U.S. government securities; under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the fund’s net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested solely in U.S. government securities including repurchase agreements that are collateralized fully by U.S. government securities (excluding cash).
Schwab Target Index Funds | The Funds’ Investments in Underlying Funds 81

 

Fund Management

The investment adviser for the funds is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. CSIM was founded in 1989 and, as of June 30, 2019, managed approximately $422.5 billion in assets.
As the investment adviser, CSIM oversees the asset management and administration of the funds. As compensation for these services, CSIM receives a management fee from each fund, expressed as a percentage of each fund’s average daily net assets, representing the actual amounts paid, including the effects of reductions.
For the period ended March 31, 2019, these fees were:
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund 0.03%
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund 0.03%
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of each fund’s Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement is available in each fund’s 2018 semiannual report, which covers the period from April 1, 2018 through September 30, 2018.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement between CSIM and each fund, CSIM pays the operating expenses of the fund, excluding shareholder servicing fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, taxes, any brokerage expenses, and extraordinary or non-routine expenses. CSIM and its affiliates have contractually agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including acquired fund fees and expenses, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of each fund to 0.08% for so long as CSIM serves as adviser to the fund.
CSIM or its affiliates may invest “seed” capital in the funds. These investments are generally intended to enable the funds to commence investment operations and achieve sufficient economic scale. CSIM or its affiliates may hedge the exposure resulting from seed investments. As a result of Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and certain rules promulgated thereunder known as the “Volcker Rule,” CSIM or its affiliates may be required to reduce their seed investment in a fund at an earlier time than they otherwise would, which could result in losses, increased brokerage costs and/or adverse tax consequences, or could ultimately result in the fund’s liquidation.
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the co-management of the funds. She has served as portfolio manager of the funds since August 2016. Prior to joining CSIM in 2012, Ms. Tang was a product manager at Thomson Reuters and, from 1997 to 2009, worked as a portfolio manager at Barclays Global Investors, which was subsequently acquired by BlackRock.
Patrick Kwok, CFA, Portfolio Manager, is responsible for the co-management of the funds. He has served as portfolio manager of the funds since July 2018. Prior to joining CSIM in 2008, Mr. Kwok spent two years as an asset operations specialist at Charles Schwab Trust Company. He also previously worked for one year at State Street Bank & Trust Company as a portfolio accountant and pricing specialist.
Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in each fund is available in the SAI.
82 Schwab Target Index Funds | Fund Management

 

Table of Contents
Investing in the Funds

In this section, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares. Investors may only invest in the funds through an intermediary by placing orders through your brokerage account at Schwab or an account with another broker/dealer, investment adviser, 401(k) plan, employee benefit plan, administrator, bank, or other financial intermediary (intermediary) that is authorized to accept orders on behalf of a fund (intermediary orders). No new accounts can be opened directly with the funds’ transfer agent. Eligible Shareholders (as defined herein) who purchased fund shares prior to October 2, 2017 directly from, and continue to hold such shares directly through, the funds’ transfer agent may continue to place additional purchase, exchange or redemption orders through the funds’ transfer agent (direct orders). You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.
The funds generally are not registered for sale in jurisdictions outside the United States and are intended for purchase by persons residing in the United States. A person is considered resident in the United States if at the time of the investment (i) the account has an address of record in the United States or a U.S. territory (including APO/FPO/DPO) and (ii) all account owners are resident in the United States or a U.S. territory and have a valid U.S. taxpayer identification number. If an existing account is updated to reflect a non-U.S. address, the account may be restricted from making additional investments.
Investing Through a Financial Intermediary

Placing Orders Through Your Intermediary
When you place orders through Schwab or other intermediary, you are not placing your orders directly with the funds, and you must follow Schwab’s or the other intermediary’s transaction procedures. Your intermediary may impose different or additional conditions than the funds on purchases, redemptions and exchanges of fund shares. These differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off times for investment and trading restrictions. Your intermediary may independently establish and charge its customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by the funds, and the intermediary may require its customers to pay a commission when transacting in fund shares. These additional fees will vary between intermediaries and may vary over time and would increase the cost of your investment and lower investment returns. You should consult your intermediary directly for information regarding these conditions and fees. The funds are not responsible for the failure of your intermediary to carry out its responsibilities.
Only certain intermediaries are authorized to accept orders on behalf of a fund. If your fund shares are no longer held by an authorized intermediary, a fund may impose restrictions on your ability to manage or maintain your shares. For example, you will not be able to place orders to purchase additional shares. To remove these restrictions, you may move your shares to Schwab or another intermediary that is authorized to accept fund orders.
Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares Through an Intermediary
To purchase, redeem or exchange shares held in your Schwab account or in your account at another intermediary, you must place your orders with the intermediary that holds your shares. You may not purchase, redeem or exchange shares held in your intermediary account directly with a fund.
When selling or exchanging shares, you should be aware of the following fund policies:
For accounts held through a financial intermediary, each fund typically expects to pay sale proceeds to the financial intermediary for payment to redeeming shareholders within two business days following receipt of a shareholder redemption order; however, each fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.
Each fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses and taxable gains in converting these securities to cash. In addition, a redemption in liquid portfolio securities would be treated as a taxable event for you and may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.
Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds (that are not Sweep Investments ® ) and the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund, and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class, if applicable, into which you are exchanging.
You should obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Investing in the Funds 83

 

Table of Contents
Investing Directly with the Funds

Investor Eligibility Requirements for Placing Direct Orders
Investors may not purchase shares directly from the funds’ transfer agent, DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. Eligible Shareholders (as defined below) who previously purchased fund shares directly from, and continue to hold such shares directly through, the transfer agent may continue to place additional purchase orders in the same account(s) directly with the transfer agent. Prior to October 2, 2017, Eligible Shareholders that could purchase shares directly from the transfer agent included, but were not limited to, qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans (including but not limited to defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans and 401(k) plans), foundations and endowments, banks, trusts, investment companies and corporate capital and cash management accounts. Eligible Shareholders may also be shareholders who received shares of a Schwab Fund as a result of a reorganization of a fund. The funds reserve the right to suspend the privilege of purchasing additional shares of the funds at any time.
Additional Direct Purchases by Wire
Subject to acceptance by a fund, only Eligible Shareholders may make additional purchases of a fund’s shares in the same account(s) by wiring federal funds to the transfer agent. You must call the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 prior to the close of a fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the NYSE, whichever is earlier) to place your order and to receive wire instructions. Orders received by the transfer agent in good order on or prior to the close of a fund will be processed at the net asset value per share of the fund for that day. Your wired funds must be received and accepted by the transfer agent prior to 6:00 p.m. Eastern time or the deadline for the Fedwire Funds Service for initiating third party transfers, whichever is earlier, on the day your purchase order is placed. Please call the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 if you have any questions or need additional information. The funds reserve the right to suspend the privilege of direct purchase of additional shares of the funds at any time.
Additional Direct Purchases by Mail
Subject to acceptance by a fund, only Eligible Shareholders may make additional purchases of a fund’s shares in the same account(s) by mail. Additional investments may be made at any time by mailing a check (payable to Schwab Funds) to the transfer agent at DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647. Be sure to include your account number on your check. The funds reserve the right to suspend the privilege of direct purchase of additional shares of the funds at any time.
Subject to acceptance by a fund, payment for the purchase of shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after receipt, even though the check may not yet have been converted into federal funds. For purposes of calculating the purchase price of fund shares, a purchase order is received by a fund on the day that it is in good order unless it is rejected by the fund’s transfer agent. For a cash purchase order of fund shares to be in good order on a particular day, a check must be received on or before the close of a fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the NYSE, whichever is earlier) on that day. If the payment is received by a fund after the deadline, the purchase price of fund shares will be based upon the next determination of net asset value of fund shares. No currency, third party checks, foreign checks, starter checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or money orders will be accepted by a fund.
Direct Redemptions and Exchanges
Eligible Shareholders may continue to exchange and redeem shares held directly with the fund’s transfer agent. When selling or exchanging shares directly, you should be aware of the following fund policies:
Each fund typically expects to pay sale proceeds by wire, ACH, or by mailing a check, to redeeming shareholders within two business days following receipt of a shareholder redemption order; however, each fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.
Each fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses and taxable gains in converting these securities to cash. In addition, a redemption in liquid portfolio securities would be treated as a taxable event for you and may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.
Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds (that are not Sweep Investments) and the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund, and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class, if applicable, into which you are exchanging.
You should obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.
84 Schwab Target Index Funds | Investing in the Funds

 

Table of Contents
Direct Redemptions by Telephone
If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may place a redemption order by calling the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be wired per the authorized instructions in the account application or mailed to the primary registration address. Your redemption order will be processed at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after receipt of your telephone redemption order by the transfer agent. Please note that the transfer agent may only act on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. The transfer agent’s records of such instructions are binding on the shareholder. The funds and their service providers (including the transfer agent, Schwab and CSIM) are not responsible for any losses or costs that may arise from following telephone instructions that the transfer agent reasonably believes to be genuine. The transfer agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine. These procedures include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.
Direct Redemptions by Mail
You may redeem your fund shares by mail by sending a request letter to the funds’ transfer agent at DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647. Your redemption request will be processed by a fund at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after the request is received in good order. To be in good order, the redemption request must include the name of the fund and the number of shares or the dollar amount to be redeemed, all required signatures and authorizations and any required signature guarantees.
Additional Direct Redemption Information
To protect you, the funds and their service providers from fraud, signature guarantees may be required to enable the transfer agent to verify the identity of the person who has authorized a redemption from an account. Signature guarantees are required for (1) redemptions where the proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s) at the registered address, (2) redemptions if your account address has changed within the last 10 business days, (3) share transfer requests, and (4) redemptions where the proceeds are wired in connection with bank instructions not already on file with the transfer agent. Signature guarantees may be obtained from certain eligible financial institutions, including, but not limited to, the following: U.S. banks, trust companies, credit unions, securities brokers and dealers, savings and loan associations and participants in the Securities and Transfer Association Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP). Signature guarantees from non-U.S. banks that do not include a stamp may require a U.S. consulate stamp. You may contact the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 for further details.
Direct Exchange Privileges
Upon request, and subject to certain limitations, shares of the funds may be exchanged into shares of any other Schwab Fund (that is not a Sweep Investment) or the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund. To exchange your shares to another fund, you must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging. Further, you should obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order. A new account opened by exchange must be established with the same name(s), address(es) and tax identification number(s) as the existing account. All exchanges will be made based on the respective net asset values next determined following receipt of the request by a fund containing the information indicated below.
The funds reserve the right to suspend the privilege of exchanging shares of the funds by mail or by telephone at any time. The funds further reserve the right to materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
Direct Exchanges by Telephone
If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may exchange fund shares by telephone by calling the funds’ transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256. Please be prepared to provide the following information: (a) the account number, tax identification number and account registration; (b) the class of shares to be exchanged (if applicable); (c) the name of the fund from which and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; and (d) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged. Please note that the transfer agent may act only on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. Please see the section entitled “Direct Redemptions by Telephone” for more information regarding transacting with the funds’ transfer agent via telephone.
Direct Exchanges by Mail
To exchange fund shares by mail, simply send a letter of instruction to the funds’ transfer agent at DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647. The letter of instruction must include: (a) your account number; (b) the class of shares to be exchanged (if applicable); (c) the fund from and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; (d) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged; and (e) the signatures of all registered owners or authorized parties.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Investing in the Funds 85

 

Table of Contents
Share Price

The funds are open for business each day that the NYSE is open. Each fund calculates its share price each business day as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the funds reserve the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate their share prices as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. A fund’s share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund’s net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding. Orders received by a fund in good order at or prior to the close of the fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.
If you place an order through your Schwab account or an account at another intermediary, please consult with your intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after a fund receives your order from your intermediary. However, some intermediaries, such as Schwab, may arrange with a fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some intermediaries may require that they receive orders prior to a specified cut-off time.
In valuing underlying fund investments, the funds use the NAVs reported by their underlying funds. In valuing other portfolio securities, the funds use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available or the adviser deems them unreliable, a fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the funds’ Board of Trustees.
Shareholders of a fund should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of the fund’s portfolio may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund.
Additional Policies Affecting Your Investment

Each fund reserves certain rights, including the following:
To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
To change or waive a fund’s investment minimums.
To suspend the right to sell shares back to the fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.
To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.
Minimum Investment
None
Options for Fund Distributions
Choose an option for fund distributions. If you are an Eligible Shareholder who previously placed direct orders with a fund’s transfer agent, you had one of the three options described below for fund distributions. If you did not indicate a choice, you received the first option. If you are placing orders through an intermediary, you will select from the options for fund distributions provided by your intermediary, which may be different than those provided by the funds to Eligible Shareholders. You should consult with your financial intermediary to discuss available options.
Option Feature
Reinvestment All dividends and capital gains distributions are invested automatically in shares of the fund.
Cash/reinvestment mix You receive payment for dividends, while any capital gains distributions are invested in shares of the fund.
Cash You receive payment for all dividends and capital gains distributions.
86 Schwab Target Index Funds | Investing in the Funds

 

Table of Contents
Payments by the Investment Adviser or its Affiliates
The investment adviser or its affiliates may make payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain brokerage firms, banks, insurance companies, retirement plan service providers and other financial intermediaries that perform shareholder, recordkeeping, sub-accounting and other administrative services in connection with investments in fund shares. The investment adviser or its affiliates may also make payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain financial intermediaries in connection with certain activities or services which may facilitate, directly or indirectly, investment in the funds. These payments may relate to marketing and/or fund promotion activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development and support of technology platforms and/or reporting systems, data analytics and support, or making shares of the funds available to their customers. These payments, which may be significant, are paid by the investment adviser or its affiliates out of their own resources and not from the assets of the funds.
Payments to a financial intermediary may create potential conflicts of interest between the intermediary and its clients as the payments may provide such intermediary with an incentive to favor sales of shares of the funds over other investment options they make available to their customers. Please see the SAI for additional information.
Policy Regarding Short-Term or Excessive Trading
The funds are intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively market timing). Market timing may adversely impact the funds’ performance by disrupting the efficient management of the funds, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the funds to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the funds’ shares.
To discourage market timing, the funds’ Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. Each fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include: fair value pricing and trade activity monitoring. Fair value pricing is discussed more thoroughly in the subsequent pages of this prospectus and is considered an element of the funds’ policy regarding short-term or excessive trading. Trade activity monitoring is risk based and seeks to identify patterns of activity in amounts that might be detrimental to the funds.
The funds and their service providers maintain risk-based surveillance procedures designed to detect market timing in fund shares in amounts that might be detrimental to the fund. Under these procedures, the funds have requested that service providers to the funds monitor transactional activity in amounts and frequency determined by each fund to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. Generally, excessive trading activity in a fund is measured by the number of roundtrip transactions in a shareholder’s account. A roundtrip transaction occurs when a shareholder completes a purchase of shares and then sells the same fund’s shares (including exchanges). If an investor engages in multiple roundtrips in a fund within a 60-day period or the fund, in its sole discretion based on these or other factors, determines that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may refuse to process future purchases or exchanges into such fund by that shareholder for a period of 90 days. Subsequent violations within a 12-month period will be evaluated to determine whether a permanent block is appropriate. These procedures may be modified from time to time as appropriate to improve the detection of market timing and to comply with applicable laws.
If trades are effected through a financial intermediary, each fund or its service providers will work with the intermediary to monitor possible market timing activity. The funds reserve the right to request that the intermediary provide certain shareholder transaction information to the funds and may require the intermediary to restrict the shareholder from future purchases or exchanges in the funds. Transactions by fund shareholders investing through intermediaries may also be subject to the restrictions of the intermediary’s own frequent trading policies, which may differ from those of the funds. Each fund may defer to an intermediary’s frequent trading policies with respect to those shareholders who invest in the fund through such intermediary. Each fund will defer to an intermediary’s policies only after the fund determines that the intermediary’s frequent trading policies are reasonably designed to deter transactional activity in amounts and frequency that are deemed to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. Shareholders should consult with their intermediary to determine if additional frequent trading restrictions apply to their fund transactions. A fund’s ability to impose restrictions with respect to accounts traded through particular intermediaries may vary depending on the systems’ capabilities, applicable contractual and legal restrictions and cooperation of those intermediaries.
Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the funds will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, some of these methods are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. Each fund and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications uniformly and in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund’s long-term shareholders. The funds may amend these policies and procedures without prior notice in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.
The funds reserve the right to restrict, reject or cancel within a reasonable time, without prior notice, any purchase or exchange order for any reason.
Schwab Target Index Funds | Investing in the Funds 87

 

Table of Contents
Fair Value Pricing
The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value the funds’ securities when market prices are not “readily available” or are unreliable. For example, a fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market.
By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, the funds seek to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter “arbitrage” market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of each fund’s holdings and the net asset value of the funds’ shares, and seeks to help ensure that the prices at which the funds’ shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.
Each fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund’s valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security. The respective prospectuses for the underlying funds in which the funds invest explain the circumstances in which those funds will use fair value pricing and the effect of fair value pricing.
Methods to Meet Redemptions
Under normal market conditions, each fund expects to meet redemption orders by using holdings of cash/cash equivalents or by the sale of portfolio investments. In unusual or stressed market conditions or as CSIM determines appropriate, each fund may borrow through the fund’s bank lines of credit or through the fund’s interfund lending facility to meet redemption requests. Each fund may also utilize its custodian overdraft facility to meet redemptions, if necessary. As noted above, each fund also reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may be subject to market risk and you may incur transaction expenses and taxable gains in converting the securities to cash. In addition, a redemption in liquid portfolio securities would be treated as a taxable event for you and may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.
Large Shareholder Redemptions
Certain accounts or Schwab affiliates may from time to time own (beneficially or of record) or control a significant percentage of a fund’s shares. Redemptions by these shareholders of their holdings in a fund may impact the fund’s liquidity and NAV. These redemptions may also force a fund to sell securities, which may negatively impact the fund’s brokerage costs.
Customer Identification and Verification and Anti-Money Laundering Program
Customer identification and verification is part of each fund’s overall obligation to deter money laundering under federal law. Each fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program designed to prevent the fund from being used for money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities. In this regard, the funds reserve the right to (i) refuse, cancel or rescind any purchase or exchange order; (ii) freeze any account and/or suspend account services; or (iii) involuntarily close your account in cases of threatening conduct or suspected fraudulent or illegal activity. These actions will be taken when, in the sole discretion of fund management, they are deemed to be in the best interest of a fund or in cases when a fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental or law enforcement authority. If your account is closed at the request of governmental or law enforcement authority, you may not receive proceeds of the redemption if a fund is required to withhold such proceeds.
Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you open your account, you will have to provide your name, address, date of birth, identification number and other information that will allow your financial intermediary to identify you. This information is subject to verification to ensure the identity of all persons opening an account.
Your financial intermediary is required by law to reject your new account application if the required identifying information is not provided. Your financial intermediary may contact you in an attempt to collect any missing information required on the application, and your application may be rejected if they are unable to obtain this information. In certain instances, your financial intermediary is required to collect documents that will be used solely to establish and verify your identity.
Each fund reserves the right to close and/or liquidate your account at the then-current day’s price if the fund or your financial intermediary is unable to verify your identity. As a result, you may be subject to a gain or loss on fund shares and will be subject to corresponding tax consequences.
88 Schwab Target Index Funds | Investing in the Funds

 

Table of Contents
Distributions and Taxes

Any investment in a fund typically involves several tax considerations. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Please see the SAI for additional information. Because each person’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in a fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) website at www.irs.gov .
As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the dividends and gains a fund earns. Every year, each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of each fund’s capital gain distribution, if any, may be made available on the funds’ website: www.schwabfunds.com .
Unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account, your fund distributions generally have tax consequences. Each fund’s net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a fund. The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.
Generally, any sale or exchange of your shares is a taxable event. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund or the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund is treated the same as a sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for one year or less, long term if you held the shares longer. The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gains distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
Shareholders in a fund may have additional tax considerations as a result of foreign tax payments made by the fund. Typically, these payments will reduce the fund’s dividends but, if eligible, the fund may elect for these payments to be included in your taxable income. In such event, you may be able to claim a tax credit or deduction for your portion of foreign taxes paid by the fund.
At the beginning of every year, the funds provide shareholders with information detailing the tax status of any distributions a fund paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.
Prior to January 1, 2012, when shareholders sold fund shares from a taxable account, they typically received information on their tax forms that calculated their gain or loss using the average cost method. This information was not previously reported to the IRS, and shareholders had the option of calculating gains or losses using an alternative IRS permitted method. However, in accordance with legislation passed by Congress in 2008, each fund reports cost basis information to the IRS for shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012 and sold thereafter. Shareholders elect their preferred cost basis method; however, in the absence of an election, a fund will use an average cost basis method. Please consult your tax adviser to determine the appropriate cost basis method for your particular tax situation and to learn more about how the new cost basis reporting laws apply to you and your investments, including investments made prior to January 1, 2012 and sold thereafter.
The funds may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders if they fail to provide the funds with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if they have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against U.S. federal income tax liability.
Foreign shareholders may be subject to different U.S. federal income tax treatment, including withholding tax at the rate of 30% on amounts treated as ordinary dividends from the funds, as discussed in more detail in the funds’ SAI. Furthermore, each fund is required to
Schwab Target Index Funds | Investing in the Funds 89

 

Table of Contents
withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts.  Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the funds to enable the funds to determine whether withholding is required.
90 Schwab Target Index Funds | Investing in the Funds

 

Table of Contents
Prospectus  | July 29, 2019
Schwab ® Target Index Funds

To Learn More
This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:
Annual and semiannual reports, which are sent to current fund investors, contain more information about the funds’ holdings and detailed financial information about the funds. Annual reports also contain information from the funds’ manager(s) about strategies, recent market conditions and trends and their impact on fund performance during the funds’ last fiscal period.
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.
For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds at 1-877-824-5615. In addition, you may visit the Schwab Funds’ website at www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semiannual report.
The SAI, the funds’ annual and semiannual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website ( www.sec.gov ). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov.
SEC File Number
Schwab Capital Trust 811-07704
REG92696-04


Table of Contents
Schwab Funds ®
Schwab ® Target 2010 Index Fund SWYAX
Schwab ® Target 2015 Index Fund SWYBX
Schwab ® Target 2020 Index Fund SWYLX
Schwab ® Target 2025 Index Fund SWYDX
Schwab ® Target 2030 Index Fund SWYEX
Schwab ® Target 2035 Index Fund SWYFX
Schwab ® Target 2040 Index Fund SWYGX
Schwab ® Target 2045 Index Fund SWYHX
Schwab ® Target 2050 Index Fund SWYMX
Schwab ® Target 2055 Index Fund SWYJX
Schwab ® Target 2060 Index Fund SWYNX
Statement Of Additional Information
July 29, 2019
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with each fund’s prospectus dated July 29, 2019 (each as amended from time to time).
The funds’ audited financial statements and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm thereon from the funds’ annual report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.
For a free copy of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds ® at 1-877-824-5615. For TDD service call 1-800-345-2550. In addition, you may visit the Schwab Funds’ website at www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI, annual report or semiannual report.
Each fund is a series of Schwab Capital Trust (the Trust). The funds are part of the Schwab complex of funds (Schwab Funds).
REG92697-04

 

Table of Contents
  Page

1

1

2

23

24

33

34

36

38

41

41

42

43

44
Appendix – Principal Holders Of Securities  
appendix – proxy voting policy and procedures  

 

Table of Contents
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
The Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund and Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund (collectively, the “ Schwab Target Index Funds ”) seek to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with their current asset allocation.
Change of Investment Objective
The investment objective for each fund is not fundamental and therefore may be changed by the funds’ Board of Trustees (the Board) without shareholder approval. There is no guarantee the funds will achieve their investment objectives.
Investment Strategies
Each Schwab Target Index Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The funds may also invest in affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds are referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). Each fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. Each fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. Each Schwab Target Index Fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. For each target index fund, the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy. In general, each target index fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated target date, each target year index fund’s allocation will be approximately 40% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). Each Schwab Target Index Fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. Each fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, each fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities, and money market securities. These investments and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) such as Standard and Poor’s Depositary Receipts (SPDRs) Trusts, are investment companies that typically are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), as open-end funds or unit investment trusts (UITs). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold throughout the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares’ net asset value. Market prices of ETF shares will fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and materially, in response to various factors including changes in the ETF’s net asset value, the value of ETF holdings, and supply of and demand for ETF shares. Although the creation/redemption feature of ETFs generally makes it more likely that ETF shares will trade close to their net asset value, market volatility, lack of an active trading market for ETF shares, disruptions at market participants (such as Authorized Participants or market makers) and any disruptions in the ordinary functioning of the creation/redemption process may result in ETF shares trading significantly above (at a “premium”) or below (“at a discount”) their net asset value. An ETF’s investment results are based on the ETF’s daily net asset value. Investors transacting in ETF shares in the secondary market, where market prices may differ from net asset value, may experience investment results that differ from results based on the ETF’s daily net asset value. An “index-based ETF” seeks to track the performance of an index by holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When a fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges.
Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC to iShares and certain additional ETFs and procedures approved by the Board, each fund may invest in iShares beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act but not to exceed 25% of the fund’s total assets, provided that the fund has described ETF investments in its prospectus and otherwise complies with the conditions of the exemptive order and other applicable investment limitations. Neither the permitted ETFs nor their investment adviser make any representations regarding the advisability of investing in a fund.
Mutual Funds (open-end mutual funds) are registered investment companies that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis. Closed-End Funds are registered investment companies that offer a fixed number of shares and are usually listed on an exchange. These funds generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in various types of securities, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities. These funds also make various investments and use certain techniques to enhance their performance. These may include entering into delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions or swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid and restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in these funds generally reflect the risks of the securities in which these funds invest and the investment techniques they may employ. Also, these funds charge fees and incur operating expenses.
1

 

Table of Contents
Equity Funds typically seek growth of capital and invest primarily in equity securities. Other investments generally include debt securities, such as U.S. government securities, and some illiquid and restricted securities. Equity funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures and options contracts. Some equity funds invest exclusively in equity securities and may focus on a specialized segment of the stock market, like stocks of small companies or foreign issuers, or may focus on a specific industry or group of industries. The greater a fund’s investment in stock, the greater exposure it will have to stock risk and stock market risk. Stock risk is the risk that a stock may decline in price over the short or long term. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Some stocks, like small company and international stocks, are more sensitive to stock risk than others. Diversifying investments across companies can help to lower the stock risk of a portfolio. Market risk is typically the result of a negative economic condition that affects the value of an entire class of securities, such as stocks or bonds. Diversification among various asset classes, such as stocks, bonds and cash, can help to lower the market risk of a portfolio. The underlying equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in are listed in each fund’s prospectus. An equity fund’s other investments and use of investment techniques also will affect its performance and portfolio value.
Small-Cap Equity Funds typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. Small-cap equity funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of techniques as other equity funds, except that they focus on stocks issued by companies at the lower end of the total capitalization of the U.S. stock market. These stocks tend to be more volatile than stocks of companies of larger capitalized companies. Small-cap equity funds, therefore, tend to be more volatile than equity funds that invest in mid- or large-cap stocks, and are normally recommended for long-term investors. The underlying small-cap equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in are listed in each fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of small-cap stocks, please refer to “Equity Securities” later in the document.
International Equity Funds typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of foreign issuers. Global equity funds invest primarily in equity securities of both domestic and foreign issuers. International and global equity funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of investment techniques as other equity funds, except they focus on stocks of foreign issuers. Some international and global equity funds invest exclusively in foreign securities. Some of these funds may invest in securities of issuers located in emerging or developing securities markets. These funds have greater exposure to the risks associated with international investing. International and global equity funds also may invest in foreign currencies and depositary receipts and enter into futures and options contracts on foreign currencies and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. The underlying international equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in are listed in each fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of international stocks, please refer to “Foreign Securities” later in the document.
Fixed Income Funds typically seek high current income by investing primarily in debt securities, including U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, stripped securities and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Other investments may include some illiquid and restricted securities. Fixed income funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures contracts. Fixed income funds are subject to interest rate and income risks as well as credit and prepayment risks. When interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise, which may affect the values of fixed income funds and their yields. For example, when interest rates fall, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. A fixed income fund holding these securities would be forced to invest the principal received from the issuer in lower yielding debt securities. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This risk is known as extension risk and may affect the value of a fixed income fund if the value of its securities are depreciated as a result of the higher market interest rates. In addition, when interest rates rise, bond prices fall as a general rule. This means that the value of an investor’s shares in a fixed income fund could decline in response to a rise in interest rates. Fixed income funds also are subject to the risk that the issuers of the securities in their portfolios will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. The underlying bond fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in are listed in each fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of bonds, please refer to “Debt Securities” later in the document.
Money Market Funds typically seek current income by investing in money market securities. Certain money market funds seek a stable share price of $1.00, while others have a share price that fluctuates. Money market securities include commercial paper and short-term U.S. government securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements. Some money market securities may be illiquid or restricted securities or purchased on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums. The underlying money market fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in is listed in each fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of money market securities, please refer to “Money Market Securities” later in the document.
Investments, Securities And Risks
The different types of investments that the underlying funds typically may invest in, the investment techniques they may use and the risks normally associated with these investments are also discussed below. The following investment strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund’s acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, any subsequent change in
2

 

Table of Contents
values, net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. Not all investment securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund.
From time to time the funds may hold certain securities not otherwise discussed in this SAI as a permissible investment for a particular fund. To the extent an investment becomes part of a fund’s principal or non-principal investment strategy, the fund will take the necessary steps to identify them as permissible investments. In addition, a fund may receive (i.e., not actively invest) certain securities as a result of a corporate action, such as securities dividends, spin-offs or rights issues. In such cases, the fund will not actively add to its position and generally will dispose of the securities as soon as reasonably practicable.
Each of the Schwab Target Index Funds also may invest in securities other than shares of underlying funds, such as stocks, bonds, and money market securities, and engage in certain investment techniques, which are outlined below. For purposes of the descriptions below, references to “a fund” or “the funds” include each fund of the Schwab Target Index Funds. Not all securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund.
Borrowing. A fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes; for example, a fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. A fund’s borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may magnify changes in the net asset value of a fund’s shares and in its portfolio yield. A fund will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, a fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.
A fund may establish lines-of-credit (lines) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by a fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force a fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to a fund’s remaining shareholders. Each fund will pay fees to the banks for using its lines.
Build America Bonds are taxable municipal bonds with federal subsidies for a portion of the issuer’s borrowing costs. Build America Bonds were issued through the Build America Bond program, which was created as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the Act). The objective of the program was to reduce the borrowing costs of state and local governments. Because the Act was not extended beyond its expiration date on December 31, 2010, tax subsidies will not apply to Build America Bonds issued following such date (if any). However, Build America Bonds outstanding and issued before such date remain eligible for the federal interest rate subsidy, which continues for the life of the Build America Bonds.
If a fund holds Build America Bonds, the fund may be eligible to receive a federal income tax credit; however, the issuer of a Build America Bond may instead elect to receive a cash payment directly from the federal government in lieu of holders such as the fund receiving a tax credit. The interest on Build America Bonds is taxable for federal income tax purposes and will be distributed to shareholders as taxable ordinary income. For any tax credit Build America Bond held by a fund, the fund may elect to pass through to its shareholders any tax credits from those bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the fund. These tax credits can generally be used to offset U.S. federal income taxes and the federal alternative minimum tax, but such credits are generally not refundable. Any unused credits may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years.
Concentration means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the industry’s securities. Certain underlying funds may concentrate their investments in a particular industry or group of industries.
Debt Securities are obligations issued by domestic and foreign entities, including governments and corporations, in order to raise money. They are basically “IOUs,” but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed-, variable- or floating-rate of interest on the amount of money borrowed (the principal) until it is paid back upon maturity.
Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the prices of debt securities generally fall. Certain debt securities have call features that allow issuers to redeem their outstanding debts prior to final maturity. Depending on the call feature, an issuer may pre-pay its outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. This is especially true for bonds with sinking fund provisions, which commit the issuer to set aside a certain amount of money to cover timely repayment of principal and typically allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or at a pre-set call price. If an issuer redeems the debt securities prior to final maturity, a fund may have to replace these securities with lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return. This is known as prepayment risk and is more likely to occur in a falling interest rate environment. In a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities is less likely to occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically, longer-maturity securities react to interest rate changes more severely than shorter-term securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest.
3

 

Table of Contents
A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions may lead to a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which a fund invests. Some debt securities, such as bonds with longer durations, are more sensitive to interest rate changes than others and may experience an immediate and considerable reduction in value if interest rates rise. Longer duration securities tend to be more volatile than shorter duration securities. As the values of debt securities in a fund’s portfolio adjust to a rise in interest rates, a fund’s share price may fall. In the event that a fund holds a large portion of its portfolio in longer duration securities when interest rates increase, the share price of the fund may fall significantly.
Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Corporate debt securities (bonds) tend to have higher credit risk generally than U.S. government debt securities. Debt securities also may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt securities are considered medium- and/or high-quality securities, although some still possess varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks. Debt securities rated below investment-grade are riskier, but may offer higher yields. These securities are sometimes referred to as high yield securities or “junk bonds.” The market for these securities has historically been less liquid and more volatile than for investment-grade securities.
Corporate bonds are debt securities issued by corporations. Although a higher return is expected from corporate bonds, these securities, while subject to the same general risks as U.S. government securities, are subject to greater credit risk than U.S. government securities. Their prices may be affected by the perceived credit quality of their issuer.
Depositary Receipts include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject a fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments; withholding taxes on income, or possible imposition of withholding taxes on income; possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits; possible establishment of exchange controls; or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States. Please see the section titled “Foreign Securities” for more detail.
Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.
Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request.
Derivative Instruments are commonly defined to include instruments or contracts whose values depend on (or “derive” from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These “other assets” are commonly referred to as “underlying assets.”
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic “building blocks” of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated, over-the-counter (OTC) options (including caps, floors, collars, and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward contracts in different ways, and applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets. Risk
4

 

Table of Contents
management strategies include investment techniques designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, manage the average duration of the portfolio or create or alter exposure to certain asset classes, such as equity, other debt or foreign securities.
In addition to the derivative instruments and strategies described in this SAI, the investment adviser expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other investment, hedging or risk management techniques. The investment adviser may utilize these new derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with a fund’s investment objective and permitted by a fund’s investment limitations, operating policies and applicable regulatory authorities.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) regulates the trading of commodity interests, including certain futures contracts, options, and swaps in which a fund may invest. A fund that invests in commodity interests will generally be subject to certain CFTC regulatory requirements if it is considered a “commodity pool”. The Trust, on behalf of each fund, has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” (CPO) under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (CEA), with respect to each fund’s operation. Therefore, each fund and its investment adviser are not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool or CPO under the CEA and the investment adviser is not subject to registration as a CPO. If a fund were no longer able to claim the exclusion, the fund’s investment adviser may be required to register as a CPO and the fund and its investment adviser would be subject to regulation as a commodity pool or CPO under the CEA. If a fund or its investment adviser is subject to CFTC regulation, it may incur additional expenses and/or may choose to make changes to its investment strategies.
Forward Contracts are sales contracts between a buyer (holding the “long” position) and the seller (holding the “short” position) for an asset with delivery deferred to a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset.
Futures Contracts are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver the final cash settlement price of the contract. A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the CFTC licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Although positions are usually marked to market on a daily basis with an intermediary (executing broker), there remains a credit risk with the futures exchange.
A fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions and to pay its expenses. To reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow a fund’s cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the futures contract is based. Also, a fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified foreign currency to “fix” the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold or expects to acquire or sell. A fund may enter into futures contracts for other reasons as well.
When buying or selling futures contracts, a fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as “initial margin” and must be in the form of liquid assets, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as “variation margin,” may be made daily, if necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuates. This process is known as “marking-to-market.” The initial margin amount will be returned to a fund upon termination of the futures contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures trading can involve a great deal of leverage. To avoid the creation of a senior security, a fund will earmark or segregate liquid assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws.
While a fund may purchase and sell futures contracts in order to simulate full investment, there are risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause a fund to experience substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market distortions, similar results would have been expected if a fund had instead transacted in the underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, a fund incurs transaction costs (e.g., brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent a fund also invests in futures in order to simulate full investment, these same risks apply.
When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a fund may seek, through the sale of futures contracts, to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities. When interest rates are falling or prices are rising, a fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, may attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases. Similarly, a fund may sell futures contracts on a specified currency to protect against a decline in the value of that currency and its portfolio securities that are denominated in that currency. A fund may purchase futures contracts on a foreign currency to fix the price in U.S. dollars of a security denominated in that currency that a fund has acquired or expects to acquire.
Futures contracts may require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be, identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not always be a liquid secondary market at the time a fund seeks to close out a futures position. If a fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, a fund would have to continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its
5

 

Table of Contents
margin requirements. If a fund had insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, a fund may be required to make or take delivery and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. A fund seeks to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” a fund may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the notional value (i.e., the purchase or delivery obligation) of the futures contracts. With respect to futures contracts that are required to “cash settle,” however, a fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the fund’s daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the fund’s daily net liability, if any) rather than the notional value of the futures contracts. By setting aside assets or earmarking equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, a fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund were required to set aside or earmark assets equal to the full notional value of the futures contract.
Options Contracts generally provide the right to buy or sell a security, commodity, futures contract or foreign currency in exchange for an agreed upon price. If the right is not exercised after a specified period, the option expires and the option buyer forfeits the money paid to the option seller.
A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. For this right, the call option buyer pays the call option seller, commonly called the call option writer, a fee called a premium. Call option buyers are usually anticipating that the price of the underlying security will rise above the price fixed with the call writer, thereby allowing them to profit. If the price of the underlying security does not rise, the call option buyer’s losses are limited to the premium paid to the call option writer. For call option writers, a rise in the price of the underlying security will be offset, in part, by the premium received from the call option buyer. If the call option writer does not own the underlying security, however, the losses that may ensue if the price rises could be potentially unlimited. If the call option writer owns the underlying security or commodity, this is called writing a covered call. All call and put options written by a fund will be covered, which means that a fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or a fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding option contracts.
A put option is the opposite of a call option. It gives the buyer the right to sell a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. Put option buyers are usually anticipating a decline in the price of the underlying security, and wish to offset those losses when selling the security at a later date. All put options a fund writes will be covered, which means that a fund will earmark or segregate cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option, or will otherwise “cover” its position as required by the 1940 Act (e.g., the fund will hold a put option on the same underlying security with the same or higher strike price). The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for a fund. However, in return for the option premium, a fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.
A fund may purchase and write put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or any securities index or basket of securities based on securities in which it may invest. In addition, a fund may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. A fund may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on domestic or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. Like futures contracts, option contracts are rarely exercised. Option buyers usually sell the option before it expires. Option writers may terminate their obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” A fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it has purchased or written.
An exchange-traded currency option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although a fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets earmarked or held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.
Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) an exchange may impose restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, a
6

 

Table of Contents
fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to a formula the staff of the SEC approves.
Options trading involves additional risks because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage that options trading may involve. There may be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities held by a fund and the prices of the options, possible lack of a liquid secondary market, and the resulting inability to close such positions prior to their maturity dates.
A fund may write or purchase an option only when the market value of that option, when aggregated with the market value of all other options transactions made on behalf of a fund, does not exceed 5% of its net assets.
Puts are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When a fund buys a security with a put feature, losses could occur if the put provider does not perform as agreed. If a put provider fails to honor its commitment upon a fund’s attempt to exercise the put, a fund may have to treat the security’s final maturity as its effective maturity. If that occurs, the security’s price may be negatively impacted, and its sensitivity to interest rate changes may be increased, possibly contributing to increased share price volatility for a fund. This also could lengthen a fund’s overall average effective maturity. Standby commitments are types of puts.
Diversification involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing the risks of investment. Each fund is a series of an open-end investment management company. Each fund is a diversified mutual fund.
Emerging or Developing Markets exist in countries that are considered to be in the initial stages of industrialization. The risks of investing in these markets are similar to the risks of international investing in general, although the risks are greater in emerging and developing markets. Countries with emerging or developing securities markets tend to have economic structures that are less stable than countries with developed securities markets. This is because their economies may be based on only a few industries and their securities markets may trade a small number of securities. Prices on these exchanges tend to be volatile, and securities in these countries historically have offered greater potential for gain (as well as loss) than securities of companies located in developed countries.
A fund’s investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and therefore may offer higher potential for gains and losses than investments in developed markets of the world. With respect to an emerging market country, there may be a greater potential for nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political changes, government regulation, social instability or diplomatic developments (including war) which could affect adversely the economies of such countries or investments in such countries. The economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange or currency controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.
In addition to the risks of investing in emerging market country debt securities, a fund’s investment in government or government-related securities of emerging market countries and restructured debt instruments in emerging markets are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt, and requests to extend additional loan amounts. A fund may have limited recourse in the event of default on such debt instruments.
Investing in China involves certain additional risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in other more established economies or securities markets. China based companies that incorporate in the People’s Republic of China (PRC) can issue different classes of shares depending on where they are listed and which investors are allowed to own them. These are referred to as Class A Shares, Class B shares, and Class H shares, which are all renminbi-denominated shares that trade in different currencies depending on what stock exchange they are listed on. Class H Shares trade on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, are quoted and traded in Hong Kong dollars, and have no restrictions on who can trade them. Class B Shares trade on either the Shanghai or Shenzhen stock exchanges and can only be traded by non-residents of the PRC or residents with appropriate foreign currency dealing accounts. They trade in U.S. dollars on the Shanghai exchange and in Hong Kong dollars on the Shenzhen exchange. Class A Shares trade on either the Shanghai or Shenzhen exchanges and are quoted in renminbi. Class A Shares may only be traded by residents of the PRC, or under the Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor (QFII) rules, or through the Stock Connect programs (Shanghai-Hong Kong or Shenzhen-Hong Kong). Finally, China based companies that are controlled by PRC residents or PRC state entities and have a majority of their revenue or assets in the PRC may incorporate outside the PRC and trade on an exchange outside the PRC in the currency of the exchange. These are referred to as “Red Chip” (Hong Kong), “P Chip” (Hong Kong), “S Chip” (Singapore), or “N Shares” (United States). The multiplicity of share classes and various restrictions on ownership, in addition to the ability of Chinese regulatory authorities and Chinese issuers to suspend trading and their willingness to exercise this option in response to market volatility and other events, can significantly impact liquidity and volatility of the Chinese market and the markets for Chinese securities. In addition, to the extent that a fund invests in China A Shares, there may be legal restrictions imposed by the PRC on the repatriation of assets or proceeds from the sale of China A Shares. Further, there are quotas on the amount China A Shares available either to QFIIs or through the Stock Connect programs. These quotas are applicable to the entire market, not to a specific fund, but they impact the ability of a fund to implement its investment strategy.
Equity Securities represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called “stocks.” Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their prices can fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition, market conditions and political, economic or even company-specific news. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic
7

 

Table of Contents
value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.
Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants, ADRs, GDRs, EDRs, interests in real estate investment trusts and business development companies (for more information on real estate investment trusts (REITs), see the section entitled “Real Estate Investment Trusts”).
Common Stocks , which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election of the corporation’s directors and any other matters submitted to the corporation’s shareholders for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuer’s earnings. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.
Common stocks are typically categorized by their market capitalization as large-, mid- or small-cap. Small-cap stocks include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations that place them at the lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies that are determined to be small based on several factors, including the capitalization of the company and the amount of revenues. Historically, small-cap company stocks have been riskier than stocks issued by large- or mid-cap companies for a variety of reasons. Small-cap companies may have less certain growth prospects and are typically less diversified and less able to withstand changing economic conditions than larger capitalized companies. Small-cap companies also may have more limited product lines, markets or financial resources than companies with larger capitalizations, and may be more dependent on a relatively small management group. In addition, small-cap companies may not be well known to the investing public, may not have institutional ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Most small-cap company stocks pay low or no dividends.
These factors and others may cause sharp changes in the value of a small-cap company’s stock, and even cause some small-cap companies to fail. Additionally, small-cap stocks may not be as broadly traded as large- or mid-cap stocks, and a fund’s positions in securities of such companies may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for a fund to dispose of securities of these small-cap companies at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions. This lower degree of liquidity can adversely affect the value of these securities. For these reasons and others, the value of a fund’s investments in small-cap stocks is expected to be more volatile than other types of investments, including other types of stock investments. While small-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors, they involve greater risks and the share price of a fund that invests in small-cap stocks may change sharply during the short term and long term.
Preferred Stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights, though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the corporation’s assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay dividends at a specified rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding convertible preferred stock, a fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the same risks as common stock and debt securities.
Convertible Securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of another form of security (usually the issuer’s common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. A corporation may issue a convertible security that is subject to redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the company’s common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the company’s common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more valuable.
Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same quality and maturity because of the conversion feature. Convertible securities are also rated below investment grade (high yield) or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.
Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often concentrated in economic sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time, which may adversely impact market price and a fund’s ability to liquidate a particular security or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuer’s creditworthiness.
Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These securities have a conversion feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential than the issuer’s common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. In the event of a
8

 

Table of Contents
company’s liquidation, bondholders have claims on company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those of common shareholders.
Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common stock and interest rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuer’s convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible security’s income potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because its conversion value is more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because of their fixed income component.
Initial Public Offering (IPO). A fund may purchase shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company’s IPO, and may at times dispose of those shares shortly after their acquisition. A fund’s purchase of shares issued in IPOs exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers has been volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time.
Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs) . MLPs are limited partnerships in which the common units are publicly traded. MLP common units are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and are generally registered with the SEC. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role, if any, in the partnership’s operations and management.
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (minimum quarterly distributions). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions are intended to encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results are intended to benefit all security holders of the MLP, however, such incentive distribution payments give rise to potential conflicts of interest between the common unit holders and the general partner.
MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The funds may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties in private placements. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to annually elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.
MLP subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to their original sponsors, such as their founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and investors. Subordinated units may be purchased directly from these persons as well as newly-issued subordinated units from MLPs themselves. Subordinated units have similar voting rights as common units and are generally not publicly traded. Once the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units, including any arrearages, has been paid, subordinated units receive cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution prior to any incentive payments to the MLP’s general partner. Unlike common units, subordinated units do not have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units and general partner interests have priority over subordinated units. Subordinated units are typically converted into common units on a one-to-one basis after certain time periods and/or performance targets have been satisfied. The purchase or sale price of subordinated units is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on the likelihood of conversion, the length of time remaining to conversion, the size of the block purchased relative to trading volumes, and other factors, including smaller capitalization partnerships or companies potentially having
9

 

Table of Contents
limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lacking management depth or experience, and being more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic development than larger more established companies.
General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights, which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.
Additional risks involved with investing in an MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.
Certain MLPs are dependent on their parent companies or sponsors for a majority of their revenues. Any failure by an MLP’s parents or sponsors to satisfy their payments or obligations would impact the MLP’s revenues and cash flows and ability to make distributions.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs may combine the features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at least 90% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from rents, mortgages and sales of property.
Like any investment in real estate, a REIT’s performance depends on many factors, such as its ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies, increased competition from nearby properties, tenants’ failure to pay rent, or incompetent management. Property values could decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities, uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a REIT’s performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its properties. Additionally, declines in the market value of a REIT may reflect not only depressed real estate prices, but may also reflect the degree of leverage utilized by the REIT.
In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as long-term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can reduce the yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.
Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and their securities can be more volatile than-and at times will perform differently from-large-cap stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a fund, a shareholder will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the REIT’s expenses in addition to their proportionate share of a fund’s expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act and CFTC regulations.
Rights and Warrants . Rights and warrants are types of securities that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. Rights allow a shareholder to buy more shares directly from the company, usually at a price somewhat lower than the current market price of the outstanding shares. Warrants are usually issued with bonds and preferred stock. Rights and warrants can trade on the market separately from the company’s stock. The prices of rights and warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Rights usually expire within a few weeks of issuance, while warrants may not expire for several years. If a right or warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and a fund will lose the purchase price it paid for the right or warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.
Stock Substitution Strategy is a strategy, whereby certain underlying index funds may, in certain circumstances, substitute a similar stock for a security in their indexes.
10

 

Table of Contents
Business Development Companies (BDCs) are closed-end investment companies that have elected to be BDCs under the 1940 Act and are taxed as regulated investment companies (RICs) under the Internal Revenue Code. BDCs operate as venture capital companies and typically invest in, lend capital to, and provide significant managerial assistance to developing private companies or thinly-traded public companies. Under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of privately-held U.S. companies or thinly-traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. In addition, a BDC may only incur indebtedness in amounts such that the BDC’s coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities equals at least 200% after such incurrence.
BDCs generally invest in debt securities that are not rated by a credit rating agency and are considered below investment grade quality (junk bonds). Little public information generally exists for the type of companies in which a BDC may invest and, therefore, there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed evaluation of the BDC and its portfolio of investments. In addition, investments made by BDCs are typically illiquid and are difficult to value for purposes of determining a BDC’s net asset value (for more information on BDCs, see the section titled “Securities of Other Investment Companies”).
Foreign Currency Transactions. A fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options and engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward currency contracts (forwards) with terms generally of less than one year. A fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities.
A fund may use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. A fund will earmark or segregate assets for any open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes and mark to market daily as may be required under the federal securities laws.
A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect a fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, a fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for fund securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when a fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, a fund could sustain a loss.
A fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange options and contracts to protect the value of specific portfolio positions, which is called “position hedging.” When engaging in position hedging, a fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which portfolio securities are denominated (or against an increase in the value of currency for securities that a fund expects to purchase).
Buying and selling foreign currency exchange options and contracts involves costs and may result in losses. The ability of a fund to engage in these transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to declines in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of such currency. Transactions in these contracts involve certain other risks. Unanticipated fluctuations in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between a fund’s holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts into which a fund enters. Such imperfect correlation may cause a fund to sustain losses, which will prevent it from achieving a complete hedge or expose it to risk of foreign exchange loss.
Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Also, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for a fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.
Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of the fund and the fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:
Lock In . When the investment adviser desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
Cross Hedge . If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, a fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of a fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.
Direct Hedge . If the investment adviser wants to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the investment adviser thinks that a fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s bonds but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, a fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security
11

 

Table of Contents
is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but a fund would benefit from an increase in value of the bond.
Proxy Hedge . The investment adviser might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, a fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in the U.S. and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.
Costs of Hedging . When a fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if a fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar. It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from a fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in a fund’s net asset value per share.
Tax Consequences of Hedging . Under applicable tax law, a fund may be required to limit its gains from hedging in foreign currency forwards, futures, and options. Although a fund is expected to comply with such limits, the extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging may also result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by a fund and could affect whether dividends paid by a fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.
Foreign Securities. Investments in foreign securities involve additional risks, including foreign currency exchange rate risks, because they are issued by foreign entities, including foreign governments, banks and corporations or because they are traded principally overseas. Foreign securities in which a fund may invest include those issued by foreign entities that are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments, as well as fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and withholding taxes, could have more dramatic effects on the value of foreign securities. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, the imposition of trade sanctions, change of government or war could affect the value of foreign investments. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
Foreign securities typically have less volume and are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although a fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable overall results on portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. There may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers as well. Bankruptcy laws in some foreign countries are sometimes biased to the borrowers and against the creditors. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
In addition, a fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions. These restrictions may negatively impact the value or liquidity of a fund’s investments, and could impair a fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. For example, a fund may be prohibited from investing in securities issued by companies subject to such restrictions. In addition, these restrictions may require a fund to freeze its existing investments in certain foreign securities, which would prohibit the fund from buying, selling, receiving or delivering those securities or other financial instruments. As a result, such restrictions may limit a fund’s ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
International trade tensions may arise from time to time which could result in trade tariffs, embargos or other restrictions or limitations on trade. The imposition of any actions on trade could trigger a significant reduction in international trade, an oversupply of certain manufactured goods, substantial price reductions of goods and possible failure of individual companies or industries which could have a negative impact on a fund’s performance. Events such as these are difficult to predict and may or may not occur in the future.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures and, in certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause a fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Losses to a fund arising out of the inability to fulfill a contract to sell such securities also could result in potential liability for a fund.
12

 

Table of Contents
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may be made and held in foreign currencies. In addition, a fund may hold cash investments in foreign currencies. These investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and may cause a fund to incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange market as well as by political and economic factors. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by a fund.
During the 2008-2009 global financial crisis, financial markets in Europe experienced significant volatility due, in part, to concerns about rising levels of government debt and the prevalence of increased budget deficits. As a result, many economies in the region suffered through prolonged economic downturns. Due to the economic integration of the region, another economic downturn in one European country may have a negative impact on the economies of other European countries.
In a 2016 referendum, citizens of the United Kingdom (the UK) voted to withdraw from the European Union (the EU), which caused significant volatility in global financial markets. The UK has formally notified the European Council of its intention to withdraw from the EU (commonly referred to as “Brexit”) by invoking Article 50, which triggered negotiations on the terms of Brexit. There is significant uncertainty regarding the final terms and consequences of Brexit. During this period of uncertainty, the UK and European economies and the broader global economy may experience increased volatility and illiquidity, and companies that conduct a significant amount of business in the UK or Europe may experience lower revenue and/or profit growth, all of which may adversely affect the value of a fund’s investments. Brexit also may cause additional member states to contemplate departing the EU, which would likely perpetuate political and economic instability in the region and cause additional market disruption in global financial markets.
As a fund may hold investments in issuers that are located in Europe or that depend on revenues generated from operations in Europe, any material negative developments in Europe could have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of these investments, which could harm a fund’s performance.
Foreign Institutions involve additional risks. The funds may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities issued by foreign institutions or securities that are subject to credit or liquidity enhancements provided by foreign institutions. Foreign institutions may not be subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements that are comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments could have effects on the value of securities issued or supported by foreign institutions. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, change of government or war could affect the value of these securities. In addition, there may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign institutions that issue or support securities in which a fund may invest. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
High-Yield Securities , also called lower quality bonds (junk bonds), are frequently issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by those of questionable credit strength, and are more speculative and volatile (though typically higher yielding) than investment grade bonds. Adverse economic developments could disrupt the market for high-yield securities, and severely affect the ability of issuers, especially highly-leveraged issuers, to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity.
Also, the secondary market for high-yield securities at times may not be as liquid as the secondary market for higher-quality debt securities. As a result, the investment adviser could find it difficult to sell these securities or experience difficulty in valuing certain high-yield securities at certain times. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices at which a fund purchased them.
Thus, high-yield securities are more likely to react to developments affecting interest rates and market and credit risk than are more highly rated securities, which primarily react to movements in the general level of interest rates. When economic conditions appear to be deteriorating, medium- to lower-quality debt securities may decline in value more than higher-quality debt securities due to heightened concern over credit quality, regardless of prevailing interest rates. Prices for high-yield securities also could be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect a fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market value for high-yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high-yield securities.
Hybrid Instruments ​ are a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a benchmark). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.
Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be
13

 

Table of Contents
sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes a fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of a fund. A fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments.
Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable. A fund will only invest in commodity-linked hybrid instruments that qualify under applicable rules of the CFTC for an exemption from the provisions of the CEA.
Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.
Illiquid Securities or Investments means any investment that a fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. The liquidity of a fund’s investments is monitored under the supervision and direction of the Board. Investments currently not considered liquid include, among others, repurchase agreements not maturing within seven days that are not subject to a demand feature of seven days or less and certain restricted securities. Any investment may become illiquid at times of market dislocation.
Indexing Strategies involve tracking the securities represented in, and, therefore, the performance of, an index. Each index fund normally will invest primarily in the securities of its index. Moreover, each index fund seeks to invest so that its portfolio performs similarly to that of its index. Each index fund will seek to achieve over time a correlation between its performance and that of its index, before fees and expenses, of 0.90 or better. Correlation for each index fund is calculated using daily returns, according to a mathematical formula which measures correlation between a fund’s portfolio and index returns. A perfect correlation of 1.0 is unlikely as the index funds incur operating and trading expenses unlike their indices. Each index fund may rebalance its holdings in order to track its index more closely. In the event its intended correlation is not achieved, the Board will consider alternative arrangements for each index fund.
There can be no guarantee that the performance of an index fund will achieve a high degree of correlation with that of its index. A number of factors may affect an index fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index, including the degree to which an index fund utilizes a sampling technique. The correlation between the performance of an index fund and its index may also diverge due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between an index fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to an index fund but not to the index.
Inflation-Protected Securities are fixed-income securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index (CPI) accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.
Inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semiannual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation adjusted principal amount.
If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-protected bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-protected bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. An underlying fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds, which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond to be repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount and, therefore, is subject to credit risk.
The value of inflation-protected bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the expected rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-protected bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-protected bonds.
While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.
14

 

Table of Contents
The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-protected bonds is tied to the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), published monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-protected bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.
Any increase in principal for an inflation-protected security resulting from inflation adjustments is considered by the IRS to be taxable income in the year it occurs. An underlying fund’s distributions to shareholders may include interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments, both of which will be taxable to shareholders. The tax treatment of the income attributable to principal adjustments may result in the situation where an underlying fund needs to make its required annual distributions to shareholders in amounts that exceed the cash received. As a result, the underlying fund may need to liquidate certain investments when it is not advantageous to do so. Also, if the principal value of an inflation-protected security is adjusted downward due to deflation, amounts previously distributed in the taxable year may be characterized in some circumstances as a return of capital.
Interfund Borrowing and Lending. The SEC has granted an exemption to the funds that permits the funds to borrow money from and/or lend money to other funds in the Fund Complex as defined under “Management of the Funds.” All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate and the short term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board.
International Bonds are certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers, including Eurodollar Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by foreign issuers payable in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks located outside the United States, primarily Europe), Yankee Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the U.S. by foreign banks and corporations, and EuroBonds, which are bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and usually issued by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Investments in securities issued by foreign issuers, including American Depositary Receipts and securities purchased on foreign securities exchanges, may subject a fund to additional investment risks, such as adverse political and economic developments, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign investments, less stringent disclosure requirements, non-U.S. withholding taxes and the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions.
Additional risks include less publicly available information, the risk that companies may not be subject to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements of U.S. companies, the risk that foreign securities markets may have less volume and therefore may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than U.S. securities, and the risk that custodian and transaction costs may be higher. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting requirements and engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.
Money Market Securities are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, notes and time deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes issued to finance short term credit needs.
Money market securities pay fixed-, variable- or floating-rates of interest and are generally subject to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts or sold separately; these puts, which are sometimes called demand features or guarantees, are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When a fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed. Standby commitments are types of puts.
A fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. A fund may invest in money market securities to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance. A fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with its investment objective.
Bankers’ Acceptances or Notes are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. A fund will invest only in bankers’ acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of $100 million.
Certificates of Deposit or Time Deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. A fund will invest only in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of $100 million.
15

 

Table of Contents
Commercial Paper consists of short-term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other institutions to finance short-term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to credit risk.
Fixed Time Deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. A fund will not invest in fixed time deposits, that (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.
Promissory Notes are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.
Repurchase Agreements are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities (usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyer’s holding period. Any repurchase agreements a fund enters into will involve a fund as the buyer and banks or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short, from overnight to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause a fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. A fund also may incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase agreement’s seller, a fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of income. Certain repurchase agreements a fund may enter into may or may not be subject to an automatic stay in bankruptcy proceedings. A fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank.
Mortgage-Backed Securities (MBS) and other Asset-Backed Securities (ABS) may be purchased by a fund. MBS represent participations in mortgage loans, and include pass-through securities, adjustable rate mortgages, collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. MBS may be issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or Ginnie Mae) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or Fannie Mae) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or Freddie Mac). MBS may also be issued by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, and special purpose entities (collectively, “private lenders”). MBS are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate and residential property. MBS issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other MBS that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of credit enhancement. To the extent that a fund invests in MBS issued by private lenders, such securities may be issued in the form of several tranches. Depending on their respective seniority, individual tranches are subject to increased (and sometimes different) credit, prepayment and liquidity and valuation risks as compared to other tranches. These securities are often subject to greater credit, prepayment and liquidity and valuation risks than an MBS issued by a U.S. government agency or instrumentality. The investment adviser will consider the creditworthiness of the guarantee providers and/or credit enhancement providers in determining whether a MBS issued by a private lender meets the fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no guarantee that the enhancement provider or guarantor of a MBS can meet their obligations under the enhancement or guarantee arrangements.
The average life of a mortgage-backed security is likely to be substantially shorter than the original maturity of the mortgages underlying the securities. Scheduled payments and prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before the maturity of the mortgages in the pool.
The National Housing Act authorized GNMA to guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest on securities backed by a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. The GNMA guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. GNMA is also empowered to borrow without limitation from the U.S. Treasury if necessary to make any payments required under its guarantee.
Freddie Mac was created in 1970 to promote development of a nationwide secondary market in conventional residential mortgages.
Fannie Mae was established in 1938 to create a secondary market in mortgages the FHA insures. Securities issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
For more information on securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, see the section titled “U.S. Government Securities.” On June 3, 2019, under the “Single Security Initiative” undertaken by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) seeking to maximize the liquidity for both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac MBS in the “to-be-announced” or “TBA” market, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are expected to start issuing uniform mortgage-backed securities (UMBS) in place of their current offerings of TBA-eligible MBS. The effects of the issuance of UMBS on the market for MBS and on a fund’s ability to invest in UMBS are uncertain.
16

 

Table of Contents
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. Many of the risks of investing in commercial MBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial MBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
Collateralized Debt Obligations. A fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (CDOs), which include collateralized bond obligations (CBOs), collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust that is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.
For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.
The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a fund as illiquid securities, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and a fund’s prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; and (v) credit ratings by major credit rating agencies may be no indication of the creditworthiness of the security.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO) is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, and their income streams, as well as private issuers.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.
In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (issuer) issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (Bonds). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (Collateral). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan portfolios.
The rate of principal payment on MBS and ABS generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the price and yield on any MBS or ABS is difficult to predict with precision and price and yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. If a fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by a fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates.
While many MBS and ABS are issued with only one class of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different payment terms. Multiple class MBS and ABS are issued as a method of providing credit support, typically through creation of one or more classes whose
17

 

Table of Contents
right to payments on the security is made subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. In addition, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include stripped securities, which are MBS and ABS entitling the holder to disproportionate interest or principal compared with the assets backing the security, and securities with classes having characteristics different from the assets backing the securities, such as a security with floating interest rates with assets backing the securities having fixed interest rates. The market value of such securities and CMO’s generally is more or less sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with traditional MBS and ABS, and in some cases such market value may be extremely volatile.
CMO Residuals . CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (IO) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.” In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.
CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (SMBS) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.
Under certain circumstances these securities may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities . The term “U.S. agency mortgage pass-through security” refers to a category of pass-through securities backed by pools of mortgages and issued by one of several U.S. government-sponsored entities, such as Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. In the basic mortgage pass-through structure, mortgages with similar issuer, term and coupon characteristics are collected and aggregated into a “pool” consisting of multiple mortgage loans. The pool is assigned a CUSIP number and undivided interests in the pool are traded and sold as pass-through securities. The holder of the security is entitles to a pro rata share of principal and interest payments (including unscheduled prepayments) from the pool of mortgage loans.
An investment in a specific pool of pass-through securities requires an analysis of the specific prepayment risk of mortgages within the covered pool (since mortgagors typically have the option to prepay their loans). The level of prepayments on a pool of mortgage securities is difficult to predict and can impact the subsequent cash flows, value and yield of the mortgage pool. In addition, when trading specific mortgage pools, precise execution, delivery and settlement arrangements must be negotiated for each transaction. These factors combine to make trading in mortgage pools somewhat cumbersome relative to other fund investments.
For these reasons, a fund may seek to obtain exposure to U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, in part or in full, through the use of “to-be-announced” or “TBA” transactions. TBA refers to a commonly used mechanism for the forward settlement of U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, and not to a separate type of mortgage-backed security. Most transactions in the fixed-rate mortgage pass-through
18

 

Table of Contents
securities occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions are generally conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines that establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decided on general trade parameters, such as agency, settlement date, par amount and price. The actual pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to settlement date. A fund may use TBA transactions in several ways. For example, a fund anticipates that it will regularly enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, the fund generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of mortgage pass-through securities. In addition, a fund may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities stipulated in the TBA agreement.
Default by or bankruptcy of a counterparty to a TBA transaction would expose a fund to possible loss because of adverse market action, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities specified in the TBA transaction. To help minimize this risk, a fund will enter into TBA transactions only with established counterparties (such as major broker-dealers) and the fund’s investment adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of such counterparties. A fund may also acquire interests in mortgage pools through means other than TBA transactions.
A fund’s use of “TBA rolls” may cause the fund to experience higher portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs and to pay higher capital gains distributions to shareholders, which may be taxable, than if it acquired exposure to mortgage pools through means other than TBA transactions.
The funds intend to invest cash pending settlement of any TBA transactions in U.S. Treasury securities, money market instruments, repurchase agreements, or other high-quality, liquid short-term instruments, including money market funds.
Non-Publicly Traded Securities and Private Placements. A fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Such unlisted securities may involve a higher degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by a fund or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being sold, a fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.
Quality of Fixed Income Investments will be principally investment-grade for a fund’s assets. Investment-grade quality securities are rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest rating categories (within which there may be sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing) or have been determined to be of equivalent quality by the investment adviser or sub-adviser. Sometimes an investment-grade quality security may be downgraded to a below investment-grade quality rating. If a security no longer has at least one investment-quality rating from an NRSRO, the investment adviser would reanalyze the security in light of the downgrade and determine whether a fund should continue to hold the security. However, such downgrade would not require the investment adviser or sub-advisers to sell the security on behalf of a fund. Sometimes lower-quality securities may be downgraded to an even lower quality. The investment adviser may also elect to purchase high-yield securities that are rated (at the time of purchase) B or higher or the equivalent by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (S&P) or Fitch, Inc. or are determined to be of similar investment quality by the investment manager.
Restricted Securities are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Difficulty in selling restricted securities may result in a loss or be costly to a fund. Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, the holder of a registered security may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time it may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the holder might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the security. Certain restricted securities, such as 4(a)(2) commercial paper and Rule 144A securities under the 1933 Act, may be considered to be liquid if they meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Board. To the extent a fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, the general level of illiquidity in the fund’s portfolio may be increased if such securities become illiquid.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls may be used by a fund. A fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. A fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. If a fund uses the cash it obtains to invest in other securities, this may be considered a form of leverage and may expose a fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value on a fund’s portfolio securities. Because a fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, a fund will set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.
A fund also may enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which a fund would sell MBS for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a fund would forego principal and interest paid on the MBS during
19

 

Table of Contents
the roll period, a fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time a fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy MBS. This transaction allows a fund to have the same price and duration exposure in the mortgage security while having the cash for the bonds for the given time period. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by a fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by a fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which a fund will maintain an offsetting position in short duration investment-grade debt obligations. Since a fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and short duration, the investment adviser believes that such arbitrage transactions present lower risks to a fund than those associated with other types of leverage. There can be no assurance that a fund’s use of the cash it receives from a mortgage dollar roll will provide a positive return.
A fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the fund’s repurchase of the underlying security. A fund’s obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets equal in value to the amount of the fund’s forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.
Securities Lending of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. A fund may engage in security lending arrangements. When a fund is lending portfolio securities, a fund may receive cash collateral and may invest it in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, including cash collateral funds, but will do so only to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies. Lending portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities and efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in, or delay in recovery of, the loaned securities, if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral.
A fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other permitted instruments maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) a fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned; (3) a fund will receive payments in lieu of any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of a fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time of the loan).
Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the security’s voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because recalling a security may involve expenses to a fund, it is expected that a fund will do so only where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuer’s corporate governance policies or structure.
To the extent a fund participates in securities lending under the current securities lending agreements with unaffiliated lending agents, costs and expenses, including agent fees, associated with securities lending activities under the securities lending program paid to the unaffiliated lending agents start at 10% of gross lending revenue, with subsequent breakpoints to a low of 7.5%. In this context, the gross lending revenue equals the income received from the investment of cash collateral and fees paid by borrowers less any rebates paid to borrowers. Any expenses charged by the cash collateral fund are in addition to these fees. All remaining revenue is retained by a fund, as applicable. No portion of the lending revenue is paid to or retained by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM) or any affiliate of CSIM.
Securities of Other Investment Companies. Investment companies generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis; (2) business development companies that generally invest in, and provide services to, privately-held companies or thinly-traded public companies (see the sub-section titled “Business Development Companies” for more information); (3) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are usually listed on an exchange; (4) UITs that generally offer a fixed number of redeemable shares; and (5) money market funds that typically seek current income by investing in money market securities (see the sections titled “Money Market Funds” and “Money Market Securities” for more information). Certain open-end funds, closed-end funds and UITs are traded on exchanges (see the section titled “Exchange-Traded Funds” for more information).
To the extent a fund invests, or has invested, in shares of other investment companies, including BDCs, during its prior fiscal year, the fund, pursuant to SEC rules, must disclose any material fees and expenses indirectly incurred by the fund as a result of such investments. These
20

 

Table of Contents
indirect fees and expenses, to the extent incurred, will appear in the fee table of a fund’s prospectus as a separate line item captioned “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses.”
Investment companies may make investments and use techniques designed to enhance their performance. These may include delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions; swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid, and/or restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular investment company will generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur expenses.
The funds may buy securities of other investment companies, including those of foreign issuers, in compliance with the requirements of federal law or any SEC exemptive order. A fund may invest in investment companies that are not registered with the SEC or in privately placed securities of investment companies (which may or may not be registered), such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may have a greater ability to make investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher potential investment return (for example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered funds, while not regulated by the SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly supervised by the financial institutions (e.g., commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or other sources of capital. Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could cause a fund selling an interest in an unregistered fund to lose money. For example, many hedge funds require their investors to hold their investments for at least one year.
Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a result, the extent to which a fund may invest in another investment company may be limited. With respect to investments in other mutual funds, the SEC has granted the funds an exemption from the limitations of the 1940 Act that restrict the amount of securities of underlying mutual funds a fund may hold, provided that certain conditions are met. The conditions requested by the SEC were designed to address certain abuses perceived to be associated with funds of funds, including unnecessary costs (such as sales loads, advisory fees and administrative costs), and undue influence by a fund of funds over the underlying fund. The conditions apply only when a fund and its affiliates in the aggregate own more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one underlying fund.
Under the terms of the exemptive order, each fund and its affiliates may not control a non-affiliated underlying fund. Under the 1940 Act, any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is assumed to control that company. This limitation is measured at the time the investment is made.
Short Sales may be used by a fund as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset (hedge) a potential decline in the value of a security. A fund may engage in short sales that are either “against the box” or “uncovered.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, a fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or has the right to acquire, at no added cost, the securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to a fund with respect to the securities that are sold short. “Uncovered” short sales are transactions under which a fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such transaction, a fund may borrow the security through a broker to make delivery to the buyer and, in doing so, a fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. A fund also may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities, which would increase the cost of the security. In addition, a fund is often obligated to pay any accrued interest and dividends on the securities until they are replaced. The proceeds of the short sale position will be retained by the broker until a fund replaces the borrowed securities.
A fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security and, conversely, the fund will realize a gain if the price declines. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, as the price of the underlying securities could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. If a fund sells securities short “against the box,” it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises. The successful use of short selling as a hedging strategy may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
A fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash or other liquid securities. In addition, a fund will earmark cash or liquid assets or place in a segregated account an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold short, marked-to-market daily, and (2) any cash or other liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.
Temporary Defensive Investments . During unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each of the Schwab Target Index Funds may invest up to 100% of their assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations.
U.S. Government Securities are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Some U.S. government securities, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB), are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity has with the U.S. Treasury. Securities issued by other issuers are supported
21

 

Table of Contents
solely by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (FFCB). There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest securities; however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under these Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements (SPAs), the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. On May 6, 2009, the U.S. Treasury increased its maximum commitment to each instrumentality under the SPAs to $200 billion per instrumentality. On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the SPAs to allow the cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s net worth through the end of 2012. On August 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the SPAs to terminate the requirement that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each pay a 10% dividend annually on all amounts received under the funding commitment. Instead, they will transfer to the U.S. Treasury on a quarterly basis all profits earned during a quarter that exceed a capital reserve amount of $3 billion. The new amendment is designed to put Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in a better position to service their debt because Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac no longer have to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to make fixed dividend payments. Under the new arrangement, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are required to reduce their investment portfolios over time.
The actions of the U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful. The future for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remains uncertain. The U.S. Congress continues to evaluate proposals to reduce the U.S. government’s role in the mortgage market and to wind down, restructure, consolidate, or privatize Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Should the federal government adopt any such proposal, the value of a fund’s investments in securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac would be impacted. Although the risk of default with U.S. government securities is considered unlikely, any default on the part of a portfolio investment could cause a fund’s share price or yield to fall.
The risk of default may be heightened when there is uncertainty relating to negotiations in the U.S. Congress over increasing the statutory debt ceiling. If the U.S. Congress is unable to negotiate an increase to the statutory debt ceiling, the U.S. government may default on certain U.S. government securities including those held by a fund, which could have an adverse impact on the fund. In recent years, the long-term credit rating of the U.S. government was downgraded by a major rating agency as a result of concern about the U.S. government’s budget deficit and rising debt burden. Similar downgrades in the future could increase volatility in domestic and foreign financial markets, result in higher interest rates, lower prices of U.S. Treasury securities and increase the costs of different kinds of debt. Although remote, it is at least theoretically possible that under certain scenarios the U.S. government could default on its debt, including U.S. Treasury securities.
Wrap Agreements may be entered into by a fund with insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions (wrapper providers). A wrap agreement typically obligates the wrapper provider to maintain the value of the assets covered under the agreement (covered assets) up to a specified maximum dollar amount upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The value is pre-determined using the purchase price of the securities plus interest at a specified rate minus an adjustment for any defaulted securities. The specified interest rate may be adjusted periodically under the terms of the agreement. While the rate typically will reflect movements in the market rates of interest, it may at times be less or more than the actual rate of income earned on the covered assets. The rate also can be impacted by defaulted securities and by purchase and redemption levels in a fund. A fund also pays a fee under the agreement, which reduces the rate as well.
Wrap agreements may be used as a risk management technique intended to help minimize fluctuations in a fund’s NAV. However, a fund’s NAV will typically fluctuate at least minimally, and may fluctuate more at times when interest rates are fluctuating. Additionally, wrap agreements do not protect against losses a fund may incur if the issuers of portfolio securities do not make timely payments of interest and/or principal. A wrap agreement provider also could default on its obligations under the agreement. Therefore, a fund will only invest in a wrap provider with an investment-grade credit rating. There is no active trading market for wrap agreements and none is expected to develop. Therefore, wrap agreements are considered illiquid investments. There is no guarantee that a fund will be able to purchase any wrap agreements or replace ones that defaulted. Wrap agreements are valued using procedures adopted by the Board. There are risks that the value of a wrap agreement may not be sufficient to minimize the fluctuations in a fund’s NAV. All of these factors might result in a decline in the value of a fund’s shares.
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities are debt securities that do not make cash interest payments throughout the period prior to maturity. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. A zero-coupon security pays no interest to its holders during its life. Step-coupon securities are debt securities that, instead of having a fixed coupon for the life of the security, have coupon or interest payments that may increase or decrease to predetermined rates at future dates. Some step-coupon securities are issued with no coupon payments at all during an initial period, and only become interest-bearing at a future date; these securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities to include in income
22

 

Table of Contents
each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accruing that year. To continue to qualify as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under the Code and avoid a certain excise tax, a fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.
investment Limitations and restrictions
Schwab Target Index Funds
The following investment policies and restrictions may be changed only by a vote of a majority of each fund’s outstanding voting shares:
Each fund may not:
(1) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(2) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(3) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(4) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(5) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(6) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(7) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
The following investment policies and restrictions are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees.
Each fund may not:
(1) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.
(2) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).
(3) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.
(4) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (1) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (2) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts; and (3) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.
(5) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).
(6) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).
(7) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.
23

 

Table of Contents
The following descriptions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions.
Borrowing. The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a “senior security” within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of a fund’s investment restriction.
Concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.
Diversification. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a “diversified company,” as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s voting securities would be held by a fund.
Lending. Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.
Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. Each fund has adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, each fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of a fund’s Board of Trustees.
Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits each fund from issuing senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, when such investments are “covered” or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligations.
Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. The foregoing restriction does not apply to non-diversified funds.
Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund’s acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted. Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in total assets or net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause a fund to exceed its limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.
Management of the FUNDS
The funds are overseen by a Board of Trustees. The trustees are responsible for protecting shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual arrangements and the investment performance of each fund. The trustees met five times during the most recent fiscal year.
Certain trustees are “interested persons.” A trustee is considered an interested person (Interested Trustee) of the Trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director, or an employee of CSIM or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab or the distributor). A trustee also may be considered an interested person of the Trust under the 1940 Act if he or she owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation (CSC), a publicly traded company and the parent company of CSIM and Schwab.
As used herein, the terms “Fund Complex” and “Family of Investment Companies” each refer collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust which, as of July 29, 2019, included 98 funds. As used herein, the term “Schwab Funds” refers collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Capital Trust; the term “Laudus Funds” refers to Laudus Trust; and the term “Schwab ETFs” refers to Schwab Strategic Trust.
Each of the officers and/or trustees serves in the same capacity, unless otherwise noted, for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust. The tables below provide information
24

 

Table of Contents
about the trustees and officers for the Trust, which includes the funds in this SAI. The address of each individual listed below is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105.
Name, Year of Birth, and Position(s) with the Trust
(Term of Office and Length of Time Served 1 )
Principal Occupations
During the Past Five Years
Number of Portfolios
in Fund Complex
Overseen by the Trustee
Other Directorships During
the Past Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Robert W. Burns
1959
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Retired/Private Investor (Jan. 2009-present). Formerly, Managing Director, Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (PIMCO) (investment management firm) and President, PIMCO Funds. 98 None
John F. Cogan
1947
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Senior Fellow (Oct. 1979-present), The Hoover Institution at Stanford University (public policy think tank); Senior Fellow (2000-present), Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research; Professor of Public Policy (1994-2015), Stanford University. 98 Director (2005-present), Gilead Sciences, Inc.
Nancy F. Heller
1956
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2018)
President and Chairman (2014-2016), TIAA Charitable (financial services); Senior Managing Director (2003-2016), TIAA (financial services). 98 None
Stephen Timothy Kochis
1946
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2012; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2016)
CEO and Owner (May 2012-present), Kochis Global (wealth management consulting). 98 None
David L. Mahoney
1954
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2011; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Private Investor. 98 Director (2003-present), Symantec Corporation

Director (2004-present), Corcept Therapeutics Incorporated

Director (2009-present), Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Jane P. Moncreiff
1961
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2019)
Chief Investment Officer (2009-2017), CareGroup Healthcare System, Inc. (healthcare). 98 None
Kiran M. Patel
1948
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2011; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Retired. Executive Vice President and General Manager of Small Business Group (Dec. 2008-Sept. 2013), Intuit, Inc. (financial software and services firm for consumers and small businesses). 98 Director (2008-present), KLA-Tencor Corporation
Kimberly S. Patmore
1956
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Consultant (2008-present), Patmore Management Consulting (management consulting). 98 None
25

 

Table of Contents
Name, Year of Birth, and Position(s) with the Trust
(Term of Office and Length of Time Served 1 )
Principal Occupations
During the Past Five Years
Number of Portfolios
in Fund Complex
Overseen by the Trustee
Other Directorships During
the Past Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Gerald B. Smith
1950
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2000; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Founder (Mar. 1990-present), Smith Graham & Co. (investment advisors). 98 Director (2012-present), Eaton
INTERESTED TRUSTEES
Walter W. Bettinger II 2
1960
Chairman and Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; Laudus Trust since 2010)
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Oct. 2008-present), The Charles Schwab Corporation; President and Chief Executive Officer (Oct. 2008-present) and Director (May 2008-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Director (Apr. 2006-present), Charles Schwab Bank; Director (Nov. 2017-present), Charles Schwab Premier Bank; Director (May 2008-present) and President and Chief Executive Officer (Aug. 2017-present), Schwab Holdings, Inc.; Director (July 2016-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. 98 Director (2008-present), The Charles Schwab Corporation
Jonathan de St. Paer 2
1973
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2019)
Director and Chief Executive Officer (Apr. 2019-present), President (Oct. 2018-present) Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Trustee and Chief Executive Officer (Apr. 2019-present), President (Nov. 2018-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Director (Apr. 2019-present), Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited; Senior Vice President (Apr. 2019-present), Senior Vice President – Strategy and Product Development (CSIM) (Jan. 2014-Mar. 2019), Vice President (Jan. 2009-Dec. 2013), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 98 None
Joseph R. Martinetto 2
1962
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Chief Operating Officer (Feb. 2018-present) and Senior Executive Vice President (July 2015-Feb. 2018), The Charles Schwab Corporation; Senior Executive Vice President (July 2015-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Chief Financial Officer (July 2015-Aug. 2017) and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (May 2007-July 2015), The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Director (May 2007-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Director (Apr. 2010-present) and Chief Executive Officer (July 2013-Apr. 2015), Charles Schwab Bank; Director (Nov. 2017-present), Charles Schwab Premier Bank; Director (May 2007-present), Chief Financial Officer (May 2007-Aug. 2017), Senior Executive Vice President (Feb. 2016-present), and Executive Vice President (May 2007-Feb. 2016), Schwab Holdings, Inc. 98 None
Name, Year of Birth, and Position(s) with the Trust
(Term of Office and Length of Time Served 3 )
Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years
OFFICERS
Jonathan de St. Paer
1973
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2018)
Director and Chief Executive Officer (Apr. 2019-present), President (Oct. 2018-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Trustee and Chief Executive Officer (Apr. 2019-present), President (Nov. 2018-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Director (Apr. 2019-present), Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited; Senior Vice President (Apr. 2019-present), Senior Vice President – Strategy and Product Development (CSIM) (Jan. 2014-Mar. 2019), Vice President (Jan. 2009-Dec. 2013), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
26

 

Name, Year of Birth, and Position(s) with the Trust
(Term of Office and Length of Time Served 3 )
Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years
OFFICERS
Mark Fischer
1970
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2013)
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (Jan. 2016-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Assistant Treasurer (Dec. 2013-Dec. 2015), Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds; Assistant Treasurer (Nov. 2013-Dec. 2015), Schwab ETFs; Vice President (Oct. 2013-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Executive Director (Apr. 2011-Sept. 2013), J.P. Morgan Investor Services; Assistant Treasurer (May 2005-Mar. 2011), Massachusetts Financial Service Investment Management.
George Pereira
1964
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2004; Laudus Trust since 2006; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Nov. 2004-present) and Chief Operating Officer (Jan. 2011-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (Jan. 2016-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (June 2006-Dec. 2015), Laudus Funds; Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Nov. 2004-Dec. 2015), Schwab Funds; Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Oct. 2009-Dec. 2015), Schwab ETFs; Director (Apr. 2005-present), Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited.
Omar Aguilar
1970
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies (Apr. 2011-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies (June 2011-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Head of the Portfolio Management Group and Vice President of Portfolio Management (May 2009-Apr. 2011), Financial Engines, Inc. (investment management firm); Head of Quantitative Equity (July 2004-Jan. 2009), ING Investment Management.
Brett Wander
1961
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income (Apr. 2011-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income (June 2011-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Senior Managing Director and Global Head of Active Fixed-Income Strategies (Jan. 2008-Oct. 2010), State Street Global Advisors; Director of Alpha Strategies (Apr. 2006-Jan. 2008), Loomis, Sayles & Company (investment management firm).
David Lekich
1964
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, Schwab Funds and Schwab ETFs
Vice President and Assistant Clerk, Laudus Funds
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President (Sept. 2011-present) and Vice President (Mar. 2004-Sept. 2011), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel (Sept. 2011-present) and Vice President (Jan. 2011-Sept. 2011), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Secretary (Apr. 2011-present) and Chief Legal Officer (Dec. 2011-present), Schwab Funds; Vice President and Assistant Clerk (Apr. 2011-present), Laudus Funds; Secretary (May 2011-present) and Chief Legal Officer (Nov. 2011-present), Schwab ETFs.
Catherine MacGregor
1964
Vice President and Assistant Secretary, Schwab Funds and Schwab ETFs
Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Clerk, Laudus Funds
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2005; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009)
Vice President (July 2005-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Vice President (Sept. 2005-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Vice President (Dec. 2005-present) and Chief Legal Officer and Clerk (Mar. 2007-present), Laudus Funds; Vice President (Nov. 2005-present) and Assistant Secretary (June 2007-present), Schwab Funds; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (Oct. 2009-present), Schwab ETFs.
1 Each Trustee shall hold office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed. The retirement policy requires that each independent trustee retire by December 31 of the year in which the Trustee turns 74 or the Trustee’s twentieth year of service as an independent trustee on any trust in the Fund Complex, whichever occurs first.
2 Mr. Bettinger, Mr. de St. Paer and Mr. Martinetto are Interested Trustees. Mr. Bettinger is an Interested Trustee because he owns stock of CSC, the parent company of CSIM, the investment adviser for the trusts in the Fund Complex, is an employee and director of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., the principal underwriter for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust, and is a director of CSIM. Mr. de St. Paer is an Interested Trustee because he owns stock of CSC and is an employee and director of CSIM. Mr. Martinetto is an Interested Trustee because he owns stock of CSC and is an employee and director of Schwab.
3 The President, Treasurer and Secretary/Clerk hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each of the other officers serves at the pleasure of the Board.
Board Leadership Structure
The Chairman of the Board, Walter W. Bettinger II, is Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of CSC and an interested person of the Trust as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. The Board is comprised of a super-majority (75 percent) of trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust (i.e., independent trustees). The Trust does not have a single lead independent trustee. There are three primary committees of the Board: the Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee; the Governance Committee; and the Investment Oversight Committee. Each of the Committees is chaired by an independent trustee, and each Committee is comprised solely of independent trustees. The Committee chairs preside at Committee meetings, participate in formulating agendas for those meetings, and coordinate with management to serve as a liaison between the independent trustees and management on matters within the scope of the responsibilities of each Committee as set forth in its Board-approved charter. The Board has determined that this leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Board made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the
27

 

independent trustees of the Trust constitute a super-majority of the Board, the fact that Committee chairs are independent trustees, the number of funds (and classes) overseen by the Board, and the total number of trustees on the Board.
Board Oversight of Risk Management
Like most investment companies, fund management and its other service providers have responsibility for day-to-day risk management for the funds. The Board’s duties, as part of its risk oversight of the Trust, consist of monitoring risks identified during regular and special reports to the Committees of the Board, as well as regular and special reports to the full Board. In addition to monitoring such risks, the Committees and the Board oversee efforts of fund management and service providers to manage risks to which the funds of the Trust may be exposed. For example, the Investment Oversight Committee meets with portfolio managers and receives regular reports regarding investment risk and credit risk of a fund’s portfolio. The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee meets with the funds’ Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Financial Officer and receives regular reports regarding compliance risks, operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. From its review of these reports and discussions with management, each Committee receives information about the material risks of the funds of the Trust and about how management and service providers mitigate those risks, enabling the independent Committee chairs and other independent members of the Committees to discuss these risks with the full Board.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the funds can be identified nor can processes and controls be developed to eliminate or mitigate the occurrence or effects of certain risks; some risks are simply beyond the reasonable control of the funds, their management, and service providers. Although the risk oversight functions of the Board, and the risk management policies of fund management and fund service providers, are designed to be effective, there is no guarantee that they will eliminate or mitigate all risks. In addition, it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve each fund’s investment objective. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the funds’ ability to manage risk is subject to significant limitations.
Individual Trustee Qualifications
The Board has concluded that each of the trustees should initially and continue to serve on the Board because of (i) his or her ability to review and understand information about the Trust provided to them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the performance of their duties, to question management regarding material factors bearing on the management of the Trust, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of the Trust’s shareholders and (ii) the trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills as described below.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Bettinger should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as president and chief executive officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation, his knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008, the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and the Laudus Funds since 2010.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Burns should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as managing director of Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (PIMCO) and president of PIMCO Funds as well as the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab ETFs’ Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee until December 2015.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Cogan should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he has gained serving as a senior fellow and professor of public policy at a university and his former service in government, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008 and Laudus Funds since 2010, and his service on other public company boards.
The Board has concluded that Mr. de St. Paer should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as president of CSIM, the Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs, and as senior vice president of strategy and product development at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., as well as his knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry and investment management services.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Heller should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience she gained as president of TIAA Charitable and as senior managing director at TIAA, the experience she has gained serving on other non-public company boards and her knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Kochis should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as chair and chief executive officer of Aspiriant, LLC, an advisory firm, as well as his knowledge of and experience in wealth management consulting and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2012.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Mahoney should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds since 2011, as co-chief executive officer of a healthcare services company, and his service on other public company boards.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Martinetto should serve as trustee of the Trust because of his experience serving as senior executive vice president and chief financial officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
28

 

The Board has concluded that Ms. Moncreiff should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience she gained as chief investment officer of CareGroup Healthcare System, the experience she has gained serving on other non-public company boards and her knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Patel should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds since 2011, as executive vice president, general manager and chief financial officer of a software company, his service on other public company boards, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab Funds’ and Laudus Funds’ Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Patmore should serve as trustee of the Trust because of her experience serving as chief financial officer and executive vice president of First Data Payment Business and First Data Corporation, as well as her knowledge of and experience in management consulting.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Smith should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he has gained as managing partner of his own investment advisory firm, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2000, as trustee of the Laudus Funds since 2010, his service on other public company boards, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab Funds’ and Laudus Funds’ Investment Oversight Committee.
Trustee Committees
The Board has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with respect to those committees, each as described below:
The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee reviews the integrity of the Trust’s financial reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and the Trust’s overall system of internal controls. The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee also reviews and evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of the Trust’s independent auditors, and the implementation and operation of the Trust’s valuation policy and procedures. This Committee is comprised of at least three independent trustees and currently has the following members: Kiran M. Patel (Chair), John F. Cogan, Nancy F. Heller and Kimberly S. Patmore. The Committee met four times during the most recent fiscal year.
The Governance Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding Trust governance-related matters, including but not limited to Board compensation practices, retirement policies and term limits, Board self-evaluations, the effectiveness and allocation of assignments and functions by the Board, the composition of Committees of the Board, and the training of trustees. The Governance Committee is responsible for selecting and nominating candidates to serve as trustees. The Governance Committee does not have a written policy with respect to consideration of candidates for trustee submitted by shareholders. However, if the Governance Committee determined that it would be in the best interests of the Trust to fill a vacancy on the Board, and a shareholder submitted a candidate for consideration by the Board to fill the vacancy, the Governance Committee would evaluate that candidate in the same manner as it evaluates nominees identified by the Governance Committee. Nominee recommendations may be submitted to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal business address. This Committee is comprised of at least three independent trustees and currently has the following members: John F. Cogan (Chair), Stephen Timothy Kochis, David L. Mahoney and Kimberly S. Patmore. The Committee met five times during the most recent fiscal year.
The Investment Oversight Committee reviews the investment activities of the Trust and the performance of the funds’ investment adviser. This Committee is comprised of at least three trustees (at least two-thirds of whom shall be independent trustees) and currently has the following members: Gerald B. Smith (Chair), Robert W. Burns, Stephen Timothy Kochis, David L. Mahoney and Jane P. Moncreiff. The Committee met five times during the most recent fiscal year.
Trustee Compensation
The following table provides trustee compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, earned with respect to the funds in this SAI and the Fund Complex. Trustee compensation for the funds is paid by CSIM.
Name of Trustee Aggregate Compensation
from the Funds in this SAI
Pension or Retirement Benefits
Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses
Total Compensation from the Funds
and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees
Interested Trustees
Walter W. Bettinger II None N/A None
Marie A. Chandoha 1 None N/A None
Jonathan de St. Paer 2 None N/A None
Joseph R. Martinetto None N/A None
Independent Trustees
Robert W. Burns $ 9,484 N/A $304,000
John F. Cogan $10,108 N/A $324,000
Nancy F. Heller 3 $ 7,993 N/A $253,667
29

 

Name of Trustee Aggregate Compensation
from the Funds in this SAI
Pension or Retirement Benefits
Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses
Total Compensation from the Funds
and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees
Independent Trustees
Stephen Timothy Kochis $ 9,484 N/A $304,000
David L. Mahoney $ 9,484 N/A $304,000
Jane P. Moncreiff 4 $ 2,469 N/A $ 77,500
Kiran M. Patel $10,108 N/A $324,000
Kimberly S. Patmore $ 9,484 N/A $304,000
Charles A. Ruffel 5 $ 2,268 N/A $ 75,500
Gerald B. Smith $10,108 N/A $324,000
Joseph H. Wender 6 $ 7,014 N/A $226,500
1 Ms. Chandoha retired from the Board effective March 31, 2019.
2 Mr. de St. Paer joined the Board effective April 1, 2019.
3 Ms. Heller joined the Board effective June 1, 2018.
4 Ms. Moncreiff joined the Board effective January 1, 2019.
5 Mr. Ruffel resigned from the Board effective May 15, 2018.
6
Mr. Wender retired from the Board effective December 31, 2018.
Securities Beneficially Owned by Each Trustee
The following table provides each trustee’s equity ownership of the funds and ownership of all registered investment companies overseen by each trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as of December 31, 2018.
Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Funds Included in the SAI Aggregate Dollar Range of
Trustee Ownership in the Family
of Investment Companies
Interested Trustees
Walter W. Bettinger II     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Jonathan de St. Paer 1     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
30

 

Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Funds Included in the SAI Aggregate Dollar Range of
Trustee Ownership in the Family
of Investment Companies
Interested Trustees
Joseph R. Martinetto     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Independent Trustees
Robert W. Burns     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
John F. Cogan     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Nancy F. Heller 2     $50,001-$100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
31

 

Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Funds Included in the SAI Aggregate Dollar Range of
Trustee Ownership in the Family
of Investment Companies
Independent Trustees
Stephen Timothy Kochis     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
David L. Mahoney     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Jane P. Moncreiff 3     None
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Kiran M. Patel     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
32

 

Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Funds Included in the SAI Aggregate Dollar Range of
Trustee Ownership in the Family
of Investment Companies
Independent Trustees
Kimberly S. Patmore     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Gerald B. Smith     Over $100,000
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
1 Mr. de St. Paer joined the Board effective April 1, 2019.
2 Ms. Heller joined the Board effective June 1, 2018.
3 Ms. Moncreiff joined the Board effective January 1, 2019.
As of December 31, 2018, none of the independent trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of CSIM or Schwab, or in a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with CSIM or Schwab.
Deferred Compensation Plan
Independent trustees may enter into a fee deferral plan. Under this plan, deferred fees will be credited to an account established by the Trust as of the date that such fees would have been paid to the trustee. The value of this account will equal the value that the account would have if the fees credited to the account had been invested in the shares of Schwab Funds selected by the trustee. Currently, none of the independent trustees has elected to participate in this plan.
Code of Ethics
The funds, CSIM and Schwab have adopted a Code of Ethics as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Code of Ethics permits the trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the funds or CSIM or the directors or officers of Schwab to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the investment adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.
Control Persons And Principal Holders Of Securities
As of June 30, 2019, the officers and trustees of the Trust, as a group owned, of record or beneficially, less than 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the funds.
Persons who beneficially own more than 25% of a fund may be deemed to control the fund. As a result, it may not be possible for matters subject to a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such fund to be approved without the affirmative vote of such shareholder, and it may be possible for such matters to be approved by such shareholder without the affirmative vote of any other shareholder.
33

 

Please see the Appendix – Principal Holders of Securities, for a list of persons or entities that owned, of record or beneficially, 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the funds.
Investment Advisory and Other Services
Investment Adviser
CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of CSC, 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, serves as each fund’s investment adviser and administrator pursuant to an Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement (Advisory Agreement) between it and the Trust. Schwab is an affiliate of CSIM and is the Trust’s distributor. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chairman and Director of CSC. As a result of his ownership of and interests in CSC, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of CSIM and Schwab.
Advisory Agreement
The continuation of a fund’s Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (1) by the vote of the trustees or by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment advisory agreement or “interested persons” of any party (independent trustees), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
Each year, the Board calls and holds a meeting to decide whether to renew the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and CSIM with respect to existing funds in the Trust. In preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by CSIM, as well as extensive data provided by third parties, and the independent trustees receive advice from counsel to the independent trustees.
The investment adviser is entitled to receive a fee from the funds, payable monthly, for its advisory and administrative services to the funds. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee of 0.08% from each of the funds expressed as a percentage of each fund’s average daily net assets.
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for substantially all expenses of the funds, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services, but excluding shareholder servicing fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, taxes, brokerage expenses and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
The table below sets forth the advisory fees paid to the investment adviser for the past three fiscal years, or if shorter, for the period of its operations.
Fund and Advisory Fee Schedule   2019 2018 2017 1 Expense
Cap
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund Net fees paid: $ 5,419 $ 2,662 $ 160 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $ 9,520 $ 3,973 $ 473  
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund Net fees paid: $ 8,684 $ 3,728 $ 262 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $14,668 $ 5,104 $1,137  
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund Net fees paid: $29,081 $12,453 $ 716 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $48,396 $16,781 $1,240  
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund Net fees paid: $37,259 $16,826 $1,390 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $55,929 $21,365 $2,344  
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund Net fees paid: $48,042 $18,815 $ 882 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $70,628 $23,603 $2,108  
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund Net fees paid: $29,258 $12,112 $ 907 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $42,936 $15,024 $1,790  
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund Net fees paid: $33,077 $13,490 $ 811 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $48,996 $17,024 $1,708  
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund Net fees paid: $19,742 $ 8,152 $ 472 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $29,571 $10,546 $1,193  
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund Net fees paid: $18,889 $ 5,976 $ 295 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $28,877 $ 7,977 $ 833  
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund Net fees paid: $ 9,715 $ 3,151 $ 257 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $14,903 $ 4,334 $ 693  
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund Net fees paid: $11,970 $ 3,893 $ 319 0.08%
Gross fees reduced by: $18,751 $ 5,420 $ 842  
1 For the period of August 26, 2016 (the fund’s commencement of operations) to the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017.
The investment adviser and its affiliates have contractually agreed to limit the “net operating expenses” of each of the funds (including acquired fund fees and expenses, but excluding taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.08% for so long as the investment adviser serves as adviser
34

 

to the funds. Acquired fund fees and expenses are indirect expenses incurred by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds. This net operating expense agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of a fund’s Board of Trustees.
Distributor
Pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement between Schwab and the Trust, Schwab, located at 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the principal underwriter for shares of the funds and is the Trust’s agent for the purpose of the continuous offering of the funds’ shares. The funds pay for prospectuses and shareholder reports to be prepared and delivered to existing shareholders. Schwab pays such costs when the described materials are used in connection with the offering of shares to prospective investors and for supplemental sales literature and advertising. Schwab receives no fee under the Distribution Agreement; however, as described below in “Payments to Financial Intermediaries,” CSIM compensates Schwab, in its capacity as a financial intermediary and not in its capacity as distributor and principal underwriter for the funds, for providing certain additional services that may be deemed to be distribution-related.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries
CSIM and its affiliates may make payments to broker-dealers, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, retirement plan service providers, consultants and other financial intermediaries (Intermediaries) for services and expenses incurred in connection with certain activities or services which may educate financial advisors or facilitate, directly or indirectly, investment in the funds and other investment companies advised by CSIM, including the Schwab ETFs. These payments are made by CSIM or its affiliates at their own expense, and not from the assets of the funds. Although a portion of CSIM’s and its affiliates’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the funds, these payments do not increase the expenses paid by investors for the purchase of fund shares, or the cost of owning a fund.
These payments may relate to educational efforts regarding the funds, or for other activities, such as marketing and/or fund promotion activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, data analytics and support, or the development and support of technology platforms and/or reporting systems. In addition, CSIM may make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the funds available to their customers or otherwise promote the funds, which may include Intermediaries that allow customers to buy and sell fund shares without paying a commission or other transaction charge. Payments of this type are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing or marketing support.
Payments made to Intermediaries may be significant and may cause an Intermediary to make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive. As a result, these payments could create conflicts of interest between an Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the funds over other investments.
As of July 29, 2019, CSIM anticipates that Cambridge Investment Research, Inc., Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company, Ladenburg Thalmann Advisor Network LLC, LPL Financial LLC, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC and Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. will receive these payments. CSIM may enter into similar agreements with other FINRA member firms (or their affiliates) in the future. In addition to member firms of FINRA, CSIM and its affiliates may also make these payments to certain other financial intermediaries, such as banks, trust companies, insurance companies, and plan administrators and consultants that sell fund shares or provide services to the funds and their shareholders. These firms may not be included in this list. You should ask your financial intermediary if it receives such payments.
CSIM also makes payments to Schwab for certain administrative, professional and support services provided by Schwab, in its capacity as an affiliated financial intermediary and not as distributor and principal underwriter of the funds. These payments reimburse Schwab for its charges, costs and expenses of providing Schwab personnel to perform marketing and sales activities under the direction of CSIM, such as sales lead generation and sales support, assistance with public relations, marketing and/or advertising activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, and data analytics and support. Payments also are made by CSIM to Schwab for CSIM’s allocated costs of general corporate services provided by Schwab, such as human resources, facilities, project management support and technology.
Transfer Agent
DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-0953, serves as the funds’ transfer agent. As part of these services, the firm maintains records pertaining to the sale, redemption and transfer of the funds’ shares.
Custodian and Fund Accountant
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (BBH), 50 Post Office Square, Boston, MA, 02110, serves as custodian for the Schwab Target Index Funds.
State Street Bank and Trust Company (State Street), One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, also serves as fund accountant for each of the funds.
The custodian is responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held by the funds. The fund accountant maintains all books and records related to the funds’ transactions.
35

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), Three Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California 94111, audits and reports on the annual financial statements of the funds and reviews certain regulatory reports and each fund’s federal income tax return. PwC also performs other professional, accounting, auditing, tax and advisory services when engaged to do so by the Trust.
Securities Lending Activities
As of the most recent fiscal year-end, the funds had not entered into a contract with a securities lending agent and were not engaged in securities lending.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Other Accounts. In addition to the funds, each Portfolio Manager (collectively referred to as the Portfolio Managers) is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain accounts, as listed below. The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information below is provided as of March 31, 2019.
  Registered Investment Companies
(this amount does not include the funds in this SAI)
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts
Name Number of Accounts Total Assets Number of Accounts Total Assets Number of Accounts Total Assets
Zifan Tang 22 $7,321,062,911 0 $0 0 $0
Patrick Kwok 22 $7,321,062,911 0 $0 0 $0
,
Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio managers management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of a fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. These other accounts include separate accounts and other mutual funds advised by CSIM (collectively, the Other Managed Accounts). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives as a fund, track the same index a fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by a fund. While the portfolio managers management of Other Managed Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed below, CSIM does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.
Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ day-to-day management of a fund. Because of their position with the funds, the portfolio managers know the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of the Other Managed Accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of the funds. However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to index funds, which seek to track their respective indexes, much of this information is publicly available. When it is determined to be in the best interest of both accounts, the portfolio managers may aggregate trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding separate accounts, with those of the funds. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIM’s aggregation and allocation policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) a portfolio manager will not aggregate orders unless he or she believes such aggregation is consistent with his or her duty to seek best execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance with the size of each account’s order.
Investment Opportunities . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of each portfolio manager’s management of a fund and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow them to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over a fund, which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the portfolio managers receives, or expects to receive, greater compensation from their management of the Other Managed Accounts than the funds. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIM’s policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account’s investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the portfolio managers may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for a fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Managed Account that they are otherwise buying for a fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such an approach might not be suitable for a fund given its investment objectives and related restrictions.
Fund of Funds Information Barrier . The portfolio manager for any Schwab fund that invests in other Schwab or Laudus Funds (Underlying Affiliated Funds) must make investment decisions without taking into consideration, or being in possession of, material non-public information about the Underlying Affiliated Funds. Despite the portfolio managers intention to not receive material, non-public information, CSIM has established procedures to prevent portfolio managers from having access to and trading on material, non-public information regarding Underlying Affiliated Funds. Under these procedures, the adviser monitors Schwab fund of funds’ trading activity in Underlying Affiliated Funds, escalates breaches of information barriers and develops enhancements to information barriers as necessary. In the event that the portfolio
36

 

managers come into possession of material, non-public information about an Underlying Affiliated Fund, the portfolio managers ability to initiate transactions in that Underlying Affiliated Fund could potentially be restricted as a result of the portfolio manager’s possession of such information. The trading restriction could have an adverse effect on the ability of a fund managed by the portfolio managers to participate in any potential gains or avoid any potential losses in the restricted Underlying Affiliated Fund. In some instances, these trading restrictions could continue in effect for a substantial period of time.
Compensation. During the most recent fiscal year, each portfolio manager’s compensation consisted of a fixed annual (base) salary and a discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable for a similar position across the investment management industry and an evaluation of the individual portfolio manager’s overall performance such as the portfolio manager’s contribution to the investment process, good corporate citizenship, risk management and mitigation, and functioning as an active contributor to the firm’s success. The discretionary bonus is determined in accordance with the CSIM Equity and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager Incentive Plan (the Plan) as follows:
There are two independent funding components for the Plan:
75% of the funding is based on equal weighting of Investment Fund Performance and Risk Management and Mitigation
25% of the funding is based on Corporate results
Investment Fund Performance and Risk Management and Mitigation (75% weight)
Investment Fund Performance:
At the close of the year, each fund’s performance will be determined by its 1-year, 1- and 2-year, or 1- and 3-year percentile standing (based on pre-tax return before expenses) within its designated benchmark, peer group, or category, depending on the strategy of the fund (i.e., whether the fund is passively or actively managed) using standard statistical methods approved by CSIM senior management. Investment Fund Performance measurements may be changed or modified at the discretion of the CSIM President and CSIM Chief Operating Officer. As each participant may manage and/or support a number of funds, there may be several funds considered in arriving at the incentive compensation funding.
Risk Management and Mitigation:
Risk Management and Mitigation will be rated by CSIM’s Chief Investment Officer, CSIM’s Head of Investment Risk, CSIM’s Chief Legal Officer, CSIM’s Chief Compliance Officer and CSIM’s Head of Operations Risk (or individuals with comparable responsibilities). Factors they will consider will include, but are not limited to:
Balancing safety of fund principal with appropriate limits that provide investment flexibility given existing market conditions
Making timely sell recommendations to avoid significant deterioration of value resulting from the weakening condition of the issuer
Escalating operating events and errors for prompt resolution
Identifying largest risks and actively discussing with management
Accurately validating fund information disseminated to the public (e.g., Annual and Semiannual reports, fund fact sheets, fund prospectus)
Executing transactions timely and without material trade errors that result in losses to the funds
Ensuring ongoing compliance with prospectus and investment policy guidelines
Minimizing fund compliance exceptions
Actively following up and resolving compliance exceptions
Corporate Performance (25% weight)
The Corporate Bonus Plan is an annual bonus plan that provides discretionary awards based on the financial performance of CSC during the annual performance period. Quarterly advances may be paid for the first three quarters. Allocations are discretionary and aligned with CSC and individual performance. Funding for the Plan is determined at the conclusion of the calendar year. Funding will be capped at 200% of target.
At year-end, the full-year funding for both components of the Plan will be pooled together. The total pool is allocated to Plan participants by CSIM senior management based on their assessment of a variety of performance factors.
Factors considered in CSIM senior management’s allocation process will include objective and subjective factors that will take into consideration total performance and will include, but are not limited to:
Fund performance relative to performance measure
Risk management and mitigation
37

 

Individual performance against key objectives
Contribution to overall group results
Functioning as an active contributor to the firm’s success
Team work
Collaboration between Analysts and portfolio managers
Regulatory/Compliance management
The portfolio managers’ compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in a fund’s portfolio.
Ownership of Fund Shares. The following table shows the dollar amount range of the portfolio managers’ “beneficial ownership” of shares of the funds they managed as of March 31, 2019. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act).
Portfolio Manager Fund Dollar Range of Fund Shares
Zifan Tang Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund N/A
Patrick Kwok Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund $10,001-$50,000
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund N/A
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund N/A
Brokerage Allocation And Other Practices
Portfolio Turnover
For reporting purposes, a fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year, whichever is less, by the monthly average value of portfolio securities the fund owned during the fiscal year. When making the calculation, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less (short-term securities) are excluded.
A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all portfolio securities (aside from short-term securities) were sold and either repurchased or replaced once during the fiscal year.
Typically, funds with high turnover (such as 100% or more) tend to generate higher capital gains and transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions.
Variations in turnover rate may be due to a fluctuating volume of shareholder purchase and redemption orders, market conditions, and/or changes in the investment adviser’s investment outlook.
38

 

The portfolio turnover rate for each of the funds for the past two fiscal years, as applicable, is as follows.
Fund 2019 2018
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund 30% 28%
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund 29% 47%
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund 13% 21%
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund 13% 14%
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund 8% 8%
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund 6% 14%
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund 2% 15%
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund 7% 11%
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund 0% 1 15%
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund 6% 23%
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund 2% 19%
1 Less than 0.5%
Portfolio Transactions
The investment adviser makes decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the funds. The investment adviser is responsible for implementing these decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage. A fund generally does not incur any commissions or sales charges when it invests in underlying Schwab Funds or Laudus Funds, but it may incur such costs if it invests directly in other types of securities or in unaffiliated funds. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange or certain riskless principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed-income securities may be transacted with the issuer, the issuer’s underwriter or a dealer. The funds do not usually pay brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of fixed-income securities, although the price of the securities generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down, which is not disclosed separately. The prices the funds pay to underwriters of newly-issued securities usually include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed through dealers who are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. The money market securities in which the funds may invest are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes. It is expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the funds will primarily consist of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions.
The investment adviser seeks to obtain the best execution for the funds’ portfolio transactions. The investment adviser may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities; willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call; ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or products; whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive, on aggregate, prices at least as favorable as the closing prices on a given day when adherence to “market-on-close” pricing aligns with fund objectives; or whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for a security for a given trading day (or portion thereof) when the investment adviser or the sub-advisers believe that VWAP execution is in a fund’s best interest. In addition, the investment adviser may have incentive sharing arrangements with certain unaffiliated brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive, in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.
The investment adviser may cause a fund to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the investment adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. In addition to agency transactions, the investment adviser may receive brokerage and research services or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services or products may include: company financial data and economic data (e.g., unemployment, inflation rates and GDP figures), stock quotes, last sale prices and trading volumes, research reports analyzing the performance of a particular company or stock, narrowly distributed trade magazines or technical journals covering specific industries, products, or issuers, seminars or conferences registration fees which provide substantive content relating to eligible research, quantitative analytical software and software that provides analyses of securities portfolios, trading strategies and pre/post trade analytics, discussions with research analysts or meetings with corporate executives which provide a means of obtaining oral advice on securities, markets or particular issuers, short-term custody related to effecting particular transactions and clearance and settlement of those trades, lines between the broker-dealer and order management systems operated by a third party vendor, dedicated lines between the broker-dealer and the investment adviser’s order management system, dedicated lines providing direct dial-up service between the investment adviser and the trading desk at the broker-dealer, message services used to transmit orders to broker-dealers for execution, electronic communication of allocation instructions between institutions and broker-dealers, comparison services required by the
39

 

SEC or another regulator (e.g., use of electronic confirmation and affirmation of institutional trades), exchange of messages among broker-dealers, custodians, and institutions related to a trade, post-trade matching of trade information, routing settlement instructions to custodian banks and broker-dealers’ clearing agents, software that provides algorithmic trading strategies, and trading software operated by a broker-dealer to route orders to market centers or direct market access systems. The investment adviser may use research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all client accounts, and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions or spreads to the broker or dealer providing such services.
The investment adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the investment adviser will make a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions or spreads, while the investment adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the investment adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser and sub-advisers believe that the costs of such services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and non-research uses.
The investment adviser may purchase for the funds, new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the investment adviser with research services, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act.
The investment adviser may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems may enable funds to trade directly with other institutional holders. At times, this may allow funds to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading through a single market maker.
The investment adviser and sub-advisers may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The investment adviser and sub-advisers will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution for each affected fund and is consistent with the terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which purchases and/or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of a fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by the investment adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the fund.
In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer as its broker for executing orders for the funds on securities exchanges, the investment adviser follows procedures, adopted by the funds’ Board, that are designed to ensure that affiliated brokerage commissions (if relevant) are reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage commissions for comparable transactions. The Board reviews the procedures annually and approves and reviews transactions involving affiliated brokers quarterly.
Brokerage Commissions
During the last three fiscal years, the funds paid no brokerage commissions.
Regular Broker-Dealers
During the fiscal year, the funds held securities issued by their respective “regular broker-dealers” (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act), indicated below as of March 31, 2019.
Fund Regular Broker-Dealer Value of Holdings
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None N/A
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None N/A
40

 

Proxy Voting
The Board has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM. The trustees have adopted CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds portfolios. A description of CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included in Appendix — Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures.
The Trust is required to disclose annually a fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. A fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is available by visiting the Schwab Funds’ website at www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus . A fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
For this section only, the following disclosure relates to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust (collectively, the Trusts) and each series thereunder (each a fund and collectively, the funds).
The Trusts’ Board has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of fund shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the funds’ investment adviser, subadviser (if applicable), principal underwriter or any affiliated person of a fund, its investment adviser, subadviser or principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized one of the President, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Trusts (in consultation with a fund’s subadviser, if applicable) to authorize the release of the funds’ portfolio holdings prior to regular public disclosure (as outlined in the prospectus and below) or regular public filings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.
The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the funds’ policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually, regarding entities which were authorized to be provided “early disclosure” of the funds’ portfolio holdings information and will periodically review any agreements that the Trusts have entered into to selectively disclose portfolio holdings.
Portfolio holdings may be made available on a selective basis to ratings agencies, certain industry organizations, consultants and other qualified financial professionals when the appropriate officer of the Trusts determines such disclosure meets the requirements noted above and serves a legitimate business purpose. Agreements entered into with such entities will describe the permitted use of portfolio holdings and provide that, among other customary confidentiality provisions: (i) the portfolio holdings will be kept confidential; (ii) the person will not trade on the basis of any material non-public information; and (iii) the information will be used only for the purpose described in the agreement.
The funds’ service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser, subadvisers (if applicable), the distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, counsel, auditor, proxy voting service provider, pricing information vendors, trade execution measurement vendors, portfolio management system providers, cloud database providers, securities lending agents, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services they perform for the funds. CSIM, any subadviser to a fund as disclosed in the most current prospectus, Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC, State Street and/or Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., as service providers to the funds, are currently receiving this information on a daily basis. Donnelley Financial Solutions, as a service provider to the funds, is currently receiving this information on a quarterly basis. PwC, the Transfer Agent, and the Distributor, as service providers to the funds, receive this information on an as-needed basis. Service providers are subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect to any portfolio holdings information they receive whether imposed by the confidentiality provisions of the service providers’ agreements with the Trusts or by the nature of its relationship with the Trusts. Although certain of the service providers are not under formal confidentiality obligations in connection with disclosure of portfolio holdings, a fund will not continue to conduct business with a service provider who the fund believes is misusing the disclosed information.
To the extent that a fund invests in an ETF, the Trusts will, when required by the exemptive orders issued by the SEC to ETF sponsors and the procedures adopted by the Board, promptly notify the ETF in writing of any purchase or acquisition of shares of the ETF that causes the fund to hold (i) 5% or more of such ETF’s total outstanding voting securities, and (ii) 10% or more of such ETF’s total outstanding voting securities. In addition, CSIM will, upon causing a fund to acquire more than 3% of an ETF’s outstanding shares, notify the ETF of the investment.
The funds’ policies and procedures prohibit the funds, the funds’ investment adviser or any related party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.
Generally, a complete list of a fund’s portfolio holdings is published on the fund’s website www.schwabfunds.com on the “Prospectus & Reports” tab under “Portfolio Holdings” generally 60-80 days after a fund’s fiscal quarter-end in-line with regulatory filings unless a different timing is outlined in the fund’s prospectus.
Specifically for the Schwab ETFs, each Schwab ETF discloses its portfolio holdings and the percentages the holdings represent of the fund’s net assets at least monthly on the website and as often as each day the fund is open for business. Portfolio holdings information made available in
41

 

connection with the process of purchasing or redeeming Creation Units for the Schwab ETFs may be provided to other entities that provided services to the funds in the ordinary course of business after it has been disseminated to the NSCC.
The Schwab Money Funds have an ongoing arrangement to make available information about the funds’ portfolio holdings and information derived from the funds’ portfolio holdings to iMoneyNet, a rating and ranking organization, which is subject to a confidentiality agreement. Under its arrangement with the funds, iMoneyNet, among other things, receives information concerning the funds’ net assets, yields, maturities and portfolio compositions on a weekly basis, subject to a one business day lag.
On the website, the funds also may provide, on a monthly or quarterly basis, information regarding certain attributes of a fund’s portfolio, such as a fund’s top ten holdings, sector weightings, composition, credit quality and duration and maturity, as applicable. This information is generally updated within 5-25 days after the end of the period. This information on the website is publicly available to all categories of persons.
The funds may disclose non-material information including commentary and aggregate information about the characteristics of a fund in connection with or relating to a fund or its portfolio securities to any person if such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose, such disclosure does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio securities of any fund (which can only be disclosed in accordance with the above requirements), and such information does not constitute material non-public information. Such disclosure does not fall within the portfolio securities disclosure requirements outlined above.
Whether the information constitutes material non-public information will be made on a good faith determination, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. In most cases, commentary or analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making a decision concerning a fund. Commentary and analysis include, but are not limited to, the allocation of a fund’s portfolio securities and other investments among various asset classes, sectors, industries, countries or other relevant category, the characteristics of the stock components and other investments of a fund, the attribution of fund returns by asset class, sector, industry, country or other relevant category, and the volatility characteristics of a fund.
Description Of The TRUST
Each fund is a series of Schwab Capital Trust, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on May 7, 1993. The funds may hold special shareholder meetings, which may cause the funds to incur non-routine expenses. These meetings may be called for purposes such as electing trustees, changing fundamental policies and amending management contracts. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share owned and may vote by proxy or in person. Proxy materials will be mailed to shareholders prior to any meetings, and will include a voting card and information explaining the matters to be voted upon.
The bylaws of the Trust provide that a majority of shares entitled to vote shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a shareholders’ meeting, except that where any provision of law, or of the Declaration of Trust or of the bylaws permits or requires that (1) holders of any series shall vote as a series, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that series, or (2) holders of any class shall vote as a class, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that class entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. The Declaration of Trust specifically authorizes the Board to terminate the Trust (or any of its funds) by notice to the shareholders without shareholder approval.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the Trust’s obligations. The Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for the Trust’s acts or obligations and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the trustees. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of an investment portfolio in which a shareholder owns or owned shares for all losses and expenses of such shareholder or former shareholder if he or she is held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder. Moreover, the Trust will be covered by insurance, which the trustees consider adequate to cover foreseeable tort claims. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote, because it is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and the Trust itself is unable to meet its obligations. There is a remote possibility that a fund could become liable for a misstatement in the prospectus or SAI about another fund.
As more fully described in the Declaration of Trust, the trustees may each year, or more frequently, distribute to the shareholders of each series accrued income less accrued expenses and any net realized capital gains less accrued expenses. Distributions of each year’s income of each series shall be distributed pro rata to shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of each series held by each of them. Distributions will be paid in cash or shares or a combination thereof as determined by the trustees. Distributions paid in shares will be paid at the net asset value as determined in accordance with the bylaws.
Any series of the Trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of the Trust or of another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office and, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Declaration of Trust, without the approval of shareholders of any series.
42

 

Purchase, Redemption, delivery of shareholder documents and pricing of shares
Purchasing and Redeeming Shares of the Funds
The funds are open each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. The NYSE’s trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the NYSE’s trading session closes early. The NYSE typically observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Although it is expected that the same holidays will be observed in the future, the NYSE may modify its holiday schedule or hours of operation at any time. Only orders that are received in good order by a fund’s transfer agent no later than the time specified by the Trust will be executed that day at the fund’s share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes early, the funds reserve the right to advance the time by which purchase, redemption and exchange orders must be received by the funds’ transfer agent that day in order to be executed that day at that day’s share price. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the funds reserve the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase, exchange and redemption orders and calculate their share prices as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
The funds have authorized one or more financial intermediaries, including Schwab, to accept on their behalf purchase, exchange and redemption orders. Such financial intermediaries have also been authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase, exchange and redemption orders on the funds’ behalf. The funds will be deemed to have received a purchase, exchange or redemption order when an authorized intermediary or, if applicable, an intermediary’s authorized designee, receives such order. Such orders will be priced at the respective fund’s net asset value per share next determined after such orders are received by an authorized intermediary or the intermediary’s authorized designee.
As long as the funds or Schwab follow reasonable procedures to confirm that an investor’s telephone or internet order is genuine, they will not be liable for any losses the investor may experience due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. These procedures may include requiring a form of personal identification or other confirmation before acting upon any telephone or internet order, providing written confirmation of telephone or internet orders and tape recording all telephone orders.
Share certificates will not be issued in order to avoid additional administrative costs, however, share ownership records are maintained by Schwab, other authorized financial intermediaries or, for direct shareholders, by the funds’ transfer agent.
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that shares may be automatically redeemed if held by a shareholder in an amount less than the minimum required by each fund. Each fund’s minimum initial investments and minimum balance requirements, if any, are set forth in the prospectus. The minimums may be changed without prior notice.
Each of the funds has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets at the beginning of such period. This election is irrevocable without the SEC’s prior approval. Redemption requests in excess of these limits may be paid, in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board may deem advisable. Payment will be made wholly in cash unless the Board believes that economic or market conditions exist that would make such payment a detriment to the best interests of a fund. If redemption proceeds are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued as set forth in “Pricing of Shares.” A redeeming shareholder would normally incur transaction costs if he or she were to convert the securities to cash.
Each fund is designed for long-term investing. Because short-term trading activities can disrupt the smooth management of a fund and increase its expenses, each fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to refuse any purchase or exchange order, including any purchase or exchange order which appears to be associated with short-term trading activities or “market timing.” Because market timing decisions to buy and sell securities typically are based on an individual investor’s market outlook, including such factors as the perceived strength of the economy or the anticipated direction of interest rates, it is difficult for a fund to determine in advance what purchase or exchange orders may be deemed to be associated with market timing or short-term trading activities. More information regarding the funds’ policies regarding “market timing” is included in the funds’ prospectus.
In certain circumstances, shares of a fund may be purchased “in kind” (i.e., in exchange for securities, rather than for cash). The securities tendered as part of an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on the American Stock Exchange, the NYSE, or NASDAQ. Securities accepted by a fund will be valued, as set forth in the fund’s prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. The shares of a fund that are issued to the shareholder in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividend, subscription, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of a fund and must be delivered to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. A fund will not accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the fund’s investment adviser.
Exchanging Shares of the Funds
Methods to purchase and redeem shares of a fund are set forth in the funds’ prospectuses. An exchange order involves the redemption of all or a portion of the shares of one Schwab Fund or the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund, and the simultaneous purchase of shares of
43

 

another Schwab Fund or the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund. Exchange orders must meet the minimum investment and any other requirements of the fund or class purchased. Exchange orders may not be executed between shares of Sweep Investments ® and shares of non-Sweep Investments. Shares of Sweep Investments may be bought and sold automatically pursuant to the terms and conditions of your Schwab account agreement. In addition, different exchange policies may apply to Schwab Funds or the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund that are bought and sold through third-party intermediaries and the exchange privilege between Schwab Funds and the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund may not be available through third-party intermediaries.
The funds and Schwab reserve certain rights with regard to exchanging shares of the funds. These rights include the right to: (i) refuse any purchase or exchange order that may negatively impact a fund’s operations; (ii) refuse orders that appear to be associated with short-term trading activities; and (iii) materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
Delivery of Shareholder Documents
Typically once a year, an updated prospectus will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund’s investment strategies, risks and shareholder policies. Twice a year, financial reports will be mailed (or, effective January 1, 2021, a notice will be mailed and financial reports will be electronically transmitted) to shareholders describing each fund’s performance and investment holdings. To eliminate duplicate mailings of shareholder documents, each household may receive one copy of these documents, under certain conditions. This practice is commonly called “householding.” If you want to receive multiple copies, you may write or call your fund at the address or telephone number on the front of this SAI. Your instructions will be effective within 30 days of receipt by a fund or other date as communicated by the financial intermediary.
Pricing of Shares
Each business day, each fund calculates its share price, net asset value per share or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of a fund’s portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available or that the investment adviser deems to be unreliable are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the funds reserve the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate their share prices as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
To the extent the funds invest in foreign securities, shareholders should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the funds are closed, the value of some of a fund’s securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund. The funds use approved pricing sources to provide values for their portfolio securities. Current market values are generally determined by the approved pricing sources as follows: generally securities traded on stock exchanges, excluding the NASDAQ National Market System, are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such securities are primarily traded (closing values), or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices; securities traded in the over-the-counter market are generally valued at an evaluated price using a mid-price as supplied by an approved, independent pricing service. The mid-price is the mean of the bid and ask prices as calculated by the pricing service. Generally securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are generally valued at the official closing price or last sales price on the exchange where the securities are principally traded with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed income securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing sources. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the funds’ Board of Trustees when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading marked is closed during regular market hours; when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market. The Board of Trustees regularly reviews fair value determinations made by the funds pursuant to the procedures.
In accordance with the 1940 Act, the underlying funds in which the Schwab Target Index Funds invest are valued at their respective net asset values as determined by those funds. The underlying funds that are money market funds may value their portfolio securities based on the value or amortized cost method. The other underlying funds value their portfolio securities based on market quotes if they are readily available.
Taxation
This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
Federal Tax Information for the Funds
It is each fund’s policy to qualify for taxation as a “regulated investment company” (RIC) by meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, each fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If a fund does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and any net realized capital
44

 

gains. In addition, each fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC.
Each fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with the Trust’s other funds. Each fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a fund must, among other requirements, distribute annually to its shareholders an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt income. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (ii) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a fund’s assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as “qualified publicly traded partnerships” for purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. To do so, the master limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, the partnership must meet the 90% gross income requirements for the exception from treatment as a corporation with gross income other than income consisting of dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock securities or currencies.
The Internal Revenue Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year (regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of their “ordinary income” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) for the calendar year plus 98.2% of their net capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, a fund is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year. A fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.
If a fund fails to qualify as a RIC for any taxable year, it will be taxable at regular corporate rates. In such an event, all distributions (including capital gains distributions) will be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, subject to the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and the lower tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income distributed to individuals. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a fund as a regulated investment company if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.
Although each fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, each fund will be subject to federal income tax to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If a fund’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable but will reduce the shareholder’s cost basis and result in a higher capital gain or lower capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. To the extent that a return of capital distribution exceeds a shareholder’s adjusted basis, the distribution will be treated as gain from the sale of shares.
A fund’s transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, foreign currency exchange transactions, options and certain other investment and hedging activities may be restricted by the Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a fund’s assets, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses or otherwise affect the character of a fund’s income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to these transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders.
Each fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the fund. It is anticipated that any net gain realized from the closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and
45

 

therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement described above. Each fund distributes to shareholders at least annually any net capital gains which have been recognized for federal income tax purposes, including unrealized gains at the end of the fund’s fiscal year on futures or options transactions. Such distributions are combined with distributions of capital gains realized on the fund’s other investments and shareholders are advised on the nature of the distributions.
With respect to investments in zero coupon or other securities which are sold at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, a fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the fund has not received any corresponding interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because each fund distributes all of its net investment income to its shareholders, a fund may have to sell fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.
Federal Income Tax Information for Shareholders
The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in each fund’s prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting shareholders of the funds. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of investing in the funds. Any dividends declared by a fund in October, November or December and paid the following January are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In general, distributions by a fund of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A portion of these distributions may be treated as qualified dividend income (eligible for the reduced rates to individuals as described below) to the extent that a fund receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the shares of the fund on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares of the fund become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (and the fund must also satisfy those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by each fund from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. It is expected that dividends received by a fund from a REIT and distributed to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income.
Distributions from net capital gains (if any) that are reported as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held shares of a fund. However, if you receive a capital gain dividend with respect to fund shares held for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent of the capital gain dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss.
The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the taxpayer’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Under the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010, net capital losses incurred by a fund in the taxable years after the effective enactment date, December 22, 2010, will not expire. However, such losses must be utilized prior to the losses incurred in the year preceding enactment. As a result of this ordering rule, pre-enactment capital loss carryforwards may be more likely to expire unused. Post-enactment capital losses arise in fiscal years beginning after the enactment date exclude any elective post-October capital losses deferred during the period from November 1 to the end of a fund’s fiscal year. In addition, post-enactment capital losses that are carried forward will retain their character as either short-term or long-term losses rather than short-term as under previous law.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gains distributions received from a fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
A fund will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, at the time they are paid and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes, including what portion of the distributions will be qualified dividend income, shortly after the close of each calendar year. For corporate investors in a fund, dividend distributions the fund reports to be from dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular corporation. Distributions by a fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, and their treatment under applicable tax laws may differ from the federal income tax treatment.
In general, a sale of shares results in capital gain or loss, and for individual shareholders, is taxable at a federal rate dependent upon the length of time the shares were held. A redemption of a shareholder’s fund shares is normally treated as a sale for tax purposes. Fund shares held for a
46

 

period of one year or less at the time of such sale or redemption will, for tax purposes, generally result in short-term capital gains or losses, and those held for more than one year will generally result in long-term capital gains or losses.
The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Gain or loss on the sale or redemption of shares in a fund is measured by the difference between the amount received and the adjusted tax basis of the shares. Shareholders should keep records of investments made (including shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and distribution) so they can compute the tax basis of their shares.
A loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of a fund may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a sixty-one (61) day period beginning thirty (30) days before and ending thirty (30) days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired must be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of shares held for six (6) months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholders.
At the beginning of every year, each fund will provide shareholders with a tax reporting statement containing information detailing the estimated tax status of any distributions that the fund paid during the previous calendar year.
Each fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the withheld amount of taxable dividends and redemption proceeds paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is not subject to “backup withholding;” or (4) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s ultimate U.S. tax liability.
Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from net investment income and short-term capital gains; provided, however, that U.S. source interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally are not subject to U.S. withholding taxes if a fund elects to make reports with respect to such dividends. Distributions to foreign shareholders of such short-term capital gains and long-term capital gains, and any gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund, generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Code’s definition of “resident alien” or (2) is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Foreign shareholders may also be subject to U.S. estate taxes with respect to shares in a fund. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a portion of the income, if any, derived by a fund from investments in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) may be classified as “excess inclusion income.” With respect of foreign shareholders, no exemption or reduction in withholding tax will apply to such excess inclusion income.
The funds are required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with extensive reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the funds to enable the funds to determine whether withholding is required.
Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (UBTI). Under current law, each fund generally serves to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund where, for example, (i) a fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, thereby causing the fund to derive “excess inclusion income,” or (ii) shares in a fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisors. In addition, tax may be imposed on a fund on the portion of any excess inclusion income allocable to any shareholders that are classified as “disqualified organizations.” There are no restrictions preventing a fund from holding investments in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, and a fund may do so. The Internal Revenue Service has issued recent guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding these issues.
For taxable years beginning after 2017 and before 2026, non-corporate taxpayers generally may deduct 20% of “qualified business income” derived either directly or through partnerships or S corporations. For this purpose, “qualified business income” generally includes ordinary REIT dividends and income derived from MLP investments. Proposed regulations which may be relied upon pending the issuance of final regulations permit the funds and the underlying funds to pass through to shareholders the character of ordinary REIT dividends so as to allow non-corporate shareholders to claim this deduction. There currently is no mechanism for a fund or an underlying fund to pass through to non-corporate shareholders (whether investing directly or indirectly through a fund) the character of income derived from MLP investments. It is
47

 

uncertain whether future legislation or other guidance will enable the funds and any underlying funds to pass through to non-corporate shareholders the ability to claim this deduction with respect to income derived from MLP investments.
The funds can have income, gains or losses from any distributions or redemptions in the underlying funds. The funds cannot use gains distributed by one underlying fund to offset losses in another underlying fund. Redemptions of shares in an underlying fund, including those resulting from allocation changes, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders, a portion of which may be short-term capital gains distributable as ordinary income. Further, a portion of any losses on underlying fund share redemptions may be deferred under the “wash sale” rules. As a result of these factors, the funds’ “fund of funds” structure could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
Income that a Schwab Target Index Fund receives from sources within various foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. If any of these funds has more than 50% of its assets invested in foreign securities at the end of its taxable year, it may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the ability to take either the foreign tax credit or the deduction for foreign taxes. Pursuant to this election, U.S. shareholders must include in gross income, even though not actually received, their respective pro rata share of foreign taxes, and may either deduct their pro rata share of foreign taxes (but not for alternative minimum tax purposes) or credit the tax against U.S. income taxes, subject to certain limitations described in Code sections 901 and 904. A shareholder who does not itemize deductions may not claim a deduction for foreign taxes. It is expected that the Schwab Target Index Funds will not have more than 50% of their assets invested in foreign securities at the close of their taxable years, and therefore will not be permitted to make this election. Each shareholder’s respective pro rata share of foreign taxes a Schwab Target Index Fund pays will, therefore, be netted against its share of the Schwab Target Index Fund’s gross income. To the extent, however, a Schwab Target Index Fund invests in an underlying mutual fund that elects to pass through foreign taxes, the Schwab Target Index Fund will be able to pass through the taxes paid by the underlying mutual fund in a given year, provided that at least 50% of the value of the Schwab Target Index Fund’s total assets is invested in underlying mutual funds at the end of each quarter of such taxable year.
The funds may invest in non-U.S. corporations, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) or become a PFIC under the Code. This could result in adverse tax consequences upon the disposition of, or the receipt of “excess distributions” with respect to, such equity investments. To the extent any of these funds do invest in PFICs, they may elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” or mark-to-market its investments in PFICs annually. In either case, these funds may be required to distribute amounts in excess of realized income and gains. To the extent these funds do invest in foreign securities which are determined to be PFIC securities and are required to pay a tax on such investments, a credit for this tax would not be allowed to be passed through to the funds’ shareholders. Therefore, the payment of this tax would reduce a fund’s economic return from its PFIC shares, and excess distributions received with respect to such shares are treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains.
Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions and instruments that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by a fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized by a fund with respect to foreign currencies and certain futures and options thereon, foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss, although in some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment. Foreign currency losses could result in distributions of ordinary income being reclassified as a return of capital for tax purposes.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as a fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in a fund.
48

 

Appendix – Principal Holders Of Securities
As of June 30, 2019, the following persons or entities owned, of record or beneficially, 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the listed funds (a shareholder’s or an entity’s address will be listed once at the first mention and not repeated for future entries):
Fund Name and Address Percentage of Ownership
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-1905
66.87%
Wells Fargo Bank
FBO Various Retirement Plans
1525 West WT Harris Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28288-1076
23.18%
William Briscoe
C/O Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
9800 Schwab Way (DENR2-3-505)
Lone Tree, CO 80124
5.07% 1
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
53.46%
Wells Fargo Bank
FBO Various Retirement Plans
34.89%
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-1905
12.35% 1
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
76.61%
Wells Fargo Bank
FBO Various Retirement Plans
6.32%
Standard Insurance Company
1100 SW 6 th Avenue
Portland, OR 97204-1093
5.70%
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
12.01% 1
The Charles Schwab Trust Co
Omnibus Account
Non-Enhanced REV, SDE, HSA
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-1905
9.04% 1
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
81.08%
Standard Insurance Company 6.13%
Wells Fargo Bank
FBO Various Retirement Plans
5.01%
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
10.21% 1
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
83.45%
The Charles Schwab Trust Co
Omnibus Account
Non-Enhanced REV, SDE, HSA
13.39% 1
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
13.06% 1

 

Fund Name and Address Percentage of Ownership
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
76.99%
Wells Fargo Bank
FBO Various Retirement Plans
7.49%
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
10.52% 1
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
85.19%
The Charles Schwab Trust Co
Omnibus Account
Non-Enhanced REV, SDE, HSA
15.48% 1
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
10.04% 1
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
78.82%
Wells Fargo Bank
FBO Various Retirement Plans
5.91%
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
12.22% 1
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
85.59%
The Charles Schwab Trust Co
Omnibus Account
Non-Enhanced REV, SDE, HSA
16.03% 1
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
7.69% 1
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
81.12%
Great-West Trust Company LLC
FBO Employee Benefits Clients 401k
8515 E Orchard Road 2T2
Greenwood Village, CO 80111-5002
6.77%
Charles Schwab Bank
Omnibus Account
Enhanced Revenue SDE
6.49% 1
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
FBO Customers
Attn: Schwab Funds Team N
91.31%
The Charles Schwab Trust Co
Omnibus Account
Non-Enhanced REV, SDE, HSA
19.57% 1
1 These shares are held within the Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. account listed elsewhere in the table.

 

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
The Charles Schwab Family of Funds
Schwab Investments
Schwab Capital Trust
Schwab Annuity Portfolios
Laudus Trust
Schwab Strategic Trust

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
AS OF MARCH, 2019

I. INTRODUCTION
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”), as an investment adviser, is generally responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment companies and other clients for which it provides discretionary investment management services. CSIM’s Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIM’s responsibility with regard to voting of client proxies (the “Proxy Committee”). The Proxy Committee is composed of CSIM personnel, including representatives from the Fund Administration, Portfolio Management, and Investment Risk and Oversight departments, with input from other relevant departments. The Proxy Committee reviews these policies periodically. The policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the “Proxy Policies”) pertain to all of CSIM’s clients.
The Boards of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (“Schwab Funds”), Laudus Trust (“Laudus Funds”) and Schwab Strategic Trust (“Schwab ETFs”; collectively with the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, the “Funds”) have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective investment advisory agreements. The Board has adopted these Proxy Policies with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various series of the Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds, and Schwab ETFs. CSIM will present amendments to the Board for approval. However, there may be circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend these Proxy Policies between regular Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs Board meetings. In such cases, the Board will be asked to ratify any changes at its next regular meeting.
To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM has retained Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping. CSIM has also retained Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. to conduct research on certain topics and may retain additional experts in the proxy voting and corporate governance area in the future.
The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for making the determination of how to vote the shares to seek to maximize the value of that particular holding.
II. PHILOSOPHY
As a leading asset manager, it is CSIM’s responsibility to use its proxy votes to encourage transparency and corporate governance structures that it believes protect or promote shareholder value.
Just as the investors in CSIM’s equity funds generally have a long-term investment horizon, CSIM takes a long-term, measured approach to investment stewardship. CSIM’s client-first philosophy drives all of its efforts, including its approach to decision making. In the investment stewardship context, that unfolds through CSIM’s efforts to appropriately manage risk by encouraging transparency and focusing on those corporate governance structures that will help protect or promote shareholder value.
In general, CSIM believes corporate directors, as the elected representatives of all shareholders, are best positioned to oversee the management of their companies. Accordingly, CSIM typically supports a board of directors’ and management’s recommendations on proxy matters. However, CSIM does not follow these recommendations when it believes doing so would not be in the best interests of shareholders.

1

 

III. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
CSIM invests on behalf of its clients in companies domiciled all over the world. Since corporate governance standards and best practices differ by country and jurisdiction, the market context is taken into account in the analysis of proposals. Furthermore, there are instances where CSIM may determine that voting is not in the best interests of its clients (typically due to costs or to trading restrictions) and will refrain from submitting votes.
The Proxy Committee receives and reviews Glass Lewis’ proxy voting policies and procedures (“Glass Lewis’ Proxy Policies”) and evaluates them in light of the long-term best interests of shareholders. CSIM generally utilizes Glass Lewis’ Proxy Policies (which are posted on the Funds’ website) except in instances where Glass Lewis’ Proxy Policies do not align with CSIM’s proxy voting philosophy, in which case CSIM creates a custom voting policy to reflect its views on a given topic.
The following is a summary of key guidelines which are grouped according to types of proposals usually presented to shareholders in proxy statements.
A. DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
i. Directors
As a starting point, CSIM expects the board to be composed of a majority of independent directors and to be responsive to shareholders. CSIM also expects directors that serve on a company’s nominating, compensation or audit committee to be independent.
Factors that may result in a vote against one or more directors:
The board is not majority independent
The board does not have any female directors and has not provided a reasonable explanation for its lack of gender diversity
Non-independent directors serve on the nominating, compensation or audit committees
Director recently failed to attend at least 75% of meetings or serves on an excessive number of publically traded company boards
Directors approved executive compensation schemes that appear misaligned with shareholders’ interests
Director recently acted in a manner inconsistent with these Proxy Policies or failed to be responsive to concerns of a majority of shareholders
ii. Auditors
CSIM typically supports the ratification of auditors unless CSIM believes that the auditors’ independence may have been compromised.
Factors that may result in a vote against the ratification of auditors:
Audit-related fees are less than half of the total fees paid by the company to the audit firm
A recent material restatement of annual financial statements
A pattern of inaccurate audits or other behavior that may call into question an auditor’s effectiveness
B. BOARD MATTERS
i. Classified Boards
CSIM generally defers to management’s recommendation for classified board proposals unless CSIM has particular concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting a shareholder proposal to de-classify a board:
The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings

2

 

The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
The company had material financial statement restatements
The company’s board adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan (a defensive tactic used by a company’s board to fight a hostile takeover, commonly referred to as a Poison Pill) during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
ii. Majority Voting
CSIM generally supports majority voting proposals when they call for plurality voting standards in contested elections.
iii. Cumulative Voting
CSIM typically supports the concept of voting rights being proportional to shareholders’ economic stake in the company. Therefore, CSIM will generally not support cumulative voting proposals unless the company has a controlling shareholder or shareholder group and has plurality voting standards.
iv. Proxy Access
CSIM typically does not support proxy access proposals unless CSIM has particular concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting proxy access:
The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
The company had material financial statement restatements
The company’s board adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
v. Independent Chair
CSIM believes that the board is typically best positioned to determine its leadership structure. Therefore, CSIM will typically not support proposals requiring an independent chair unless CSIM has concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting a shareholder proposal requiring an independent chair:
The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
The company had material financial statement restatements
The company’s board adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
C. COMPENSATION
i. Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation and Frequency
CSIM generally supports advisory votes on executive compensation (which are proposed by management and are known as “Say-On-Pay”) when the compensation scheme appears aligned with shareholder economic interests and lacks problematic features.

3

 

Factors that may result in a vote against a company’s Say-On-Pay proposal:
Executive compensation is out of line with industry peers considering the company’s performance over time
Executive compensation plan includes significant guaranteed bonuses or has a low amount of compensation at risk
Executive compensation plan offers excessive perquisites, tax-gross up provisions, or golden parachutes
CSIM typically supports annual advisory votes on executive compensation.
ii. Equity Compensation Plans
CSIM generally supports stock-based compensation plans when they do not overly dilute shareholders by providing participants with excessive awards and lack problematic features.
Factors that may result in a vote against Equity Compensation Plans:
Plan’s total potential dilution appears excessive
Plan’s burn rate appears excessive compared to industry peers
Plan allows for the re-pricing of options without shareholder approval
Plan has an evergreen feature
iii. Employee Stock Purchase Plans
CSIM supports the concept of broad employee participation in a company’s equity. Therefore, CSIM typically supports employee stock purchase plans when the shares can be purchased at 85% or more of the shares’ market value.
iv. Re-price/Exchange Option Plans
CSIM generally only supports management’s proposals to re-price options when the plan excludes senior management and directors, does not excessively dilute shareholders, and the company has not significantly underperformed its industry peers over time.
D. ANTI-TAKEOVER
i. Shareholder Rights Plans
Shareholder Rights Plans constrain a potential acquirer’s ability to buy shares in a company above a certain threshold without the approval of the company’s board of directors. While such a plan may help a company in achieving a higher bid, it may also entrench the incumbent management and board. CSIM believes that shareholders should have the right to approve a Shareholder Rights Plan within a year of its adoption. CSIM generally votes against such plans if they do not have safeguards to protect shareholder interests.
Factors that may result in a vote against a Shareholder Rights Plan proposal:
Plan does not expire in a relatively short time horizon
Plan does not have a well-crafted permitted bid or qualified offer feature that mandates shareholder votes in certain situations
Plan automatically renews without shareholder approval
Company’s corporate governance profile
ii. Right to Call Special Meeting
CSIM generally votes against shareholder proposals asking for shareholders to be given the right to call a special meeting unless the threshold to call a special meeting is 25% or more of shares outstanding to avoid wasting corporate resources.

4

 

iii. Right to Act by Written Consent
CSIM generally votes against shareholder proposals asking for shareholders to be given the right to act by written consent if the company already offers shareholders the right to call special meetings. CSIM expects appropriate mechanisms for implementation.
iv. Supermajority Voting
CSIM generally supports the concept of simple majority standards to pass proposals.
E. CAPITAL STRUCTURE, MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS
i. Increase in Authorized Common Shares
CSIM typically supports proposals to increase the authorized shares unless the company does not sufficiently justify the need for the use of the proposed shares.
ii. Preferred Shares
CSIM generally supports proposals to create a class of preferred shares with specific voting, dividend, conversion and other rights.
iii. Mergers and Acquisitions
CSIM generally supports transactions that appear to maximize shareholder value. In assessing the proposals, CSIM considers the proposed transaction’s strategic rationale, the offer premium, the board’s oversight of the sales process, and other pertinent factors.
F. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL PROPOSALS
  Environmental and social shareholder proposals typically request companies to either change their business practices or enhance their disclosures. CSIM believes that, in most instances, the board is best positioned to determine a company’s strategy and manage its operations, and generally does not support shareholder proposals seeking a change in business practices. CSIM generally evaluates shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosures on relevant environmental and social issues based on a company’s current level of reporting, peer disclosures and the existence of controversies or litigation related to the issue.
i. Political Contribution Proposals
CSIM expects the board of directors to have an oversight process for political contributions and lobbying proposals. CSIM generally votes against political contribution shareholder proposals unless there is no evidence of board oversight.
IV. ADMINISTRATION
A. CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS
  With respect to proxies of an underlying affiliated Fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of such Fund (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law. When required by law or applicable exemptive order, the Proxy Committee will also “echo vote” proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund or exchange traded fund (“ETF”). For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the Funds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the Funds, under certain circumstances, to “echo vote” proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the Funds.
  In addition, with respect to holdings of The Charles Schwab Corporation (“CSC”) (ticker symbol: SCHW), the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of CSC (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law.

5

 

  Other than proxies that will be “echo voted”, proxy issues that present material conflicts of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIM’s clients will be delegated to Glass Lewis to be voted in accordance with CSIM’s Proxy Voting Guidelines.
B. FOREIGN SECURITIES/SHAREBLOCKING
  CSIM has arrangements with Glass Lewis for the execution of proxy votes. However, voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:
proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;
untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;
restrictions of foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;
requirements to vote proxies in person;
requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIM’s voting instructions.
In consideration of the foregoing issues, Glass Lewis uses its best efforts to vote foreign proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote. In addition, certain foreign countries impose restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time before and/or after the shareholder meeting. To avoid these trading restrictions, the Proxy Committee instructs Glass Lewis not to vote such foreign proxies (shareblocking).
C. SECURITIES LENDING
Certain of the Funds enter into securities lending arrangements with lending agents to generate additional revenue for their portfolios. In securities lending arrangements, any voting rights that accompany the loaned securities generally pass to the borrower of the securities, but the lender retains the right to recall a security and may then exercise the security’s voting rights. In order to vote the proxies of securities out on loan, the securities must be recalled prior to the established record date. CSIM will use its best efforts to recall a Fund’s securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies in certain circumstances including if (a) the proxy relates to a special meeting of shareholders of the issuer (as opposed to the issuer’s annual meeting of shareholders), or (b) the Fund owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the issuer.
D. SUB-ADVISORY RELATIONSHIPS
  Where CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment sub-adviser, CSIM may (but generally does not) delegate proxy voting responsibility to such investment sub-adviser. Each sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated with the securities it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will review each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy to determine whether it believes that each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of the value of CSIM’s clients’ investments by protecting the long-term best interest of shareholders.
E. REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION
  CSIM will maintain, or cause Glass Lewis to maintain, records that identify the manner in which proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients’ proxy voting records and procedures.
  CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

6


Table of Contents
Schwab Capital Trust
PEA No. 196
Part C: Other Information
ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(a) Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated November 29, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 81 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on April 28, 2006 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 81).
(b) Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, adopted as of November 16, 2004, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 11, 2005 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 70).
(c)(i) Article III, Section 5, Article V, Article VI, Article VIII, Section 4 and Article IX, Sections 1, 5 and 7 of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated November 29, 2005, referenced in Exhibit (a) above, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a) of PEA No. 81.
(c)(ii) Articles 9 and 11 of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, adopted as of November 16, 2004, referenced in Exhibit (b) above, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b) of PEA No. 70.
(d)(i) Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement between Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (the Investment Adviser or CSIM), dated June 15, 1994, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on December 17, 1997.
(d)(i)(a) Amended Schedules A and B to the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement between Registrant and CSIM, dated June 1, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(i)(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 175 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on June 16, 2017 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 175).
(d)(i)(b) Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement between Registrant and CSIM, dated June 6, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(i)(b) of PEA No. 175.
(d)(ii) Administration Agreement between Registrant and CSIM, dated August 18, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxi) of PEA No. 160.
(d)(iii) Amended and Restated Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement between Registrant and CSIM, dated March 1, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxiv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 166 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on April 20, 2017.
(d)(iv) Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement between Registrant and CSIM, dated December 1, 2017, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(iv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 180 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on December 1, 2017 (PEA 180).
(d)(iv)(a) Schedule B to the Amended and Restated Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement between Registrant and CSIM, dated December 20, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(iv)(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 190 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 28, 2019 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 190).
(d)(v) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Harris Associates LP (Harris Associates), dated January 11, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(v) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 192 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on April 26, 2019 (referred to herein as “PEA No. 192”).
(d)(v)(a) Amendment, dated March 26, 2003, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Harris Associates is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 26, 2004 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 60).
(d)(v)(b) Amendment, dated December 2, 2004, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Harris Associates is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xvii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 25, 2011 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 106).
(d)(v)(c) Amendment to Schedule A, dated February 1, 2006, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Harris Associates is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(v)(a) of PEA No. 190.
(d)(v)(d) Amendment to Schedule B, dated February 27, 2019, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Harris Associates is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(v)(d) of PEA No. 192.
(d)(vi) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. (William Blair), dated January 31, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(vi) of PEA No. 192.
(d)(vi)(a) Amendment, dated March 26, 2003, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and William Blair is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxix) of PEA No. 60.

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(d)(vi)(b) Amendments, dated December 2, 2004 and April 18, 2005, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and William Blair are incorporated herein by reference, respectively, to Exhibit (d)(xx) and Exhibit (d)(xxi) of PEA No. 106.
(d)(vi)(c) Amendment to Schedule B, dated September 27, 2018, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and William Blair is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(vi)(a) of PEA No. 190.
(d)(vii) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Mondrian Investment Partners Limited (Mondrian), dated July 12, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(vi)(b) of PEA No. 190.
(d)(vii)(a) Amendment to Schedule B, dated February 27, 2019, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Mondrian is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(vii)(a) of PEA No. 192.
(d)(viii) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and American Century Investment Management, Inc. (American Century), dated June 3, 2010, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(x) of PEA No. 106.
(d)(viii)(a) Amendment, dated July 16, 2010, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and American Century is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xvi) of PEA No. 106.
(d)(viii)(b) Amendment to Schedule B, dated September 27, 2018, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Registrant, the Investment Adviser and American Century is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(viii) of PEA No. 190.
(d)(ix) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Mellon Capital Management Corporation (n/k/a Mellon Investments Corporation), dated January 20, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 28, 2012.
(d)(x) Expense Limitation Agreement by and between Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab), dated July 1, 2009, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on December 10, 2009 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 100).
(d)(x)(a) Schedule A, dated June 1, 2017, to the Expense Limitation Agreement by and between Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Schwab, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xiii)(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 173 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on June 1, 2017.
(d)(x)(b) Expense Limitation Agreement among Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Schwab, dated August 18, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxii) of PEA No. 160.
(e)(i) Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Schwab, dated December 11, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 151 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 24, 2016 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 151).
(e)(i)(a) Amended Schedule A to the Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Schwab, dated December 1, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(i)(a) of PEA 180.
(f) Inapplicable.
(g)(i) Custodian Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (Brown Brothers), dated April 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registrant’s Registration Statement Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on January 13, 2013.
(g)(i)(a) Amended Schedule 1, dated August 18, 2016, to the Custodian Services Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(ii) of PEA No. 160.
(g)(ii) Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (State Street), dated October 17, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(ix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 27, 2006 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 79).
(g)(ii)(a) Amended Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement between Registrant and State Street, dated December 1, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(ii)(a) of PEA 180.
(h)(i) License Agreement between Registrant and Standard & Poor’s is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 32 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 26, 1999.
(h)(ii) Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (BFDS) (n/k/a DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.), dated July 1, 2009, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(ii) of PEA No. 100.
(h)(ii)(a) Amended Schedule A to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and BFDS (n/k/a DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.), dated December 1, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(ii)(a) of PEA 180.
(h)(iii) Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan, dated December 11, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(iv) of PEA No. 151.
(h)(iii)(a) Schedule A, dated February 28, 2019, to the Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(iii)(a) of PEA No. 190.

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(h)(iv) Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between Registrant and State Street, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(i) of PEA No. 79.
(h)(iv)(a) Amended Appendix A to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank, modified March 11, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(iv)(a) of PEA No. 192.
(i) Opinion and Consent of Counsel is filed herein as Exhibit (i).
(j)(i) Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is filed herein as Exhibit (j)(i).
(j)(ii) Power of Attorney executed by Walter W. Bettinger, II, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(ii) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(iii) Power of Attorney executed by Jonathan de St. Paer, dated April 1, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(iii) of PEA No. 192.
(j)(iv) Power of Attorney executed by Joseph R. Martinetto, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(iv) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(v) Power of Attorney executed by Robert W. Burns, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(v) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(vi) Power of Attorney executed by John F. Cogan, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(vi) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(vii) Power of Attorney executed by Stephen T. Kochis, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(vii) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(viii) Power of Attorney executed by David L. Mahoney, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(viii) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(ix) Power of Attorney executed by Kiran M. Patel, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(ix) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(x) Power of Attorney executed by Kimberly S. Patmore, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(x) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(xi) Power of Attorney executed by Nancy F. Heller, dated June 1, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xi) of PEA No. 186.
(j)(xii) Power of Attorney executed by Gerald B. Smith, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xii) of PEA No. 151.
(j)(xiii) Power of Attorney executed by Jane P. Moncreiff, dated January 28, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xiii) of PEA No. 190.
(j)(xiv) Power of Attorney executed by Mark D. Fischer, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xiv) of PEA No. 151.
(k) Inapplicable.
(l) Inapplicable.
(m) Inapplicable.
(n) Inapplicable.
(o) Inapplicable.
(p)(i) Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Schwab Joint Code of Ethics, dated February 26, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(i) of PEA No. 192.
(p)(ii) American Century Code of Ethics, dated March 29, 2019, is filed herein as Exhibit (p)(ii).
(p)(iii) Harris Associates Code of Ethics, dated March 31, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(iii) of PEA No. 182.
(p)(iv) William Blair Code of Ethics, dated July 31, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(iv) of PEA No. 190.
(p)(v) Mondrian Code of Ethics, dated January 1, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(v) of PEA No. 182.
(p)(vi) Mellon Investments Corporation Code of Ethics, dated June 1, 2019, is filed herein as Exhibit (p)(vi).
Item 29. Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control With Registrant.
The Board of Trustees of the Registrant is identical to the boards of trustees of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Strategic Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, and Laudus Trust. Each such trust has Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. as its investment adviser. In addition, the officers of the Registrant are also identical to those of each such other trust, with the exception of the Chief Legal Officer and Secretary/Clerk. As a result, the above-named trusts may be deemed to be under common control with the Registrant.

 

Nonetheless, the Registrant takes the position that it is not under common control with such other trusts because the power residing in the respective trusts’ boards and officers arises as a result of an official position with each such trust.
Item 30. Indemnification.
Article VIII of Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (Exhibit (a) hereto, which is incorporated by reference) provides in effect that Registrant will indemnify its officers and trustees against all liabilities and expenses, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably incurred by any such officer or trustee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit, or other proceeding. However, in accordance with Sections 17(h) and 17(i) of the 1940 Act and its own terms, said Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust does not protect any person against any liability to Registrant or its shareholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. In any event, Registrant will comply with 1940 Act Releases Nos. 7221 and 11330 respecting the permissible boundaries of indemnification by an investment company of its officers and trustees.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Business And Other Connections Of Investment Adviser.
Registrant’s investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation, organized in October 1989 to serve as investment manager to Registrant, also serves as the investment manager to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust, and Laudus Trust, each an open-end management investment company. The principal place of business of the Investment Adviser is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105. The only business in which the Investment Adviser engages is that of investment adviser and administrator to Registrant, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Strategic Trust, investment adviser of Laudus Trust and any other investment companies that Schwab may sponsor in the future, and an investment adviser to certain non-investment company clients.
The business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each director and/or senior or executive officer of the Investment Adviser is or has been engaged during the past two fiscal years is listed below. The name of any company for which any director and/or senior or executive officer of the Investment Adviser serves as director, officer, employee, partner or trustee is also listed below.
Name and Position with Adviser Name of Other Company Capacity
Walter W. Bettinger, II, Director The Charles Schwab Corporation Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Schwab Holdings, Inc. Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Schwab International Holdings, Inc. President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles Schwab Bank Director
Charles Schwab Premier Bank Director
Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I President and Chief Executive Officer
Schwab Funds Chairman and Trustee
Laudus Funds Chairman and Trustee
Schwab ETFs Chairman and Trustee

 

Name and Position with Adviser Name of Other Company Capacity
Peter B. Crawford, Director The Charles Schwab Corporation Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab Holdings, Inc. Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Charles Schwab Global Holdings, Inc. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab International Holdings, Inc. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Performance Technologies, Inc. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab Technology Holdings, Inc. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jonathan de St. Paer, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Senior Vice President
Schwab Funds Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Laudus Funds Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Schwab ETFs Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, plc Director
Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited Director
Omar Aguilar, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies Schwab Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies
Laudus Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies
Schwab ETFs Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies
Brett Wander, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income Schwab Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
Laudus Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
Schwab ETFs Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
David Lekich, Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Senior Vice President
Schwab Funds Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
Laudus Funds Vice President and Assistant Clerk
Schwab ETFs Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
Michael Hogan, Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer Schwab Funds Chief Compliance Officer
Schwab ETFs Chief Compliance Officer
Laudus Funds Chief Compliance Officer
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer – IIMS Compliance

 

Name and Position with Adviser Name of Other Company Capacity
George Pereira, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer Schwab Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Laudus Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Schwab ETFs Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, plc Director
Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited Director
Item 32. Principal Underwriters.
(a) Schwab acts as principal underwriter and distributor of Registrant’s shares. Schwab also acts as principal underwriter for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios and may act as such for any other investment company which Schwab may sponsor in the future.
(b) Information with respect to Schwab’s directors and officers is as follows:
Name Position and Offices with the Underwriter Position and Offices with the Registrant
Walter W. Bettinger II President, Chief Executive Officer and Director Chairman and Trustee
Steven H. Anderson Executive Vice President, Retirement Plan Services None
Catherine M. Casey Executive Vice President, Human Resources None
Jason C. Clague Executive Vice President, Operational Services None
Bernard J. Clark Executive Vice President, Advisor Services None
Jonathan M. Craig Senior Executive Vice President None
Peter B. Crawford Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director None
Neesha K. Hathi Executive Vice President and Chief Digital Officer None
Timothy C. Heier Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer None
Dennis W. Howard Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer None
Lisa Kidd Hunt Executive Vice President, International Services and Business Initiatives None
Mitch Mantua Executive Vice President, Internal Audit None
Joseph R. Martinetto Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director Trustee
Nigel J. Murtagh Executive Vice President, Corporate Risk None
Richard A. Wurster Executive Vice President, Schwab Asset Management Solutions None
The principal business address of all directors and officers of Schwab is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105.
(c) None.
Item 33. Location Of Accounts And Records.
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained pursuant to Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of: Registrant and Registrant’s investment adviser and administrator, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105; Registrant’s principal underwriter, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105; Registrant’s custodian for the Schwab International Index Fund and the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 50 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Registrant’s custodian for the balance of the funds and fund accountant, State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111; Registrant’s transfer agent, Boston

 

Financial Data Services, Inc. (n/k/a DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.), 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169; and Registrant’s sub-advisors: American Century Investment Management, Inc., 4500 Main Street, Kansas City, MO 64111; Mellon Investments Corporation, BNY Mellon Center, One Boston Place, Boston, MA 02108; Harris Associates L.P., 111 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 4600, Chicago, IL 60606; Mondrian Investment Partners Limited, Fifth Floor, 10 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JD; William Blair Investment Management, LLC, 222 West Adams St., Chicago, IL 60606.
Item 34. Management Services.
None.
Item 35. Undertakings.
Not applicable.


Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for the effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 196 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 196 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Washington in the District of Columbia, on the 26th day of July, 2019.
SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
Registrant
 
Jonathan de St. Paer*
Jonathan de St. Paer, President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 196 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated this 26th day of July, 2019.
Signature   Title
Walter W. Bettinger II*

Walter W. Bettinger II
  Chairman and Trustee
Jonathan de St. Paer*

Jonathan de St. Paer
  Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Joseph R. Martinetto*

Joseph R. Martinetto
  Trustee
Robert W. Burns*

Robert W. Burns
  Trustee
John F. Cogan*

John F. Cogan
  Trustee
Nancy F. Heller*

Nancy F. Heller
  Trustee
Stephen Timothy Kochis*

Stephen Timothy Kochis
  Trustee
David L. Mahoney*

David L. Mahoney
  Trustee
Jane P. Moncreiff*

Jane P. Moncreiff
  Trustee
Kiran M. Patel*

Kiran M. Patel
  Trustee
Kimberly S. Patmore*

Kimberly S. Patmore
  Trustee
Gerald B. Smith*

Gerald B. Smith
  Trustee
Mark D. Fischer*

Mark D. Fischer
  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
*By: /s/ Douglas P. Dick

Douglas P. Dick, Attorney-in-Fact
Pursuant to Power of Attorney


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit (i) Opinion and Consent of Counsel
Exhibit (j)(i) Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Exhibit (p)(ii) American Century Code of Ethics dated March 29, 2019
Exhibit (p)(vi) Mellon Investments Corporation Code of Ethics dated June 1, 2019

LOGO

  

1900 K Street, NW

Washington, DC 20006

+1  202  261  3300  Main

+1  202  261  3333  Fax

www.dechert.com

 

July 26, 2019

Schwab Capital Trust

211 Main Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Schwab Capital Trust (the “Trust”), a trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, in connection with Post-Effective Amendment No. 196 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A, together with all Exhibits thereto (the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), and Amendment No. 197 to the Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. We have examined such governmental and corporate certificates and records as we deemed necessary to render this opinion and we are familiar with the Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and its Amended and Restated Bylaws, each as amended to date.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the shares proposed to be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement, when paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, will be legally and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and to the use of our name in the Trust’s Registration Statement to be dated on or about July 29, 2019 and in any revised or amended versions thereof. In giving such consent, however, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Dechert LLP

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Schwab Capital Trust of our reports dated May 17, 2019, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights, which appear in Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund and Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund’s Annual Reports on Form N-CSR for the year ended March 31, 2019. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” “Portfolio Holdings Disclosure” and “Financial Highlights” in such Registration Statement.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

July 22, 2019

Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

Snapshot of the Policy

The Code of Ethics is a comprehensive policy which provides the standards for personal investing by American Century Investments (ACI) employees. Each employee has a Code of Ethics classification based on their job responsibilities and the ability to access nonpublic information about ACI client portfolios’ security holdings and trading activities. The restrictions on personal investing contained in the Code vary by classification. The Code of Ethics also applies to accounts and securities that ACI employees beneficially own (i.e. owned by immediate family sharing your household, your domestic partner, or those you have power of attorney over, etc.).

It is important that you understand the Code and the restrictions on investing in personal securities and reportable mutual funds. This page contains a summary of the Code requirements. Please review the full text of the Code to fully understand your responsibilities. Contact Compliance if you have questions about the policy and how it applies to your situation. The Code of Ethics system (http://coe/) is the primary tool for performing your duties under the Code. All reporting and preclearance is performed in the Code of Ethics system.

Requirements for All Employees

Non-Access Persons, Access Persons, Investment Persons, and Portfolio Persons must

 

Place our client’s interest first

 

Comply with federal securities laws

 

Report violations to Compliance

 

Acknowledge that you have read and understand the Code of Ethics

 

Disclose reportable brokerage accounts and reportable mutual fund accounts

 

Transfer reportable brokerage accounts to a broker that provides electronic trade confirmations (See Schedule C).

 

Comply with short-term trading restrictions for ACI client portfolios.

 

Obtain written approval to enter into an arrangement or agreement that could create a conflict of interest with ACI activities (i.e. serving on the board of directors of a publicly traded company).

Requirements for Access Persons, Investment and Portfolio Persons

Access Persons, Investment Persons, Portfolio Persons must

 

Disclose holdings within 10 days of designation and annually, thereafter

 

Disclose personal security transactions on a quarterly basis

 

Disclose conflicts of interest annually

 

Obtain approval (preclearance) to trade in reportable securities

Trading Prohibitions

 

Investment Persons and Portfolio Persons cannot participate in an Initial Public Offering.

 

Investment Persons and Portfolio Persons cannot profit on short-term reportable security trades within 60 calendar days.

 

Portfolio Persons cannot trade within seven days before and after transactions of a fund you manage.

 

Portfolio Persons cannot sell a security which is held by your assigned fund or buy a security held as a short position in your assigned funds.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  1


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

Table of Contents

Snapshot of the Policy

     1  

Requirements for All Employees

     1  

Requirements for Access Persons, Investment and Portfolio Persons

     1  

Trading Prohibitions

     1  

Purpose of Code

     3  

Why Do We Have a Code of Ethics?

     3  

Does the Code of Ethics Apply to You?

     4  

Restrictions on Personal Investing Activities

     5  

Reporting Requirements

     8  

Can there be any exceptions to the restrictions?

     11  

Confidential Information

     13  

Conflicts of Interest

     13  

What happens if you violate the rules in the Code of Ethics?

     13  

ACI’s Quarterly Report to Fund Directors/Trustees

     14  

APPENDIX 1: DEFINITIONS

     15  

APPENDIX 2: WHAT IS “BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP”?

     18  

APPENDIX 3: CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES

     21  

APPENDIX 4: HOW THE PRECLEARANCE PROCESS WORKS

     22  

SCHEDULE A: BOARD APPROVAL DATES

     25  

SCHEDULE B: SUBADVISED FUNDS

     26  

SCHEDULE C: APPROVED ELECTRONIC BROKERS

     28  

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  2


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

Purpose of Code

The Code of Ethics guides the personal investment activities of American Century Investments (ACI) employees (including full and part-time employees, contract and temporary employees, officers and directors), and members of their immediate family. 1 The Code of Ethics aids in the elimination and detection of personal securities transactions by employees that might be viewed as fraudulent or might conflict with the interests of our client portfolios. Such transactions may include:

 

the misuse of client trading information for personal benefit (including so-called “front-running”),

 

the misappropriation of investment opportunities that may be appropriate for client portfolios,

 

and excessive personal trading that may affect our ability to provide services to our clients.

Violations of this Code must be promptly reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.

Why Do We Have a Code of Ethics?

 

A.

Investors have placed their trust in ACI

As an investment adviser, ACI is entrusted with the assets of our clients for investment purposes. Our employees’ personal trading activities and the administration of the Code are governed by these general fiduciary principles:

   

The interests of our clients must be placed before our own.

   

Any personal securities transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code and in a manner as to avoid even the appearance of a conflict of interest.    

Complying with these principles is how we earn and keep our clients’ trust. To protect this trust, we will hold ourselves to the highest ethical standards.

 

B.

ACI wants to give you flexible investing options

Management believes that ACI’s own mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles provide a broad range of investment alternatives in virtually every segment of the securities market. We encourage ACI employees to use these vehicles for their personal investments. We do not encourage active trading by our employees. We recognize, however, that individual needs differ and that there are other attractive investment opportunities. As a result, this Code is intended to give you and your family flexibility to invest, without jeopardizing relationships with our clients.

Our employees are able to undertake personal transactions in stocks and other individual securities subject to the terms of this Code. All employees are required to report their personal security transactions in their own and in beneficially owned securities under this Code. Additionally, Portfolio, Investment and Access Persons are required to receive preclearance of transactions and further limitations are placed on the transactions of Portfolio and Investment Persons.

 

 

1 The directors or trustees of Fund Clients who are not “interested persons” (the “Independent Directors”) are covered under a separate Code applicable only to them.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  3


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

C.

Federal law requires that we have a Code of Ethics

The Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 require that we have safeguards in place to prevent personal investment activities that might take inappropriate advantage of our fiduciary position. These safeguards are embodied in this Code of Ethics. 2

Does the Code of Ethics Apply to You?

Yes! All ACI employees and contract personnel must observe the principles contained in this Code of Ethics. This Code applies to your personal investments, as well as those for which you are a beneficial owner. However, there are different requirements for different categories of employees. The category in which you have been placed generally depends on your job function, although circumstances may prompt us to place you in a different category. The range of categories is as follows:

 

 

Fewest Restrictions

 

  LOGO  

 

   Most Restrictions   

 

Non-Access Person

 

 

 

  Access Person

 

 

Investment Person

 

  Portfolio Person

The standard profile for each of the categories is described below:

 

A.

Portfolio Persons

Portfolio Persons include portfolio managers and equity investment analysts and any other Investment Persons (as defined below) with authority to enter purchase/sale orders on behalf of client portfolios.

 

B.

Investment Persons

Investment Persons include:

 

 

Any supervised persons that have access to nonpublic information regarding any client portfolio’s securities trading, securities recommendations, or portfolio holdings or are involved in making securities recommendations that are nonpublic; and

 

Any officers and directors of an investment adviser.

 

C.

Access Persons

Access Persons are persons who, in connection with their regular function and duties, consistently obtain information regarding current purchase and sale recommendations and daily transaction and holdings information concerning client portfolios. Examples of persons that may be considered Access Persons include:

 

 

Persons who are directly involved in the execution, clearance, and settlement of purchases and sales of securities (e.g. certain investment operations personnel);

 

 

2 Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 serve as a basis for much of what is contained in this Code of Ethics.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  4


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

 

Persons whose function requires them to evaluate trading activity on a real-time basis (e.g. attorneys, accountants, portfolio compliance personnel);

 

Persons who assist in the design, implementation, and maintenance of investment management technology systems (e.g. certain I/T personnel, including contractors);

 

Support staff and supervisors of the above if they are required to obtain such information as a part of their regular function and duties; and

 

An officer or “interested” director of our Fund Clients.

Single, infrequent, or inadvertent instances of access to current recommendations or real-time trading information or the opportunity to obtain such information through casual observance or bundled data security access may not be sufficient to qualify you as an Access Person.

 

D.

Non-Access Persons

If you are an ACI officer, director, or employee and you do not fit into any of the above categories, you are a Non-Access Person. Contractors and temporary employees may be considered Non-Access Persons depending on their role. While your trading is not subject to preclearance and other restrictions applicable to Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons, you are still subject to the remaining provisions of the Code.

Restrictions on Personal Investing Activities

 

A.

Principles of Personal Investing

All ACI employees, officers, and directors, and members of their immediate family, must comply with the federal securities laws and other governmental rules and regulations, and maintain ACI’s high ethical standards when making personal securities transactions. You must not misuse nonpublic information about client security holdings or contemplated, pending, or completed portfolio transactions for your personal benefit or the benefit of others. Likewise, you may not cause a client portfolio to take action, or fail to take action, for your personal benefit.

In addition, investment opportunities appropriate for client portfolios should not be retained for the personal benefit of yourself or others. Investment opportunities arising as a result of ACI investment management activities must first be considered for inclusion in our client portfolios.

 

B.

Trading on Inside Information

Federal law prohibits you from trading based on material nonpublic information received from any source or communicating this information to others. This could include confidential information received by employees regarding securities that are, or may be considered as potential portfolio investments. You are expected to abide by the highest ethical and legal standards in conducting your personal investment activities. For more information regarding what to do when you believe you are in possession of material nonpublic information, please consult ACI’s Insider Trading Policy .

 

C.

Trading in ACI Mutual Funds

Excessive, short-term trading of ACI client portfolios and other abusive trading practices (such as time zone arbitrage) may disrupt portfolio management strategies and harm fund performance. These practices can

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  5


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

cause funds to maintain higher-than-normal cash balances and incur increased trading costs. Short-term and other abusive trading strategies can also cause unjust dilution of shareholder value if such trading is based on information not accurately reflected in the price of the fund.

You may not engage in short-term trading or other abusive trading strategies with respect to any ACI client portfolio. For purposes of this Code, ACI client portfolios include any mutual fund, variable annuity, institutional, or other account advised or subadvised by ACI. 3

Seven-Day Holding Period. You will be deemed to have engaged in short-term trading if you have purchased shares or otherwise invested in a variable-priced (non-money market) ACI client portfolio and redeem shares or otherwise withdraw assets from that portfolio within seven days. In other words, if you make an investment in an ACI client portfolio, you may not redeem shares from that fund before the completion of the seventh day following the purchase date.

Limited Trading Within 30 Days. We realize that abusive trading is not limited to a seven-day window. As a result, we may deem the sale of all or a substantial portion of an employee’s purchase in an ACI client portfolio to be abusive if the sale is made within 30 days, and it happens more than once every rolling twelve months.

These trading restrictions are applicable to any account for which you have the authority to direct trades or of which you are a beneficial owner, including brokerage accounts, direct shareholder accounts, retirement plans, subadvised accounts, or accounts held through an intermediary

Transactions NOT Subject to Limitations. Automatic investments such as AMIs, dividend reinvestments, employer plan contributions, and payroll deductions are not considered transactions for purposes of the holding requirements. Redemptions in variable-priced funds that allow check writing privileges will not be considered redemptions for purposes of the holding requirements.

Information to be Provided. You may be required to provide certain information regarding mutual fund accounts beneficially owned by you and transactions in reportable mutual funds. See the Reporting Requirements for your applicable Code of Ethics classification.

 

D.

Preclearance of Personal Securities Transactions

  

[Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons]

Preclearance of personal securities transactions allows ACI to prevent certain trades that may conflict with client trading activities. The nature of securities markets makes it impossible to predict all conflicts. As a consequence, even trades that are precleared can result in potential conflicts between your trades and those affected for client portfolios. You are responsible for avoiding such conflicts with any client portfolios for which you make investment recommendations. You have an obligation to ACI and its clients to avoid even a perception of a conflict of interest with respect to personal trading activities.

 

 

3 See Schedule A for a list of Fund Clients. See Schedule B for a list of subadvised funds.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  6


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

All Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons must comply with the following preclearance procedures prior to entering into (i) the purchase or sale of a security for your own account or (ii) the purchase or sale of a security for an account for which you are a beneficial owner. 4

 

  1.

Is the security a “Code-Exempt Security”?

Check Appendix 3 to see if the security is listed as a code-exempt security. If it is, then you may execute the transaction. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.

 

  2.

Preclear the transaction with Compliance by 5 accessing the Code of Ethics system and entering your request at the Preclearance Request Entry screen. If you are outside of ACI’s office, you may e-mail your request to CE-Code_of_Ethics@americancentury.com. You will be required to provide the following:

   

Broker and account number used for the transaction;

   

Issuer name;

   

Security identifier (Ticker symbol, CUSIP number, etc.);

   

Currency;

   

Type of security (stock, bond, note, etc.);

   

Number of shares; and

   

Nature of transaction (purchase or sale).

 

  3.

The request will be reviewed through our preclearance process. You will receive an e-mail informing you of your approval or denial within 48 hours of entering your request.

 

  4.

If you receive preclearance for the transaction, 6 you may execute the approved transaction the day your preclearance is granted and the following two (2) business days (the “Preclearance Period”). For example, if preclearance is granted at 3:00 p.m. on Wednesday, you have until the close of the market on Friday to execute the trade. If you do not execute the approved transaction within the Preclearance Period, you must repeat the preclearance procedure prior to executing the transaction.

ACI reserves the right to restrict the purchase or sale by Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons of any security at any time. Such restrictions are imposed through the use of a Restricted List that will cause the Code of Ethics system to deny the approval of preclearance to transact in the security. Securities may be restricted for a variety of reasons including without limitation, the possession of material nonpublic information by ACI or its employees.

 

 

4 See Appendix 2 for an explanation of beneficial ownership.

5 If you are the Chief Investment Officer of an investment adviser, your preclearance request must be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee.

6 See Appendix 4 for a description of the preclearance process.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  7


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

E.

Additional Trading Restrictions

  

[Portfolio and Investment Persons]

The following additional trading restrictions apply if you are a Portfolio or Investment Person:

 

  1.

Initial Public Offerings You may not acquire securities issued in an initial public offering.

 

  2.

Private Placements Before you acquire any securities in a private placement, you must obtain approval. from the Chief Investment Officer. Request preclearance by entering your request in the Private Placement Preclearance Request Entry screen in the Code of Ethics system or by emailing your request to CE-Code of Ethics (or CE-Code_of_Ethics@americancentury.com if emailing from outside of ACI’s email systems ). While your preclearance request is pending or if you own or beneficially own the privately-placed security, you may not participate in any consideration of an investment in securities of the private placement issuer for any client portfolios

 

  3.

60-Day Rule (Short-Term Trading Profits) You may not profit from any purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities other than code-exempt securities within sixty (60) calendar days.

 

F.

Seven-Day Blackout Period

  

[Portfolio Persons]

If you are a Portfolio Person, you may not purchase or sell a security other than a code exempt security during the seven calendar days before and after the day it has been traded in a client portfolio that you manage (i.e., if a client portfolio transacts in a security on Monday, the Portfolio Persons managing the client portfolio must not personally trade in the security from the Monday before until the Monday after the client portfolio transaction.

 

G.

Securities held in your funds

  

[Portfolio Persons]

Personally investing in the same securities held by the client portfolios you manage may result in a conflict of interest. To mitigate this risk, you may not sell a security in which your client portfolio has a long position or purchase a security in which your client portfolio has a short position.    

Reporting Requirements

You are required to file complete, accurate, and timely reports of all required information under this Code. All reported information is subject to review for indications of abusive trading, misappropriation of information, or failure to adhere to the requirements of this Code.

 

A.

Reporting Requirements Applicable to All Employees

 

  1.

Code Acknowledgement

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  8


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

Upon employment, any amendment of the Code, and not less than annually thereafter, you will be required to acknowledge that you have received, read, and will comply with this Code. Compliance will notify you when you must provide this information.

 

  2.

Brokerage Accounts and Duplicate Confirmations

You are required to report ALL reportable brokerage accounts that you own or beneficially own in the Code of Ethics system using the Account Maintenance page or the Account Reporting page (initial and year-end reporting) as soon as the account has been established.

To aid with required recordkeeping requirements and streamline operations, employees must hold all reportable brokerage accounts at a firm that provides electronic trade confirmations to ACI. “Reportable brokerage accounts” include both brokerage accounts maintained by you and brokerage accounts maintained by a person whose trades you must report because you are a beneficial owner. See Schedule C for a list of firms that provide electronic trade confirmations to ACI. New reportable brokerage accounts must be opened with a firm that provides electronic trade confirmations to ACI.    

New employees are required to move existing reportable brokerage accounts that they own or beneficially own to an electronic broker within 90 days of the start of their employment. Limited exemptions may be granted to hold a reportable brokerage account at firms that do not provide electronic trade confirmations. You MUST contact Compliance at CE--Code_of_Ethics@americancentury.com to obtain an account exemption.

Exemptions may be requested for Managed Accounts and Blind Trusts. Please refer to page 12 of this Code, section F. Managed Account/Blind Trust Exemption.

 

  3.

Reporting of Mutual Fund Accounts

 

  a.

Employee-owned ACI Direct Accounts/ ACI Retirement Plans

You are not required to report ACI Direct and ACI Retirement Plan accounts held under your own Social Security number. Trading in these accounts will be monitored based on information contained on our transfer agency and retirement plan systems.    

 

  b.

Beneficially Owned Direct Accounts

You must report the following information for ACI Direct accounts in which you have a beneficial ownership interest held under a taxpayer identification or Social Security number other than your own (so-called “beneficially owned direct accounts”):

 

 

Account number and

 

Name(s) of record owner(s) of the account.

Trading in these accounts will be monitored based on information contained on our transfer agency system.

 

  c.

Certain third-party accounts invested in funds managed by ACI.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  9


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

You are required to report other accounts invested in funds managed by ACI such as those invested in (i) any subadvised fund (see Schedule B of this Code for a list of subadvised funds); and (ii) non-ACI retirement plan, unit investment trust, variable annuity, or similar accounts in which you own or beneficially own reportable mutual funds. The following information must be reported for these accounts:

 

 

Name of the financial institution where held;

 

Account number; and

 

Name(s) of the record owner(s) of the account.

In addition, you must provide either account statements or confirmations of all trading activity in reportable third-party accounts to Compliance within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter.    

 

B.

Additional Reporting Requirements [Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons]

 

  1.

Holdings Report

Within ten calendar days of becoming a Portfolio, Investment, or Access Person, and annually, thereafter, you must submit a Holdings Report. You will be notified by e-mail of the dates and requirements for filing the report(s). The information submitted must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days before the report is filed and include the following:

 

 

A list of all securities, other than certain code-exempt securities 7 , that you own or in which you have a beneficial ownership interest. This listing must include the financial institution, account number, security identifier and description, number of shares, currency, and principal amount of each covered security.

 

A summary of your relationships that may conflict with the interests of ACI, such as outside employment, relationships with competitors, suppliers, vendors, independent contractors or consultants of ACI, or relationships with directors or trustees in outside organizations other than community charitable activities, education activities, or dissimilar family business.

 

Portfolio and Investment Persons must also provide a list of all reportable mutual fund holdings owned or in which they have a beneficial ownership interest. This list must include investments held directly through ACI, investments in any subadvised fund, holdings in a reportable brokerage account, and holdings in non-ACI retirement plans, unit investment trusts, variable annuity, or similar accounts.

 

  2.

Quarterly Transactions Report

Within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter, all Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons must submit a Quarterly Transactions Report. Compliance will notify you of the dates and requirements for filing the report. A report of the transactions for which we have received your trade confirmations during the quarter will be provided for your review. It is your responsibility to review the completeness and accuracy of this report, provide any necessary changes, and certify its contents when submitted.

 

 

7 See Appendix 3 for a listing of code-exempt securities that must be reported.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  10


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

  a.

The Quarterly Transactions Report must contain the following information about each personal securities transaction undertaken during the quarter other than those in certain code exempt securities:

 

 

The financial institution’s name and account number in which the transaction was executed;

 

The date of the transaction, the security identifier and description and number of shares or the principal amount of each security involved;

 

The nature of the transaction, that is, purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition; and

 

The transaction price, currency and amount.

In addition, information regarding your reportable brokerage and other accounts should be verified at this time.

 

  b.

Portfolio and Investment Persons are also required to report transactions in reportable mutual funds. The Quarterly Transactions Report for such persons must contain the following information about each transaction during the quarter:

 

   

The date of the transaction, the fund identifier and description and number of shares or units of each trade involved;

   

The nature of the transaction, that is, purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition;

   

The transaction price, and amount; and

   

The financial institution’s name and account number in which the trade was executed.

Transactions of reportable mutual funds that do not need to be reported by Portfolio and Investment Persons on the Quarterly Transaction Report include:

 

   

Reinvested dividends;

   

Transactions in ACI retirement plan accounts;

   

Transactions in mutual fund accounts held directly through ACI under your Social Security number;

   

Transactions in beneficially-owned Direct accounts if the account has been previously reported under this Code; and

   

Transactions in reportable third-party accounts for which the account statements or confirmations are provided to Compliance within 30 days of the end of the calendar quarter in which the transactions took place.

Can there be any exceptions to the restrictions?

Yes. The Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee may grant limited exemptions to specific provisions of the Code on a case-by-case basis.

 

A.

How to Request an Exemption

Request an exemption by e-mailing a written request to -CE-Code of Ethics (or CE-Code_of_Ethics@americancentury.com if emailing from outside ACI’s email system) detailing your situation.

 

B.

Factors Considered

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  11


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

In considering your request, the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee may grant your exemption request if he or she is satisfied that:

 

   

Your request addresses an undue personal hardship imposed on you by the Code of Ethics;

   

Your situation is not in conflict with the Code; and

   

Your exemption, if granted, would be consistent with the achievement of the objectives of the Code of Ethics.

 

C.

Exemption Reporting

All exemptions must be reported to the Boards of Directors/Trustees of our Fund Clients at the next regular meeting following the initial grant of the exemption. Subsequent grants of an exemption of a type previously reported to the Boards may be affected without reporting. The Boards of Directors/Trustees may choose to delegate the task of receiving and reviewing reports to a committee comprised of Independent Directors/Trustees.

 

D.

Thirty-Day Denial Exemption on Sales

An exemption may be requested when a request to sell a security has been denied once a week over a 30-day timeframe. The covered person must be able to verify that they have periodically entered a preclearance request to sell a security in the Code of Ethics system at least four times over a 30-day period. A written request must be e-mailed to “CE-Code of Ethics” to request the exemption. The Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee will review the request and determine if the exemption is warranted. If approval is granted, compliance will designate a short trading window during which the sale can take place.

 

E.

Non-volitional Transaction Exemption

Certain non-volitional purchase and sale transactions are exempt from the preclearance requirements of the Code. These transactions include stock splits, stock dividends, exchanges and conversions, mandatory tenders, pro rata distributions to all holders of a class of securities, receipt of securities as gifts, the giving of securities, inheritances, margin/ maintenance calls (where the securities to be sold are not directed by the covered person), dividend reinvestment plans, and employer sponsored payroll deduction plans. These purchase and sale transactions, however, shall be reported in the Quarterly Transaction Report and Annual Holdings Report.

 

F.

Blind Trust/Managed Account Exemption

An exemption from the preclearance and reporting requirements of the Code may be requested for securities that are held in a blind or quasi-blind trust arrangement or a managed (discretionary) account. For the exemption to be available, you or a member of your immediate family must not have authority to advise or direct securities transactions of the trust or managed account. A written request must be emailed to “CE-Code of Ethics” with a copy of the management agreement to request the exemption. The request will only be granted once the covered person and/or the investment adviser for the trust or managed account certify that the covered person or members of their immediate family will not advise or direct transactions. ACI may require that statements or trade confirmations be received for the trust or managed account. The employee and/or adviser may be requested by Compliance to re-certify the trust arrangement.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  12


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

Confidential Information

All information about clients’ securities transactions and portfolio holdings is confidential. You must not disclose, except as required by the duties of your employment, actual or contemplated securities transactions, portfolio holdings, portfolio characteristics or other nonpublic information about Clients, or the contents of any written or oral communication, study, report or opinion concerning any security. Employees should consult the Portfolio Holdings and Characteristics Disclosure and the Confidential Information Asset Security policies before disseminating information to individuals that otherwise do not have access to the information. This does not apply to information which has already been publicly disclosed.

Conflicts of Interest

You must receive prior written approval from ACI’s General Counsel or his or her designee, as appropriate, to do any of the following:

 

 

Negotiate or enter into any agreement on a client’s behalf with any business concern doing or seeking to do business with the client if you, or a person related to you, has a substantial interest in the business concern;

 

Enter into an agreement, negotiate or otherwise do business on the client’s behalf with a personal friend or a person related to you; or

 

Serve on the board of directors of, or act as consultant to, any publicly traded corporation. Please note that ACI’s Business Code of Conduct also contains limitations on outside employment and directorships.

What happens if you violate the rules in the Code of Ethics?

If you violate the requirements of the Code of Ethics, you may be subject to serious penalties. Violations of the Code and proposed sanctions are documented by Compliance and submitted to the Code of Ethics Review Committee. The Committee consists of representatives of the investment adviser and the Compliance and Legal departments of ACI. The Committee is responsible for determining the materiality of Code violations and appropriate sanctions.

 

A.

Materiality of Violation

In determining the materiality of a violation, the Committee considers:

   

Evidence of violation of law;

   

Indicia of fraud, neglect, or indifference to Code provisions;

   

Frequency of violations;

   

Monetary value of the violation in question; and

   

Level of influence of the violator.

 

B.

Penalty Factors

In assessing the appropriate penalties, the Committee will consider the foregoing in addition to any other factors they deem applicable, such as:

 

   

Extent of harm to client interests;

   

Extent of unjust enrichment;

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  13


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

   

Tenure and prior record of the violator;

   

The degree to which there is a personal benefit from unique knowledge obtained through employment with ACI;

   

The level of accurate, honest and timely cooperation from the covered person; and

   

Any mitigating circumstances.

 

C.

The penalties which may be imposed include, but are not limited to:

 

  1.

Non-material violation

 

  a.

Warning (notice sent to manager) and/or

  b.

Attendance at a Code of Ethics training session and/or

  c.

Suspension of trading privileges.

 

  2.

Penalties for material or more frequent non-material violations will be based on the circumstances of the violation. These penalties could include, but are not limited to

 

  a.

Suspension of trading privileges and/or

  b.

Suspension or termination of employment.

In addition, you may be required to surrender to ACI any profit realized from any transaction(s) in violation of this Code of Ethics.

ACI’s Quarterly Report to Fund Directors/Trustees

ACI will prepare a quarterly report to the Board of Directors/Trustees of each Fund Client of any material violation of this Code of Ethics.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  14


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

APPENDIX 1: DEFINITIONS

 

1.

“Automatic Investment Plan”

“Automatic investment plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases, exchanges or redemptions are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation including dividend reinvestment plans.

 

2.

“Beneficial Ownership” or “Beneficially Owned”

See “Appendix 2: What is Beneficial Ownership?”

 

3.

“Code-Exempt Security”

A “code-exempt security” is a security in which you may invest without preclearing the transaction with ACI. The list of code-exempt securities appears in Appendix 3.

 

4.

“Federal Securities Law”

“Federal securities law” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted by the Commission or the Department of Treasury.

 

5.

“Fund Clients”

Fund clients includes each Fund Client listed on Schedule A.

 

6.

“Initial Public Offering”

“Initial public offering” means an offering of securities for which a registration statement has not previously been filed with the SEC and for which there is no active public market.

 

7.

“Investment Adviser”

“Investment adviser” includes each investment adviser listed on Schedule A

 

8.

“Member of Your Immediate Family”

A “member of your immediate family” means any of the following:

 

 

Your spouse or domestic partner;

 

 

Your minor children; or

 

 

A relative who shares your home.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  15


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

For the purpose of determining whether any of the foregoing relationships exist, a legally adopted child of a person is considered a child of such person.

 

8.

“Private Placement”

“Private placement” means an offering of securities in which the issuer relies on an exemption from the registration provisions of the Federal Securities Laws, and usually involves a limited number of sophisticated investors and a restriction on resale of the securities.

 

9.

“Reportable Brokerage Accounts”

A “reportable brokerage account” includes any account in which securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of any person subject to this Code of Ethics.

 

10.

“Reportable Mutual Fund”

A “reportable mutual fund” includes any mutual fund issued by a Fund Client (as listed on Schedule A) and any subadvised funds (as listed on Schedule B).

 

11.

“Security”

A “security” includes a large number of investment vehicles. However, for purposes of this Code of Ethics, “security”(or “securities”) includes any of the following:

 

   

Note;

 

   

Stock, (including stock acquired in private placements and restricted stock in nonpublic companies received through an employee stock ownership program);

 

   

Treasury stock;

 

   

Bond;

 

   

Debenture;

 

   

Derivative security;

 

   

Exchange traded funds (ETFs) or similar securities;

 

   

Unit Investment Trusts (UIT);

 

   

Shares of open-end mutual funds;

 

   

Shares of closed-end mutual funds;

 

   

Evidence of indebtedness;

 

   

Certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement;

 

   

Collateral-trust certificate;

 

   

Preorganization certificate or subscription;

 

   

Transferable share;

 

   

Investment contract;

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  16


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

   

Voting-trust certificate;

 

   

Certificate of deposit for a security;

 

   

Interests in private investment companies, hedge funds, or other unregistered collective investment vehicles;

 

   

Fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral rights;

 

   

Any put, call, straddle, option, future, or privilege on any security or other financial instrument (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), including stock options received from an employer or through a retirement plan;

 

   

Any put, call, straddle, option, future, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency;

 

   

In general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security;” or

 

   

Any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, future on or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

 

12.

“Subadvised Fund”

A “subadvised fund” means any mutual fund or portfolio listed on Schedule B.

 

13.

“Supervised Person”

A “supervised person” means any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of an investment adviser, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of an investment adviser and is subject to the supervision and control of the investment adviser.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  17


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

APPENDIX 2: WHAT IS “BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP”?

A “beneficial owner” of a security is any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares in the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a purchase or sale of the security.

 

1.

Are securities held by immediate family members or domestic partners “beneficially owned” by me?

Yes. As a general rule, you are regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in the name of

 

   

A member of your immediate family OR

 

   

Any other person IF you obtain from such securities benefits substantially similar to those of ownership. For example, if you receive or benefit from some of the income from the securities held by your spouse, or domestic partner, you are the beneficial owner; OR

 

   

You hold an option or other contractual rights to obtain title to the securities now or in the future.

 

2.

Must I report accounts for which I am listed as a joint owner or have power of attorney?

Yes. As a general rule, you are regarded as an owner of any accounts for which you are listed as a joint owner or have power of attorney.

 

3.

Am I deemed to beneficially own securities in accounts owned by a relative for whom I am listed as beneficiary upon death?

Probably not. Unless you have power of attorney to transact in such accounts or are listed as a joint owner, you likely do not beneficially own the account or securities contained in the account until ownership has been passed to you.

 

4.

Are securities held by a company I own an interest in also “beneficially owned” by me?

Probably not. Owning the securities of a company does not mean you “beneficially own” the securities that the company itself owns. However, you will be deemed to “beneficially own” the securities owned by the company if:

   

You directly or beneficially own a controlling interest in or otherwise control the company; OR

 

   

The company is merely a medium through which you, members of your immediate family, or others in a small group invest or trade in securities and the company has no other substantial business.

 

5.

Are securities held in trust “beneficially owned” by me?

Maybe. You are deemed to “beneficially own” securities held in trust if you or a member of your immediate family are:

 

   

A trustee; or

 

   

Have a vested interest in the income or corpus of the trust; or

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  18


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

   

A settlor or grantor of the trust and have the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all the beneficiaries.

A blind trust exemption from the preclearance and reporting requirements of the Code may be requested if you or members or your immediate family do not have authority to advise or direct securities transactions of the trust.

 

6.

Are securities in pension or retirement plans “beneficially owned” by me?

Maybe. Beneficial ownership does not include indirect interest by any person in portfolio securities held by a pension or retirement plan of a company whose employees generally are the beneficiaries of the plan.

However, your participation in a pension or retirement plan is considered beneficial ownership of the portfolio securities if you can withdraw and trade the securities without withdrawing from the plan or you can direct the trading of the securities within the plan (IRAs, 401(k)s, etc.).

 

7.

Examples of Beneficial Ownership

 

  a.

Securities Held by Family Members or Domestic Partners

Example 1: Tom and Mary are married. Although Mary has an independent source of income from a family inheritance and segregates her funds from those of her husband, Mary contributes to the maintenance of the family home. Tom and Mary have engaged in joint estate planning and have the same financial adviser. Since Tom and Mary’s resources are clearly significantly directed towards their common property, they shall be deemed to be the beneficial owners of each other’s securities.

Example 2: Mike’s adult son David lives in Mike’s home. David is self-supporting and contributes to household expenses. Mike is a beneficial owner of David’s securities.

Example 3: Joe’s mother Margaret lives alone and is financially independent. Joe has power of attorney over his mother’s estate, pays all her bills and manages her investment affairs. Joe borrows freely from Margaret without being required to pay back funds with interest, if at all. Joe takes out personal loans from Margaret’s bank in Margaret’s name, the interest from such loans being paid from Margaret’s account. Joe is a beneficial owner of Margaret’s estate.

Example 4: Bob and Nancy are in a relationship. The house they share is still in Nancy’s name only. They have separate checking accounts with an informal understanding that both individuals contribute to the mortgage payments and other common expenses. Nancy is the beneficial owner of Bob’s securities.

 

  b.

Securities Held by a Company

Example 5: ABC Company is a holding company with five shareholders owning equal shares in the company. Although ABC Company has no business of its own, it has several wholly-owned subsidiaries that invest in securities. Stan is a shareholder of ABC Company. Stan has a beneficial interest in the securities owned by ABC Company’s subsidiaries.

Example 6: XYZ Company is a large manufacturing company with many shareholders. Stan is a shareholder of XYZ Company. As a part of its cash management function, XYZ Company invests in securities. Neither Stan

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  19


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

nor any members of his immediate family are employed by XYZ Company. Stan does not beneficially own the securities held by XYZ Company.

 

  c.

Securities Held in Trust

Example 7: John is trustee of a trust created for his two minor children. When both of John’s children reach 21, each shall receive an equal share of the corpus of the trust. John is a beneficial owner of any securities owned by the trust.

Example 8: Jane placed securities held by her in a trust for the benefit of her church. Jane can revoke the trust during her lifetime. Jane is a beneficial owner of any securities owned by the trust.

Example 9: Jim is trustee of an irrevocable trust for his 21-year-old daughter (who does not share his home). The daughter is entitled to the income of the trust until she is 25 years old, and is then entitled to the corpus. If the daughter dies before reaching 25, Jim is entitled to the corpus. Jim is a beneficial owner of any securities owned by the trust.

Example 10: Joan’s father (who does not share her home) placed securities in an irrevocable trust for Joan’s minor children. Neither Joan nor any member of her immediate family is the trustee of the trust. Joan is a beneficial owner of the securities owned by the trust. She may, however, be eligible for the blind trust exemption to the preclearance and reporting of the trust securities.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  20


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

APPENDIX 3: CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES

Because they do not pose a likelihood for abuse, code-exempt securities are exempt from the Code’s preclearance requirements. However, confirmations of transactions in reportable brokerage accounts are required in all cases and some code-exempt securities must also be disclosed on your Quarterly Transactions, Initial, and Annual Holdings Reports.

 

1.

Code-Exempt Securities Not Subject to Disclosure on your Quarterly Transactions, Initial and Annual Holdings Reports:

 

   

Open-end mutual funds that are not considered a reportable mutual fund;

 

   

Reportable mutual funds (Access Persons only);

 

   

Reportable mutual fund shares purchased through an automatic investment plan (including reinvested dividends);

 

   

Money market mutual funds;

 

   

Bank Certificates of Deposit;

 

   

U.S. government Treasury and Government National Mortgage Association securities;

 

   

Commercial paper;

 

   

Bankers acceptances;

 

   

High quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements. A “high quality short-term debt instrument” means any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized rating organization.

 

2.

Code-Exempt Securities Subject to Disclosure on your Quarterly Transactions, Initial and Annual Holdings Reports:

 

   

Reportable mutual fund shares purchased other than through an automatic investment plan (Portfolio and Investment Persons only)

 

   

Exchange Traded Products, Closed-End Funds and Unit Investment Trusts

 

   

Securities which are acquired through an employer-sponsored automatic payroll deduction plan (only the acquisition of the security is exempt, NOT the sale)

 

   

Securities other than open-end mutual funds purchased through dividend reinvestment programs (only the re-investment of dividends in the security is exempt, NOT the sale or other purchases)

 

   

Futures contracts on the following:

 

 

Standard & Poor’s 500 or 100 Index, NASDAQ 100 Index, and DOW 30 Industrials futures contracts only. Futures contracts for other financial instruments are not Code-exempt.

 

 

Commodity futures contracts for agricultural products (corn, soybeans, wheat, etc.) only. Futures contracts on precious metals or energy resources are not Code-exempt.

We may modify this list of securities at any time, please send an e-mail to “ LG-Personal Security Trades ” to request the most current list.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  21


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

APPENDIX 4: HOW THE PRECLEARANCE PROCESS WORKS

 

LOGO

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  22


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

After your request is entered into our preclearance system, it is then subjected to the following tests.

Step 1: Restricted Security List

 

 

Is the security on the Restricted Security list?

If “YES”, the system will send a message to you DENYING the personal trade request.

If “NO”, then your request is subject to Step 2.

Step 2: De Minimis Transaction Test

Is the security issuer’s market capitalization greater than $10 billion?

 

Will your proposed transaction, together with your other preclearance requests in the security for the current calendar quarter, be less than $25,000?

If the answer to either of these questions is “NO”, then your request is subject to Step 3.

Step 3: Client Trades Test

 

Have there been any transactions in the past 24 hours or is there an open order for that security for any Client?

If “YES”, the system will send a message to you DENYING the personal trade request.

If “NO”, then your request is subject to Step 4.

Step 4: Follow List Test

 

Does any account or Fund own the security?

 

Does the security appear on the computerized list of stocks ACI is considering to purchase for a Client?

If the answer to BOTH of these questions is “NO”, the system will send a message to you APPROVING your proposed transaction.

If the answer to EITHER of these questions is “YES”, then your request is subject to Step 5.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  23


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

Step 5: Present Intentions Test

A message is sent to portfolio teams that own or are following the security described in your preclearance request. The portfolio teams will be asked if they intend to buy or sell the security within the next three (3) business days.

If ALL of the portfolio management teams respond “NO”, your request will be APPROVED.

If ANY of the portfolio management teams respond “YES”, your request will be DENIED.

If ANY of the portfolio teams do not respond, your request will be DENIED.

The preclearance process can be changed at any time to ensure that the goals of this Code of Ethics are met.

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  24


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

SCHEDULE A: BOARD APPROVAL DATES

This Code of Ethics was most recently approved by the Board of Directors/Trustees of the following Companies as of the dates indicated:

 

  Investment Adviser

 

          Most  Recent Approval Date          

  American Century Investment Management, Inc.

 

January 1, 2018

 

  Principal Underwriter

 

Most Recent Approval Date

  American Century Investment Services, Inc.   January 1, 2018
 

  Fund Clients

 

Most Recent Approval Date

  American Century Asset Allocation Portfolios, Inc.

 

December 1, 2017

  American Century California Tax-Free and Municipal Funds

 

December 14, 2017

  American Century Capital Portfolios, Inc.

 

December 1, 2017

  American Century Government Income Trust

 

December 14, 2017

  American Century Growth Funds, Inc.

 

December 1, 2017

  American Century International Bond Funds

 

December 14, 2017

  American Century Investment Trust

 

December 14, 2017

  American Century Municipal Trust

 

December 14, 2017

  American Century Mutual Funds, Inc.

 

December 1, 2017

  American Century Quantitative Equity Funds, Inc.

 

December 14, 2017

  American Century Strategic Asset Allocations, Inc.

 

December 1, 2017

  American Century Target Maturities Trust

 

December 14, 2017

  American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.

 

December 1, 2017

  American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.

 

December 14, 2017

  American Century World Mutual Funds, Inc.

 

December 1, 2017

  American Century ETF Trust

 

December 20, 2017

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  25


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

SCHEDULE B: SUBADVISED FUNDS

This Code of Ethics applies to the following funds which are subadvised by an investment adviser. This list of affiliated funds will be updated on a regular basis.

 

CIBC Balanced Fund

CIBC Global Equity Growth Pool

CIBC Global Monthly Income Fund

CIBC International Equity Fund

CIBC International Small Companies Fund

CIBC Monthly Income Fund

CIBC U.S. Equity Fund

CIBC U.S. Equity Value Pool

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II: CTIVP-American Century Diversified Bond Fund

EQ Advisors Trust: EQ/American Century Mid Cap Value Portfolio

EQ Advisors Trust – Multimanager Mid Cap Value Portfolio

Forum Funds II – Acuitas International Small Cap Fund

GuideStone Funds: Defensive Market Strategies Fund

GuideStone Funds: Value Equity Fund

Imperial International Equity Pool

Imperial Overseas Equity Pool

Imperial U.S. Equity Pool

Learning Quest 529 Education Savings Program

MassMutual Select Funds: MassMutual Select Mid-Cap Value Fund

Mercer Funds: Mercer Non-U.S. Core Equity Fund

Mercer Global Investments Canada Limited: Mercer International Equity Fund

MML Series Investment Fund: MML Mid Cap Value Fund

Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust: American Century NVIT Multi Cap Value Fund

Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust: NVIT Multi-Manager Mid Cap Value Fund

Nomura – ACI Advanced Medical Impact Investment Mother Fund

Nomura – ACI Global REIT Mother Fund

Nomura Institutional Fund Select – American Century Global Growth Fund

Nomura U.S. Municipal General Obligation Bond Mother Fund

Nomura U.S. Value Strategy Mother Fund

Nomura Currency Fund – U.S. Growth Equity Fund

Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.: Inflation Protection Portfolio

Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.: Large Company Value Portfolio

 

Schedule B updated:  March 29, 2019

 

Schedule C updated:  March 29, 2019

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  26


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.: Mid Cap Value Portfolio

Penn Series Funds, Inc.: Mid Core Value Fund

PrivilEdge – American Century Emerging Markets Equity

Renaissance Canadian Balanced Fund

Renaissance Canadian Monthly Income Fund

Renaissance Global Focus Fund

Renaissance International Equity Private Pool

Renaissance Private Pools – Renaissance Global Equity Private Pool

Renaissance U.S. Equity Growth Fund

Renaissance U.S. Equity Income Fund

Schwab Capital Trust: Laudus International MarketMasters Fund

Seasons Series Trust: SA Multi-Managed Large Cap Value Portfolio

VALIC Company I: Growth Fund

Voya Partners, Inc.: VY American Century Small-Mid Cap Value Portfolio

 

Schedule B updated:  March 29, 2019

 

Schedule C updated:  March 29, 2019

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  27


Code of Ethics     LOGO                 
                  
   

                                                                                                        

                                                               

                                                               

                                                               

 
         

 

SCHEDULE C: APPROVED ELECTRONIC BROKERS

The following brokers have entered into an agreement with ACI to provide trade confirmations electronically. Employees are prohibited from holding accounts at firms that do not provide electronic trade confirmations unless an account exemption has been given. Please send a message LG-personal_security_trades@americancentury.com to request an account exemption.

American Century Brokerage

American Century Personal Financial Solutions (held at Pershing)

Ameriprise

Charles Schwab

Edward Jones

ETRADE

Fidelity

Interactive Broker

JP Morgan Private Bank

Merrill Lynch

Morgan Stanley

Northern Trust

Northwestern Mutual

Raymond James

RBC

TD Ameritrade

UBS

USAA Brokerage

Vanguard

Wells Fargo

 

Schedule B updated:  March 29, 2019

 

Schedule C updated:  March 29, 2019

 

Policy updated:    March 29, 2019

 

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL - ©2019 American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

  28

CODE OF CONDUCT DOING WHAT’S RIGHT

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

Chairman’s Letter 1    Conducting Business 25-28
   Fair competition and anti-trust 25
Doing What’s Right 2    Anti-corruption and improper payments 27
   Combating financial crime and money laundering 28
How to report a concern 3   
   Working with Governments 29-30
Key Principles of our code 4    Your obligations 29
   Basic principles 30
What You Should Know about Our   
Code of Conduct 5-10    Protecting Company Assets 31-37

Our values 5

Purpose of our Code 6

Who must follow this Code? 6

Waivers of the Code for executive officers 6

What is expected of employees? 7

Cooperating with Regulatory Agencies 8

What is expected of managers? 8

Managing Risk as a Manager 8

Responsibility to ask questions and report concerns 8

What happens when a concern is reported? 9

Zero tolerance for retaliation 9

Cooperating with an investigation 9

Direct Communication with Government and

Regulatory Authorities 10

Communication of Trade Secrets to Government and

Regulatory Authorities 10

 

Respecting Others 11-14

Mutual respect and professional treatment 11

Harassment-free environment 13

Safety and security 14

Managers’ responsibilities 14

 

Avoiding Conflicts 15-24

Overview 15

Gifts and entertainment 16

Outside employment and business dealings 19

Outside service as a director, officer, general partner,

political appointment or elected position 21

Ownership of an outside business 22

Fiduciary appointments 22

Personal investment decisions 22

Dealing with family and close personal friends 23

Corporate opportunities 24

  

Financial integrity 31

Additional standards for senior financial professionals 32

Use of company assets 32

Protecting client and employee records and observing

our privacy principles 33

Records management 34

Use of computers, systems and corporate information 34

Inside or proprietary information 36

 

Supporting our Communities 38-40

Political activities 38

Investor and media relations 39

Charitable contributions and corporate sponsorship 40

Participating in trade associations, conferences and

speaking engagements 40

 

Additional Help 41-42

 

 

The Code of Conduct does not alter the terms and conditions of your employment. Rather, it helps each of us to know what must be done to make sure we always Do What’s Right. The most current version of the Code can be found on MySource.

Throughout the Code, references to company policies apply only to global policies that cover all employees and do not include additional policies you must follow that are specific to your location or line of business. The Code is not intended to fully describe the requirements of referenced policies, which can be found in their entirety on MySource.


 

LOGO

 

  

Dear Colleagues:

 

Our Code of Conduct guides our actions and decisions as individuals and as a company. I expect each or us to personally commit to doing what is right, regardless of the impact on a specific transaction or short-term working relationship.

 

The Code provides guidance on six key areas of focus that relate to many of the situations you may encounter working at our company: Respecting Others; Avoiding Conflicts; Conducting Business; Working with Governments; Protecting Company Assets and Supporting Our Communities.

 

However, the Code itself cannot address every possible situation. We expect all employees to exercise good judgment, using the Code as a primary resource to better understand our principles of ethical behavior, and to seek help when unsure of the right course of action. Above all, each of us, regardless of level, are obligated to put the interests or our company, clients and shareholders above any personal interest.

 

As fundamental as the Code is, it is not your only resource. Your manager, Legal, Audit, Compliance, Human Resources and our Ethics Office are readily available resources if you are having difficulty understanding how our key principles apply to specific situations. When in doubt, I urge you to use these resources and escalate situations if you feel they are not getting the proper attention.

 

Being a BNY Mellon employee means exercising good judgment and conducting yourself in a manner that is above reproach.

 

Charlie Scharf

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

1


Doing What’s Right

At BNY Mellon, “ Doing What’s Right” means

• Contributing to an ethical culture is expected and valued,

• Conducting business in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and in accordance with the highest ethical standards,

• Fostering honest, fair and open communication,

• Demonstrating respect for our clients, communities and one another,

• Being accountable for your own and team actions, and

• Being willing to take a stand to correct or prevent any improper activity or business mistake.

How to Do What’s Right

• Put company values, policies and procedures into action,

• Know the laws and regulations affecting your job duties and follow them,

• Take responsibility for talking to someone if you see a problem, and

• Ask questions if you are unsure of the right thing to do.

When you are uncertain, ask yourself these questions

• Could the action affect the company’s reputation?

• Would it look bad if reported in the media?

• Am I uncomfortable taking part in this action or knowing about it?

• Is there any question of illegality?

• Will the action be questionable with the passage of time?

If the answer to any of these questions is “yes,” ask more questions. Keep asking until you get a satisfactory answer. Talk to your manager, the Compliance and Ethics Department, Legal or Human Resources, or call the Ethics Office before doing anything further. Don’t stop asking until you get the help you need.

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.

 

2


How to report a concern:

   Usually, the best place to start is by talking to your manager. If this makes you uncomfortable, then consider the options below.
Ethics Help Line    Ethics Help Line (operated by members of the company’s Ethics Office)
   • United States and Canada: 1-888-635-5662
   • Europe: 00-800-710-63562
   • Brazil: 0800-891-3813
   • Australia: 0011-800-710-63562
   • Asia: appropriate international access code +800-710-63562 (except Japan)
   • Japan: appropriate international access code +800-710-6356
   • All other locations: call collect to 412-236-7519
   Please note that your phone call can be anonymous.
   E-mail: ethics@bnymellon.com (To remain anonymous, please use the telephone help line for reporting your concern.)
Ethics Hot Line    Ethics Hot Line (operated by EthicsPoint, an independent hotline administrator)
   • United States and Canada: 1- 866-294-4696
  

• Outside the United States dial the AT&T Direct Access Number for your country and carrier, then 866-294-4696

AT&T Direct Access Numbers by Country/Carrier

  

• United Kingdom: British Telecom 0-800-89-0011; C&W 0-500-89-0011;

NTL 0-800-013-0011

   • India: 000-117
   • Brazil: 0-800-890-0288
   • Ireland: 1-800-550-000; Universal International Freephone 00-800-222-55288
   • Japan: Softbank Telecom 00 663-5111; KDDI 00 539-111
   • Australia: Telstra 1-800-881-011; Optus 1-800-551-155
   • Hong Kong: Hong Kong Telephone 800-96-1111; New World Telephone 800-93- 2266
  

• Singapore: Sing Tel 800-011-1111; StarHub 800-001-0001

Web Report: http://www.ethicspoint.com (hosted on EthicsPoint’s secure servers and is not part of the company’s web site or intranet).

   Please note that all contacts to EthicsPoint can be anonymous.
Incident Reporting    Incident Reporting
   If your concern involves potential criminal or unusual client activity, you must file an Incident Report within 72 hours. In the U.S., you can file an Incident Report using the icon on your PC desktop. In other locations, you should contact your compliance officer for assistance in following country-specific guidelines.
Director’s Mailbox    Director’s Mailbox
   If your concern involves questionable accounting or auditing matters, you may also report your concern to the Presiding Director of the Board (who is independent of management). You can contact the Presiding Director by sending an e-mail to non-managementdirector@bnymellon.com or by postal mail addressed to:
   BNY Mellon Corporation
   Church Street Station
   PO Box 2164
   New York, New York 10008-2164 USA
   Attention: Non-Management Director
   Please note the postal mail option can be anonymous.

 

3


Key Principles of Our Code

Respecting others

We are committed to fostering an inclusive workplace where talented people want to stay and develop their careers. Supporting a diverse, engaged workforce allows us to be successful in building trust, empowering teams, serving our clients and outperforming our peers. We give equal employment opportunity to all individuals in compliance with legal requirements and because it’s the right thing to do.

Avoiding conflicts

We make our business decisions free from conflicting outside influences. Our business decisions are based on our duty to BNY Mellon and our clients, and not driven by any personal interest or gain. We are alert to any potential conflict of interest and ensure we identify and mitigate or eliminate any such conflict.

Conducting business

We secure business based on honest competition in the marketplace, which contributes to the success of our company, our clients and our shareholders. We compete in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. We support worldwide efforts to combat financial corruption and financial crime.

Working with governments

We follow all requirements that apply to doing business with governments. We recognize that practices that may be acceptable when dealing with a private company that is the client may cause problems or be a violation of law when working with a government.

Protecting Company assets

We ensure all entries made in the company’s books and records are complete and accurate, and comply with established accounting and record-keeping procedures. We maintain confidentiality of all forms of data and information entrusted to us, and prevent the misuse of information belonging to the company or any client.

Supporting our communities

We take an active part in our communities around the world, both as individuals and as a company. Our long-term success is linked to the strength of the global economy and the strength of our industry. We are honest, fair and transparent in every way that we interact with our communities and the public at large.

 

4


What you should know about our Code of Conduct

Our Values

Our values provide the framework for our decision-making and guide our business conduct. Incorporating these values into our actions helps us to do what is right and protect the reputation of the company.

Client Focus: Putting the client at the center of all that we do

Integrity: Acting with the highest ethical standards for our company, our employees and our clients

Teamwork: Fostering collaboration and diversity to empower employees to build relationships and deliver insights

Excellence: Setting the standard for leading-edge solutions, innovation and continuous improvement

What our values do:

• Explain what we stand for and our shared culture

• Span geographies and lines of business

• Represent the promises made to our clients, communities, shareholders and each other

• Are critical to our success

At the foundation of our Code of Conduct are our Values – Client Focus, Integrity, Teamwork and Excellence.

Our values underscore our commitment to be a client-focused, trusted financial institution driven by an empowered global team dedicated to outperforming in every market we serve.

 

5


Compliance with the letter and the spirit of our Code of Conduct, laws and regulations, policies and procedures is not optional. It’s how we do business: it’s the embodiment of Doing What’s Right.

Purpose of our Code

Today’s global marketplace is filled with a host of new challenges and changes, but one constant guides us — the mandate to meet the highest standards of legal and ethical integrity.

The Code of Conduct is the foundation of our commitment to Doing What’s Right, but it is not intended to describe every law or policy that applies to you. Nor does it address every business situation you may face. You’re expected to use common sense and good judgment, and seek advice when you’re unsure of the proper response to a particular situation.

The Code provides the framework and sets the expectations for business conduct. It clarifies our responsibilities to each other, clients, suppliers, government officials, competitors and the communities we serve. It outlines important legal and ethical issues. Failing to meet these standards could expose our company to serious damage.

Who must follow this Code?

All employees worldwide who work for BNY Mellon or an entity that is more than 50 percent owned by the company must adhere to the standards in our Code. No employee is exempt from these requirements, regardless of the position you hold, the location of your job or the number of hours you work. If you oversee vendors, consultants or temporary workers, you must supervise their work to ensure their actions are consistent with the key principles in this Code.

Waivers of the Code for Executive Officers

Waivers of the Code are not permitted for any executive officer of BNY Mellon, unless the waiver is made by the company’s Board of Directors (or a committee of the Board) and disclosed promptly to shareholders. Individuals who are deemed to be “executive officers” of BNY Mellon will be notified as appropriate.

 

6


 

Q & A

Q: I work outside of the U.S. Do U.S. laws apply to me?

A: BNY Mellon does business all over the world, which means that you may be subject to laws of countries other than the one in which you live. You must follow those laws that apply to your business duties, wherever you work. BNY Mellon is the parent of our operating companies and is incorporated in the U.S., so U.S. laws may apply to certain business activities even if they are conducted outside of the US. The reverse may also be true — other countries may apply their laws outside of their boundaries. If you have questions about the laws that apply to your business activity, ask your manager or contact the Legal representative who supports your line of business.

 

 

What is expected of employees?

You’re responsible for contributing to our culture of Doing What’s Right by knowing the rules that apply to your job. This includes company policies, procedures, laws and regulations governing the country and businesses in which you work. Some lines of business may have more restrictive policies and procedures, and certain countries may have laws that are unique to a location. In these situations, you’re expected to follow the more restrictive rules.

You’re expected to ask your manager if you have questions about performing your job. If you do not get an adequate response, it’s your duty to keep asking until you get a satisfactory answer. You must question any request that does not comply with company policies, laws or regulations, or is inconsistent with our Code of Conduct.

No manager or leader in our company can ask you to violate a law or regulation, or to act in a manner inconsistent with our Code of Conduct. You should challenge any such request and alert appropriate individuals.

Identifying and managing risk is the responsibility of every employee. You’re required to adhere to the established internal controls in your area of responsibility and promptly elevate all risk, compliance and regulatory concerns to your manager.

You’re expected to comply with applicable laws and regulations and follow this Code, including the spirit of its intent. The penalty for violating any provision may be disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. If you violate a criminal law applicable to the company’s business, the matter will be reported to the appropriate authorities.

You are required to use CODE RAP (Code Reports and Permissions) to report or obtain approval for certain activities that are noted throughout the Code of Conduct and various company policies (e.g., gifts, entertainment and certain outside employment or positions). CODE RAP is a web-based system which you can learn more about by visiting MySource, the company’s intranet site. If you need assistance or do not have access to a PC, ask your manager for help.

You’re obligated to comply fully with our Code of Conduct and may be required to certify your compliance with the Code. You will be notified of any required certifications.

 

 

7


   Cooperating with Regulatory Agencies

 

Q & A

 

Q: What is my role in managing risk?

 

A: Each employee plays an important role in managing risk when you:

 

• Perform your job with integrity and in compliance with policies, procedures and the law

 

• Adhere to the controls established for your business

 

• Ask questions if instructions are not clear or if you are unsure of the right thing to do

 

• Escalate issues immediately to your manager (e.g., an error, a missed control, wrongdoing or incorrect instructions)

 

Doing What’s Right means being accountable for your own and your team’s actions, and being willing to take a stand to correct or prevent any improper activity or a business mistake.

 

  

All employees are required to cooperate with regulators. Your communications with regulatory personnel are expected to be responsive, complete and transparent. Any commitments you have made in response to exam findings and any responses to regulatory information requests are to be completed within the agreed time frame. You must notify your manager immediately should situations arise that make it unlikely that you will meet the agreed upon commitments. In addition, your compliance officer should be advised of any delays in meeting regulatory commitments.

 

What is expected of managers?

 

Those who manage or supervise others have a special obligation to set an example in Doing What’s Right . Some of the ways you’re expected to demonstrate this leadership include:

• Creating a culture of risk management, compliance and ethics,

• Considering risk in all your decision making,

• Reinforcing with your staff the importance of early identification and escalation of potential risks to the appropriate managers,

• Ensuring employees have the relevant resources to understand their job duties,

• Monitoring compliance with the Code of Conduct, company policies and procedures of the employees you supervise,

• Fostering an environment in which employees are comfortable raising questions and concerns without fear of retaliation,

• Reporting instances of non-compliance to the proper management level,

• Taking appropriate disciplinary action for compliance and ethics violations, and

• Reviewing the Code of Conduct no less than annually with your staff.

 

Managing risk as a manager

As a manager, you must always consider risk in your decision making. You are required to understand fully the risk, compliance and regulatory issues that may impact the areas you serve. You are required to escalate any concerns immediately to the appropriate management level to ensure the requisite

attention is given to the matter. In addition, any corrective measures must be implemented timely, thoroughly and in a sustainable manner.

 

Responsibility to ask questions and report concerns

You are required to speak up immediately if you have a question or concern about what to do in a certain situation or if you believe someone is doing — or about to do — something that violates the law, company policy or our Code of Conduct. If you have a genuine concern, you must raise it promptly.

 

8


 

 

Q & A

 

Q: Where do I go for help if I’m uncomfortable talking to my management?

 

A: You can contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line. The contact information is located in the Code of Conduct, on MySource and on the company’s public Internet site.

 

 

 

 

Q & A

Q: Can I report a concern anonymously?

 

A: Yes, you can report your concern to the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line anonymously if you wish.

 

  

If you have a question or concern, your manager is usually a good place to start.

Other people you may go to for help or advice are:

• Your manager’s manager

• Your line of business Compliance officer

• Someone in the Human Resources or the Legal department

 

You must speak up. If your concern is not addressed, raise it through other channels. You can always contact the Ethics Office through the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line.

 

You can also visit the Doing What’s Right section of the Compliance and Ethics page on MySource for more information on reporting an issue or incident.

 

What happens when a concern is reported?

When you report a concern to the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line, your concerns will be taken seriously and investigated fully. Be prepared to give detailed information about your concern. You can choose to be anonymous if you want. Your confidentiality will be protected to the fullest extent possible and every effort will be made to quickly resolve your concern.

 

These reporting mechanisms are meant to be used only when you have a genuine concern that something is wrong. You will not be provided protection for your own misconduct just because you filed a report or if you knowingly give a false report.

 

Zero tolerance for retaliation

Anyone who reports a concern or reports misconduct in good faith, and with the reasonable belief that the information is true, is demonstrating a commitment to our values and following our Code of Conduct. The company has zero tolerance for acts of retaliation. Zero means zero. No one has the authority to justify an act of retaliation. Any employee who engages in retaliation will be subject to disciplinary action, which may include dismissal.

 

Cooperating with an investigation

You’re required to cooperate with any investigation into alleged violations of our Code of Conduct, laws, regulations, policies or procedures, and are expected to be truthful and forthcoming during any investigation. This includes situations where you are an involved party, a witness, or are asked to provide information as part of an investigation. Any attempt to withhold information, sabotage or otherwise interfere with an investigation may be subject to any level of disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.

 

Remember, investigations are confidential company matters. To protect the integrity of the investigation, you are not allowed to discuss any aspect of an investigation, even the fact that an investigation is being conducted, with other employees or the public.

 

9


   At the same time, this requirement for confidentiality does not prohibit you from reporting legal violations to any governmental or regulatory body or official(s) or finance-related self-regulatory organization (collectively, “Governmental Authorities”), and you may do so either during or after your employment without notice to the Company. Furthermore, no BNY Mellon policy or agreement is meant to prohibit you from doing so, or from participating in any benefits involved in such reporting. The only restriction in this regard is that you are not authorized to disclose information covered by the Company’s attorney-client privilege.
   Direct Communication with Government and Regulatory Authorities
   The confidentiality of our information and the protection of that information is a theme that recurs several times in this Code and in many of our policies. However, nothing in this Code, in those policies, or in any agreement with BNY Mellon is meant to prohibit you from:
  

• initiating communications directly with, cooperating with, providing relevant information to or otherwise assisting in an investigation by any Governmental Authorities regarding a possible violation of law;

  

• testifying, participating or otherwise assisting in an action or proceeding by a Governmental Authority relating to a possible violation of law; or

  

• participating in any benefits for information provided to Government Authorities in the manner described in the first or second points above.

   You are permitted to report in this manner both during and after your employment here irrespective of any confidentiality agreements you may have signed or policies in place during your employment and without providing notice to the Company. The only restriction is that you are not authorized to disclose information covered by the Company’s attorney-client privilege.
   Communication of Trade Secrets to Government and Regulatory Authorities
   While the Code prohibits you from revealing “trade secrets” outside of the Company, you may do so without facing criminal or civil liability if:
  

• the material is revealed in confidence solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; or

  

• the material is revealed in a complaint or other document filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. Note that an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to his/her attorney and may use the trade secret information in the court proceeding. In such cases, trade secret information must be filed under seal, and it may be disclosed only under a court order.

 

10


 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.


Respecting Others

We are committed to fostering an inclusive workplace where talented people want to stay and develop their careers. Supporting a diverse, engaged workforce allows us to be successful in building trust, empowering teams, serving our clients and outperforming our peers. We give equal employment opportunity to all individuals in compliance with legal requirements and because it’s the right thing to do.

Key Principle: Respecting Others

Mutual respect and professional treatment

Harassment-free environment

Safety and security

Managers’ responsibilities


Key Principle: Respecting Others

Mutual respect and professional treatment

One of our values is Teamwork and nothing damages a team more quickly than a lack of mutual respect. For our company to be successful, we all must work together toward common goals. Employees and managers share a mutual responsibility to keep one another informed of any information that may be important to job performance and to understanding the organization. You’re expected to treat your fellow employees professionally — it’s what we owe each other in the workplace.

The company recognizes your right to form personal relationships with those you meet in the workplace; however, you’re expected to use good judgment to ensure your personal relationships do not negatively affect your job performance or interfere with your ability to supervise others. Favoritism, open displays of affection, not respecting personal boundaries, and making business decisions based on emotions or personal relationships are inappropriate. You should avoid situations where your personal relationship may create a potential conflict or perception of favoritism, especially if there is a reporting relationship.

Situations that involve borrowing money, or making loans between employees, or between one employee and a family member of another employee must be avoided, unless it is of an incidental nature involving a minimal amount of money. Managers should be particularly sensitive to situations involving lending money to those who report to them and avoid these workplace situations.

( Reference : Gifts, Entertainment and Loans from One Employee to Another )

 

 

Q & A

Q: I asked a question in a staff meeting and the response I received was offensive — several people laughed at me and I was mortified. What should I do?

A: The response you received was inappropriate. Healthy communication can only occur in environments where different opinions can be expressed and respectful debate occurs. It’s okay to disagree with a colleague. However, it must be done in a professional and respectful way. Talk to the person who made the remark. If you feel uncomfortable doing so, speak with your manager or Human Resources.

 

 

 

11


Key Principle: Respecting Others

Similarly, gifts and entertainment between employees (including family members of another employee) can create conflicts. Company policy places limits on the amounts that are permissible and amounts above those established limits require approval via CODE RAP.

( Reference: Gifts, Entertainment and Loans from One Employee to Another )

Managers must also be aware of situations where family members or close personal friends may also work at BNY Mellon. The company prohibits any work situations where there is a direct reporting relationship between family members. In addition, wherever possible, situations should be avoided that involve family members working in the same business unit at the same location, or family members working in positions where they can jointly control or influence transactions. Senior executives must be aware that there are restrictions on hiring family members. If you encounter such a situation or are aware of one, you should contact Human Resources for guidance.

( Reference : Hiring and Continued Employment of Employees’ Relatives or Individuals Sharing Employees’ Household )

 

 

12


Harassment-free environment

BNY Mellon will not tolerate any form of harassment or discrimination. Harassment can be verbal, physical or include visual images where the effect creates an offensive atmosphere. It can take many forms and includes jokes, slurs and offensive remarks, whether delivered verbally, graphically or in electronic media, including e-mail.

Harassment also includes disrespectful behavior or remarks that involve a person’s race, color, sex, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, religion, disability, national origin or any other legally protected status. Certain local laws or regulations may provide additional protection for employees, so check with Human Resources or the Legal department in your local area if you have questions.

Some countries have specific laws concerning sexual harassment that include:

 

Intentional or unintentional, unwelcome sexual advances with or without touching

 

Coerced sexual acts

 

Requests or demands for sexual favors

 

Other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature

Our commitment to a harassment-free environment applies in all work-related settings and activities, whether on or off company premises, and extends to employees’ actions toward clients and vendors.

Harassment of any kind will not be tolerated in the workplace.

 

 

Q & A

Q: A colleague makes comments about my appearance that make me feel uncomfortable. I’ve told my colleague that I don’t like these comments, but they continue and I’m told I’m too sensitive. What am I supposed to do?

A: You should talk to your manager and ask for help. If you do not feel comfortable talking to your manager, talk to Human Resources or call the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line.

 

 

 

13


Key Principle: Respecting Others

Safety and security

BNY Mellon is committed to establishing and maintaining safe and healthy working conditions at all locations and to complying with laws that pertain to employee workplace safety. Listed below are some of the principles of maintaining a safe and secure workplace:

• You must contribute to maintaining a workplace free from aggression. Threats, intimidating behavior or any acts of violence will not be tolerated.

• You may not use, possess, sell or transfer illegal drugs on company property. In addition, you won’t be permitted to work if you’re using illegal drugs or impaired by alcohol.

• You may not bring weapons onto company property. This includes weapons used for sporting purposes or otherwise legal to possess. Weapons of any kind have no place in the work environment.

• You should be alert to individuals who are on company premises without proper authorization. Make sure you observe all physical access rules in your location and report incidents of unauthorized entry to your manager or to security personnel.

( Reference: Company Identification Card Issuance; Display and Use of Company Identification )

 

 

Q & A

Q: I have reason to believe that a colleague is coming to the office intoxicated. What should I do?

A: You should notify your manager immediately. If you’re uncomfortable discussing this with your manager, contact Human Resources.

 

 

Managers’ responsibilities

As part of a worldwide financial services organization, managers have a special responsibility to demonstrate our values through their actions. Managers must foster an environment of integrity, honesty and respect. This includes creating a work environment that is free from discrimination, harassment, intimidation or bullying of any kind. This type of behavior will not be tolerated and is inconsistent with our values and the Code of Conduct.

Managers also must ensure that all aspects of the employment relationship are free from bias and that decisions are based upon individual performance and merit.

 

14


 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.


Key Principle: Avoiding Conflicts

Avoiding Conflicts

We make our business decisions free from conflicting outside influences. Our business decisions are based on our duty to BNY Mellon and our clients, and not driven by any personal interest or gain. We are alert to any potential conflict of interest and ensure we identify and mitigate or eliminate any such conflict.

Gifts and entertainment

Outside employment and business dealings

Outside service as a director, officer or general partner

Ownership of an outside business

Fiduciary appointments

Personal investment decisions

Dealing with family and close personal friends

Corporate opportunities


Key Principle: Avoiding Conflicts

Overview

The way we conduct our daily business dealings with clients, suppliers, vendors and competitors determines our reputation in the marketplace far more than any other actions we take. Each one of us contributes to BNY Mellon’s reputation. You’re expected always to act in a way that reflects our commitment to integrity and responsible business behavior.

A conflict of interest is any situation where your interests, and the company’s interests or the interests of our clients appear to be in opposition. When you’re in such a situation, it may be difficult to objectively fulfill your job duties and your loyalty to the company or to our clients and may be compromised — or appear to be compromised. Every business decision you make should be in the best interests of the company and our clients and not for your own personal gain or benefit. So you may not engage in any activity that creates, or even appears to create, a conflict of interest between you and BNY Mellon or its clients. You should not take any business action, including any loan or guarantee, for your personal benefit, or to benefit a relative or close friend at the expense of the company’s or a client’s best interests.

If you believe you have a conflict of interest, or may be perceived to have such a conflict, you must disclose this to your Compliance Officer or to the Ethics Office. You’re expected to cooperate fully with all efforts to resolve any such conflict. The routine activities on the following pages can give rise to an actual or perceived conflict of interest.

( Reference: Business Conflicts of Interest )

Even if the conflict does not create an improper action, the appearance of a conflict of interest can be equally damaging to our reputation.

 

15


Key Principle: Avoiding Conflicts

Gifts and entertainment

Our clients, suppliers and vendors are vital to BNY Mellon’s success. That’s why it’s imperative that these relationships remain objective, fair, transparent and free from conflicts. While business gifts and entertainment can be important to building goodwill, they can also affect the relationship if your ability to exercise sound business judgment becomes blurred. To prevent misunderstandings, it’s recommended that, at the beginning of the business relationship, you discuss with your clients, suppliers and vendors what is permissible under our Code.

Fundamentally, interactions with existing or prospective clients, suppliers and vendors are business relationships that should be treated accordingly. The inappropriate giving or receiving of gifts and entertainment can erode the distinction between a business and a personal relationship. An appropriate benchmark is whether public disclosure of any gift or entertainment you accept or give would embarrass you or damage BNY Mellon’s reputation.

If your judgment begins to be influenced inappropriately by a close relationship with a client, supplier or vendor, then you have crossed the line and you should remove yourself from that relationship.

 

 

Q & A

Q: My line of business is considering asking a local vendor that we use from time to time to donate small gifts to a local charity. Since we’re not getting anything of value, can we assume this is allowable?

A: No. This is inappropriate. Asking vendors or suppliers to donate gifts, even if nominal in amount and for a charitable purpose, gives the impression that they must honor our request to continue doing business with the company.

 

 

The basic principle is that no gift or entertainment may be accepted or provided if it obligates you, or appears to obligate you, to the individual receiving or giving the gift or entertainment. Gifts and entertainment should be defined in the broadest sense to include money, securities, business opportunities, goods, services, discounts on goods or services, entertainment, corporate tickets, company sponsored events, food, drink, and any similar items.

In addition to the rules noted on the next page that apply across the company, certain lines of business may have more restrictive rules and requirements. You are expected to know and follow the more rigorous standards that may apply to your job or your location.

 

16


The following are NOT allowed, regardless of the value:

• Accepting or giving anything as a “quid pro quo”, that is for doing something in return for the gift or entertainment,

• Accepting or giving cash or cash equivalents (e.g., checks, cash convertible gift certificates or cards, securities and loans),

• Accepting or giving a gift or entertainment that violates any law or regulation or brings harm to BNY Mellon’s reputation,

• Accepting or giving anything that could be viewed as a bribe, payoff or improper influence,

• Accepting or giving a gift or entertainment that violates any standard of conduct for your profession, especially if you hold a license or a certification,

• Using your position in any way to obtain anything of value from prospective or existing clients, suppliers, vendors or persons to whom you refer business,

• Providing entertainment that is lavish or too frequent for an existing or prospective client, vendor or supplier,

• Participating in any entertainment that is inappropriate, sexually oriented or inconsistent with ethical business practices,

• Accepting gifts or entertainment from, or giving them to, any vendor or supplier during the selection or sourcing process, whether or not you are the primary relationship manager or involved directly in the negotiation to secure the products or services,

• Participating in any action that would cause the other person to violate their own company’s standards for gifts and entertainment, and

• Providing gifts or entertainment to an existing or prospective client, supplier or vendor not recorded properly in the company books and records.

 

 

Q & A

Q: I am vacationing in the Caribbean and my client has a home on the island that I’m visiting. She’s been asking me to stay in her home. I’ll make sure we discuss business and I may even be able to get some business referrals from her friends. There won’t be any expense to BNY Mellon. Can I stay in the client’s home?

A: No. Staying in a client’s home is inappropriate. Your client is a business associate, not a personal friend. This type of entertainment could be viewed as improper and could bring harm to the company’s reputation if disclosed to the public. The fact that the company is not paying for any expenses is not relevant. You should thank the client for the kind suggestion, explain our policy and politely decline the offer.

 

 

 

17


Key Principle: Avoiding Conflicts

The following require express preapproval or reporting via CODE RAP before you proceed. Approval is required whether you’re the recipient of the gift or entertainment, or you’re providing such to a client, vendor or supplier:

• Accepting a gift or bequest under a will or trust document of a client of BNY Mellon, regardless of the amount,

• Attending special, high-profile events, such as World Cup matches or Super Bowl games, regardless of the stated amount on the tickets,

• Giving or receiving any gift or entertainment that exceeds amounts permissible in company policy (entertainment includes meals, refreshments or other accommodations, but should only be considered business entertainment if given in connection with a legitimate business meeting), and

• Giving gifts or entertainment to any U.S. government employee/entity (U.S. or non-U.S.)

– The laws surrounding gifts or entertainment to government officials are complex, so you should ask your manager for assistance or contact the Anti-Corruption and Government Contracting Unit of Compliance with questions.

The following are usually acceptable, but you should raise questions if you’re in doubt:

• Gifts based upon obvious family or long-standing, personal relationships (such as those between you and your parents, children, spouse or a childhood friend), where the circumstances make it clear that those relationships are the motivating factor for the gift, rather than the business relationship,

 

 

Q & A

Q: I’m worried about the impression my office is giving to the community. We host what I consider to be lavish parties for prospective clients and some people seem to be constantly “entertaining” clients. Should I be worried?

A: It depends. It could be that your colleagues are engaging in legitimate business entertainment. It’s possible that the entertainment complies with the Code of Conduct and company policies, and you may not have all the facts. You should talk to your manager or the next level of management about your concern. If you’re uncomfortable doing this or you get an unsatisfactory answer, contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

 

• Gifts of a nominal value (under $200 U.S. or local equivalent), but only if the gift is given in connection with a commonly recognized event or occasion (e.g., holiday, job event such as a promotion or retirement, life event such as a wedding, or a business event such as a conference, sports or cultural event). Even in these situations, you must report the gift or entertainment to your direct manager,

• Promotional items of a nominal value, such as pens, calendars, paperweights,

• Items with little intrinsic value, such as plaques, certificates and trophies recognizing service and accomplishments for civic, charitable, educational or religious organizations,

 

18


• Discounts or rebates on merchandise or services that do not exceed those available to the general public or available to you as an employee of the company, and

• Loans from other financial institutions, so long as they are on customary terms for legally permissible purposes.

If you receive a gift not in compliance with these requirements, you must immediately return the gift to the sender. If appropriate, you should send a letter explaining the company’s policy or your business line’s policies.

( Reference: Gifts, Entertainment and Other Expenses to Commercial Clients, Suppliers or Vendors Policy and Anti-Corruption Policy )

Outside employment and business dealings

Certain types of outside employment or business dealings may cause a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict. It’s your responsibility to recognize these situations. Any activity that diminishes your ability to perform your job duties objectively, benefits you at the expense of BNY Mellon, competes with any business or service provided by the company, or has the potential to damage our reputation will not be permitted.

Certain types of outside employment or business dealings may not be accepted while employed by BNY Mellon, including:

• Employment or association with companies or organizations that prepare, audit or certify statements or documents pertinent to the company’s business,

• Employment with clients, competitors, vendors or suppliers that you deal with in the normal course of your job duties, and

• Any business relationship with a client, prospect, supplier, vendor or agent of the company (other than normal consumer transactions conducted through ordinary retail sources).

 

 

Q & A

Q: A colleague of mine works part-time for a company that provides office supplies, such as paper and pens, to BNY Mellon. Should I be concerned that his outside employment could be a conflict?

A: It does not seem likely this would be a conflict, so long as your colleague is not involved in the decision making process to purchase supplies from the outside company or approve invoices or payments to the supplier. If you’re concerned, you may want to talk with your manager. In addition, you can always contact your compliance Officer or the Ethics Office for guidance.

 

 

 

19


Key Principle: Avoiding Conflicts

Certain types of outside employment and business dealings require approval from the company before acceptance. You must seek approval via CODE RAP. Depending upon your job duties or other regulatory requirements, your request may be denied or limits may be placed upon your activities. The following positions require approval:

• Employment involving the use of a professional license even if that license is not required for you to perform your current duties (e.g., FINRA, real estate, insurance, certified accountant and attorney),

• Employment involving providing tax advice or tax return preparation,

• Any type of employment in the financial services industry,

• Employment that could compete with the company or divert business opportunities in any way,

• Any position that is similar in nature to your present job duties and involves a “knowledge transfer” to the other organization,

• Jobs that adversely affect the quality of your work, distract your attention from your job duties or otherwise influence your judgment when acting on behalf of the company,

• Employment of any kind that would negatively impact the company’s financial or professional reputation, and

• Serving as an expert witness, industry arbitrator or other similar litigation support that is unrelated to BNY Mellon, as these activities generally take a significant amount of time and have the potential to create conflicts of interest (e.g., taking a position that is contrary to company policies or procedures or otherwise conflicts with the interests of our clients).

Even if your outside employment is approved or permissible under the Code, you may not solicit employees, clients, vendors or suppliers, nor may you utilize the company’s name, time, property, supplies or equipment. All approvals granted for outside employment expire after one year. Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required since facts and circumstances may change.

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation )

 

20


Outside service as a Director, Trustee, Officer, Investment Committee Member, Partner or Business Owner of a for-profit business or a not-for-profit organization

You must obtain prior approval from the Ethics Office through CODE RAP if you wish to serve as a Director, Trustee, Officer, Partner or Business Owner of any for-profit business OR for certain not-for-profit (NFP) organizations if any of the following conditions exist:

– There is an existing or proposed client, business or financial relationship between the NFP organization and BNY Mellon, including receiving charitable contributions, grants or foundation money from BNY Mellon.

– The NFP organization is a trade or industry organization (e.g., Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or the Chartered Financial Analyst Institute).

– You receive any type of direct or indirect compensation (e.g., cash, securities, goods, services, tax benefit, etc.).

– You have been asked by BNY Mellon to serve the NFP organization.

– The organization/entity is any type of government agency or your position/role is considered to be a public official (whether elected or appointed).

Additionally, you must obtain prior approval from the Ethics Office through CODE RAP to serve as a member of an Investment Committee that makes or oversees decisions or recommendations with respect to investing the assets of a for-profit or a not-for-profit organization.

You may not serve until you have full approval from BNY Mellon as required by policy and documented in CODE RAP. If you are compensated, you may be required to surrender the compensation if there is a potential conflict of interest or you’re serving the outside entity on behalf of BNY Mellon. Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required as facts and circumstances may change, so you may not be given permission to serve every year.

Even if the service does not require approval, you must notify BNY Mellon of any anticipated negative publicity, and you must follow these guidelines while you serve:

 

 

Never attempt to influence or take part in votes or decisions that may lead to the use of BNY Mellon or its affiliates’ products, services or other types of benefit to the company; the entity’s records must reflect that you recused yourself from such a vote or discussion.

 

You must ensure the entity conducts its affairs lawfully, ethically, and in accordance with prudent management and financial practices. If you cannot, then you must resign.

 

You cannot divulge any confidential or proprietary information

 

If you learn of any Material Non Public Information (MNPI) you must contact the Control Room or your local Compliance Officer to report each instance

( Reference: Accepting Compensation When Serving as a Board Member or Senior Officer of an Outside Entity )

 

 

Q & A

Q: I’ve been asked to sit on the board of a local non-profit group. They use our Wealth Management group to manage their charitable giving program. I don’t have any business dealings with the non-profit group and don’t work in Wealth Management. Do I have to report this?

A: Yes. The non-profit entity is a client of BNY Mellon. It does not matter which line of business has the client relationship, or whether or not you have any business dealings with the group. You must submit a CODE RAP form and receive approval before you agree to serve.

 

 

 

21


Key Principle: Avoiding Conflicts

Ownership of an outside business

If you own a business (either as a sole proprietor or partial owner), you must seek approval for this ownership via CODE RAP. You’ll be required to provide pertinent details, such as any relationship with BNY Mellon (including employees), any compensation/payment received, time required and potential conflicts of interest (actual or in appearance). Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required as facts and circumstances may change.

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation )

Fiduciary appointments

Fiduciary appointments are those where you act as a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, assignee, receiver, custodian under a uniform gifts to minors act, investment adviser, or any capacity in which you possess investment discretion on behalf of another or any other similar capacity. In general, you’re strongly discouraged from serving as a fiduciary unless you’re doing so for a family member. All requests to serve as a fiduciary, with the exception of serving for a family member who is not a BNY Mellon client, requires approval through CODE RAP.

If there is a client relationship, there may be restrictions or controls placed on your service, or you may be denied the ability to serve in such a fiduciary capacity. In all situations where you’re acting as a fiduciary, you must follow these guidelines:

• Do not represent that you’re performing the same professional services that are performed by a bank, or that you have access to such services,

• Do not accept a fee for acting as a co-fiduciary with a bank, unless you receive approval from the board of directors of that bank, and

• Do not permit your appointment to interfere with the time and attention you devote to your BNY Mellon job duties.

Personal investment decisions

Your personal investments, and those of certain family members, could lead to conflicts of interest. Therefore, you’re required to comply with the company’s Personal Securities Trading Policy, including adhering to the restrictions placed on trading in BNY Mellon securities and a strict prohibition against insider trading. Certain employees will have additional restrictions placed on their personal investments that may include reporting and pre-clearing various types of securities transactions. You must be familiar with the responsibilities that apply to your job and you’ll be expected to follow those rules.

In addition, if you have (or anyone who reports to you has) responsibility for a client, supplier or vendor relationship as part of your job duties, you must be cautious about potential investments in that business or its securities, particularly for privately held or thinly traded public companies and ensure your full compliance with the Personal Securities Trading Policy.

( Reference: Personal Securities Trading Policy )

 

 

22


Dealings with family and close personal friends

You should be particularly sensitive to business situations involving family members, household members or close personal friends. In general, a family member or close personal friend should not have any business dealings with you or with anyone who reports to you. This also includes situations where your family members or close personal friends provide an indirect service to a client for whom you have responsibility.

You must disclose any such situation to your manager and your Compliance Officer and cooperate with all efforts to resolve such conflicts.

( Reference: Hiring and Continued Employment of Employees’ Relatives or Individuals Sharing Employees’ Household )

 

 

Q & A

Q: A client of mine is considering hiring my wife as his accountant. I did not make the referral to my client. Is this okay?

A: This situation could cause a conflict of interest, and you should contact your manager and your Compliance Officer immediately. If your wife is acting as your client’s accountant, she may be relying upon information BNY Mellon provides on the client’s account. This is a situation that puts you in a potential conflict of interest, so you may be required to resign from the client’s account if he hires your wife.

 

 

Q: My son works for a consulting company that BNY Mellon routinely hires for software development. My job does not require that I interact with him and I have no influence or input over the decision to hire the consulting company. Is this okay?

A: It doesn’t appear that there are any conflicts of interest with your son working for the consulting company and your job at BNY Mellon. To be certain, discuss this matter with your manager or your Compliance Officer, so that you can be sure there are no conflicts with this situation.

 

 

 

23


Key Principle: Avoiding Conflicts

Corporate opportunities

You owe a duty to BNY Mellon to advance its legitimate business interests when the opportunity arises. You and your family members are prohibited from personally benefiting from opportunities discovered through the use of company property or information that you directly or indirectly obtained through your position at BNY Mellon.

Your actions must not compete in any way with businesses the company engages in, and you may neither ask for, nor accept, a business opportunity that may belong to BNY Mellon or could appear to belong to it.

You may not give legal, tax, or other professional advice to clients, prospects, vendors or suppliers of the company. You may not give investment advice to clients, prospects, vendors or suppliers of the company, unless this activity is part of your regular job responsibilities. You must also be cautious if clients, prospects, suppliers or other employees seek your guidance or your recommendation of a third party professional who provides these services, such as an attorney, accountant, insurance broker, stock broker, or real estate agent.

If you make such a recommendation, you must follow these requirements:

• Provide several candidates and ensure you show no favoritism toward any of them

• Disclose in writing that the recommendations are in no way sponsored or endorsed by the company

• Do not accept any fee (now or in the future), nor may you expect any direct or indirect benefit (e.g., more business from a better relationship) from the recommendation

All transactions with your clients, suppliers or vendors must be handled strictly on an “arm’s length basis”, meaning that the terms of all transactions must not even suggest the appearance of a personal advantage.

 

 

24


 

 

 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.


 

Key Principle: Conducting Business

Conducting Business

We secure business based on honest competition in the marketplace, which contributes to the success of our company, our clients and our shareholders. We compete in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. We support worldwide efforts to combat financial corruption and financial crime.

Fair Competition and Anti-Trust

Anti-Corruption and Improper Payments

Combating Financial Crime an d Money Laundering


Key Principle: Conducting Business

Fair Competition and Anti-Trust

BNY Mellon is committed to fair dealing with our clients, suppliers, competitors and employees. The company is also committed to open competition as we believe this benefits our clients, the company and the community at large. We compete vigorously but only in full compliance with the laws and regulations of the numerous jurisdictions in which we do business, and in the spirit of honesty and integrity.

All BNY Mellon entities must comply with the various “fair competition” and “fair dealing” laws that exist in many countries and “anti-trust” laws in the U.S. The general purpose of these laws is to protect the markets from anti-competitive activities. Some examples of such anti-competitive activities are those that involve entering into formal or informal agreements, whether written or oral, with competitors regarding:

• Fixing prices or terms, or any information that impacts prices or terms,

• Allocating markets, sales territories or clients, including sharing marketing plans or strategic documents,

• Boycotting or refusing to deal with certain suppliers, vendors or clients (unless required by a law or governing body, such as the Office of Foreign Assets Control), and

• Making the use of a product or service from a supplier or vendor conditional upon their use of our services or products.

The principles of fair dealing require us to deal fairly with our clients, suppliers, competitors and employees. Unfair advantage may not be taken through:

• Manipulation,

• Concealment,

• Abuse of privileged information,

• Misrepresentation of material facts, or

• Any other unfair-dealing practices.

 

 

Q & A

Q: A close friend works for a competitor of BNY Mellon. We sometimes talk about the challenges we have in marketing certain products and bounce ideas off one another. Is this a problem?

A: Yes. You’re discussing confidential information that belongs to the company. You may also be violating anti-trust or anti-competitive laws. Do not talk about these types of matters with your friend, family members or anyone outside of the company.

 

 

 

25


Key Principle: Conducting Business

The competition and anti-trust laws are many and complex, so if you have any question as to whether a particular activity is legal or in compliance with the spirit of these laws, you should contact a member of the Legal department. The following points reinforce the significance and complexity of these laws:

• The laws can vary within the same country or organization. For example, several states within the U.S. have fair competition laws, in addition to the federal anti-trust laws. Likewise, within the EU, individual countries may have laws that apply in addition to EU laws,

• The laws of certain countries may apply to conduct that takes place outside of that country (e.g., the U.S. and EU),

• Violations of these laws typically carry harsh penalties. Most permit significant monetary penalties for both the company and the individual employee, and some permit convicted individuals to be imprisoned,

• Meetings at professional gatherings, trade associations or conferences are particularly vulnerable to potential violations. If you’re involved in any discussion with a competitor that begins to suggest anti-competitive or anti-trust activity, or gives the appearance of this kind of activity, you must inform the competitor that the discussion must cease. If it does not, you must remove yourself from the group. Immediately report the incident to the Legal department to protect both you and the company, and

• Many countries’ competition laws have provisions that make it illegal to monopolize or to abuse a dominant position in a market. You should check with the Legal department if you’re a senior manager of a business and have concern about these issues.

Complying with fair competition and anti-trust laws also means that you may not use information or materials that belong to our competitors. This includes using information that a former employee of a competitor may bring with them to BNY Mellon. We succeed in the marketplace based on our own merits and do not engage in corporate “espionage” or unethical means to gain advantage on the competition. You’re expected to comply fully with the letter and the spirit of all fair competition and anti-trust laws.

 

26


Anti-Corruption and improper payments

Most countries in which we do business have laws that prohibit bribes to governments, their officials and commercial (non-government) clients. The term “officials” can be applied broadly to include officials of political parties, political candidates, employees of governments and employees of government-owned businesses. BNY Mellon employees are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. You must comply with these laws regardless of the line of business in which you work or your country of residence.

Any attempt to pay or offer money or anything of value to influence the actions or decisions of such officials may result in a violation of the above-referenced laws. Violation of these laws is a serious offense which can lead to significant penalties for the company and for you individually. You’re required to comply fully with the Company’s Anti-Corruption Policy and adhere to all associated rules including the following:

• Do not offer or give anything of value (including gifts, meals, entertainment or other benefits) to a U.S. or non-U.S. “official” to obtain or retain business or secure any improper advantage.

Note in particular that “things of value” may include jobs or internships or offers thereof. Company Policies require that any and all candidates for employment (whether permanent, limited duration or as an intern) proceed through the formal HR recruiting process. You must not engage in informal recruiting, hiring or hiring discussions outside of the formal HR recruiting process. In addition, “things of value” may also include consulting, contractor or temporary work assignments at BNY Mellon, whether or not a third party employment staffing agency is involved. You must adhere to all internal controls applicable to such arrangements.

• Do not agree to hire or exert any influence in the hiring of any client or potential client or any relative or other person in whom the client or potential client may be interested,

• Do not accept or present anything if it obligates you, or appears to obligate you and ensure that all hospitality, entertainment and gifts are in accordance with applicable corporate policies and preceded by all required internal approvals,

• Do not attempt to avoid laws by making payments through third parties: be cautious when selecting or dealing with agents or other third-party providers,

• Never make any payment that you do not record on company books and records, or make misleading accounting entries,

• Seek guidance when circumstances are unclear or you’re asked to make or approve a payment or take any other action that makes you uncomfortable, and

• Report any observations of others engaging in any behavior that you believe is improper.

( Reference : Anti-Corruption Policy )

 

27


Key Principle: Conducting Business

Combating financial crime and money laundering

Money laundering is the process by which individuals or entities attempt to conceal unlawful funds or otherwise make the source of the funds appear legitimate. As a member of the financial services community, you have a special obligation to support law enforcement throughout the world to combat various types of financial crime, such as attempts to launder money for criminal activity and finance terrorist operations. You’re expected to comply fully with all anti-money laundering laws and only conduct business with reputable clients involved in legitimate business activities that use funds derived from lawful purposes.

It is critical to the health of the company that every employee adheres to the company’s strict “know-your-customer” policies. In addition to our global policies, individual lines of business have detailed policies and procedures that address unique requirements and circumstances. You’re expected to know those procedures and follow them. Ask your manager for guidance. Knowing your customer means following established customer identification protocols for your business line, validating that the individual or entity, and the source of their funds, is legitimate.

 

 

Q & A

Q: A longtime client started a new company that purchases medical equipment for a facility in the Middle East. The payments are made via wire transfers from an account of another company she owns in the Cayman Islands. The bank account of the Cayman Island company is located in a European country. Should I be concerned?

A: Yes. Transferring funds to or from countries unrelated to the transaction, or transfers that are complex or illogical is a significant red flag. You’re obligated to file an Incident Report no later than 72 hours from the time you identify the activity as suspicious.

 

 

Failing to detect suspicious transactions or doing business with any person or entity involved in criminal or terrorist activities puts the company and you at serious risk. Accordingly, the company will not tolerate any circumstance where an individual or business unit circumvents anti-money laundering policies or procedures or fails to report suspicious activity. No amount of revenue and no client relationship are worth the risk of doing business with those involved in criminal or terrorist activity. If you suspect or detect any suspicious activity, you must file an Incident Report as soon as possible, and no later than 72 hours after detection. No manager or executive has the authority to suppress such reports.

( References : Global Anti-Money Laundering/Know-Your-Customer Policy; Anti-Money Laundering Training Policy; Policy on Identifying, Investigating, and Reporting Fraud, Money Laundering etc. )

 

28


 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.


Key Principle: Working with Governments

Working with Governments

We follow all requirements that apply to doing business with governments. We recognize that practices that may be acceptable when dealing with a private company that is the client may cause problems or be a violation of law when working with a government.

Your Obligations

Basic Principles


Key Principle: Working with Governments

Your Obligations

BNY Mellon conducts business with national and local governments and with government owned entities. While you must always follow the standard of Doing What’s Right with any client, you should be aware that there are special rules when doing business with a government. Some practices that are acceptable when a private company is your client, such as nominal gifts or entertainment, may cause problems, or in some cases be a violation of law, when working with governments.

If you’re involved in any part of the process of providing services to a government entity, you have a special obligation to follow the basic principles in this section of the Code. These principles also apply in circumstances where you may be supervising the work of third parties in support of a government client (e.g., consultants, contractors, temporary workers or suppliers).

If you’re a manager or recruiter who has responsibility for hiring decisions, you may have additional, unique requirements. For example, certain jurisdictions, such as the U.S., have laws concerning employment discussions and the hiring of former government officials and their family members or lobbyists. Check with your local Human Resources representative or the Legal department in such circumstances to be sure you’re following requirements of the law.

 

 

Q & A

Q: I have clients in a country where some businesses have been “nationalized” and are now owned and run by the state. Are the people I deal with in these circumstances considered to be officials of the government?

A: You should assume the answer is yes. The laws can be complicated, so contact the Legal department for guidance.

 

 

Q: I’m hosting a dinner for a few of the larger clients in my region. One of the clients I was going to invite is the representative for the account we manage for the State of New Jersey. Do I have to notify anyone?

A: Yes. You may not proceed until you’ve received approval via CODE RAP from the Anti-Corruption and Government Contracting Unit of Compliance.

 

 

 

29


Key Principle: Working with Governments

Basic principles

• Know the restrictions or limitations on presenting and receiving hospitality.

– Do not offer or accept gifts to or from representatives of governments that do not comply with company policies,

– Never accept or offer anything of value meant to induce or influence government employees or officials as this gives the appearance of a bribe, and

– Don’t “tip” government officials or offer “inducement” payments.

– Do not accept or present anything if it obligates you, or appears to obligate you.

• Observe a “higher standard of care.”

– Never destroy or steal government property,

– Don’t make false or fictitious statements, or represent that agreements have been met if they haven’t,

– Don’t deviate from contract requirements without prior approval from the government, and

– Never issue invoices or charges that are inaccurate, incorrect or unauthorized.

• Cooperate with government investigations and audits.

– Don’t avoid, contravene or otherwise interfere with any government investigation or audit, and

– Don’t destroy or alter any company documents (whether electronic or paper) in anticipation of a request for those documents from the government.

It’s important to note that in addition to the basic principles above, if your client is a U.S. federal, state or local government, there are very specific legal requirements and company policies that you must follow. These obligations apply to all businesses that deal with U.S. federal, state or local entities or officials, regardless of the location or the line of business providing the service, even in locations outside the U.S.

( References: Doing Business with the Government; Government Contracts; Gifts, Entertainment and Payments to Governments )

 

30


 

 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.


Key Principle: Protecting Company Assets

Protecting Company Assets

We ensure all entries made in the company’s books and records are complete and accurate, and comply with established accounting and record-keeping procedures. We maintain confidentiality of all forms of data and information entrusted to us, and prevent the misuse of information belonging to the company or any client.

Financial Integrity

Additional Standards for Senior Financial Professionals

Use of Company Assets

Protecting Client and Employee Records and Observing Our Privacy Principles

Records Management

Use of Computers, Systems and Corporate Information

Inside or Proprietary Information


Key Principle: Protecting Company Assets

Financial Integrity

BNY Mellon is committed to keeping honest, accurate and transparent books and records. You’re expected to follow established accounting and recordkeeping rules, and to measure and report financial performance honestly. Investors count on us to provide accurate information so they can make decisions about our company. All business records must be clear, truthful and accurate, and follow generally accepted accounting principles and laws.

You may not have any secret agreement or side arrangements with anyone — a client, another employee or their family member, or a supplier, vendor or agent of the company.

The financial condition of the company reflects records and accounting entries supported by virtually every employee. Business books and records also include documents many employees create, such as expense diaries and time sheets.

Falsifying any document can impact the financial condition of the company. As a public company, BNY Mellon is required to file reports with government agencies and make certain public statements. Many people and entities use these statements, including:

• Accountants — to calculate taxes and other government fees,

• Investors — to make decisions about buying or selling our securities, and

• Regulatory agencies — to monitor and enforce our compliance with government regulations.

You’re expected to maintain accurate and complete records at all times. Financial integrity is fundamental to our success, and falsification, back-dating, or misrepresentation of any company books, records or reports will not be tolerated.

 

 

Q & A

Q: I think a co-worker is submitting reports that indicate she worked overtime that she did not actually work. I don’t want to get anyone in trouble, so what should I do?

A: Reporting hours not worked is a form of theft. This is a serious issue and may be a violation of law. You must report your concern to your manager or Human Resources. If you’re uncomfortable raising this issue with your manager, file an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

 

 

31


Key Principle: Protecting Company Assets

Additional Standards for Senior Financial Professionals

If you’re responsible for the accuracy of the company’s financial filings with regulators, you have a higher duty to ensure your behavior follows the most stringent standards of personal and professional conduct. This includes the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Company Controller, and such other individuals as determined by the General Counsel. Individuals in this group must adhere to the following additional standards:

• Disclose to the General Counsel and Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer any material transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to be a conflict of interest,

• Provide stakeholders with information that is accurate, complete, objective, fair, relevant, timely and understandable, including information in filings and submissions to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies,

• Act in good faith, responsibly, with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting material facts or allowing your independent judgment to be compromised,

• Never mislead or improperly influence any authorized audit or interfere with any auditor engaged in the performance of an internal or independent review of the company’s system of internal controls, financial statements or accounting books and records, and

• Promptly report any possible violation of the company’s Code of Conduct to the General Counsel and Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer.

Use of Company Assets

Company assets include, but are not limited to, company funds, equipment, facilities, supplies, postal and electronic mail, and any type of company-owned information. It also includes your time and the time of those with whom you work — you’re expected to use your time at work responsibly. Company assets are to be used for legitimate business purposes and not for your personal gain. You’re expected to use good judgment to ensure that assets are not misused or wasted.

The company’s name and brand is a vital asset. To ensure that we maintain the integrity and value of the brand, it is imperative to adhere to the brand guidelines when using the name, logo or any reference to the brand. Details about the brand and brand guidelines are listed at the Brand Center site on MySource.

In addition to keeping within brand guidelines to ensure that the name and brand are used appropriately, the following is another important principle to protect these assets. You should not imply, directly or indirectly, any company sponsorship, unless you have prior and proper approval. This includes refraining from using the company’s name to endorse a client, supplier, vendor or any third party without the approval of Corporate Marketing. You may not proceed with any such use of the company’s name or endorsement without first receiving approval through CODE RAP.

( Reference: Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

Careless, wasteful, inefficient or inappropriate use of any company assets is irresponsible and inconsistent with our Code of Conduct. Any type of theft, fraud or embezzlement will not be tolerated.

 

32


Protecting client and employee records and observing our privacy principles

The company is responsible for ensuring the privacy, confidentiality and controlled access to all client and employee information. This includes personal information related to prospective clients and job candidates.

All of our stakeholders expect us to collect, maintain, use, disseminate and dispose of information only as necessary to carry out responsibilities or as authorized by law.

Nearly every employee in the company has access to private information, so you’re expected to adhere to the following key principles concerning privacy:

• Collection of client and employee information must be controlled. This means that the collection of such information must be permitted under law and only for a legitimate business purpose. Accessing external accounts for clients using client passwords is not permitted under any circumstances, regardless of whether it is authorized and provided by the client.

• Storage and transport of all forms of collected client and employee information must be controlled and safeguarded. This means that information collected must be maintained in a secured environment, transported by approved vendors and access provided only to those who need to view the information to perform their job duties.

• Use of client and employee information must be controlled. If the law or company policy provides that the client or employee be given a right to “opt-out” of certain uses of information, then you must respect that right.

• Disposal of client and employee information must be controlled. You should only retain information for the time period necessary to deliver the service or product and in compliance with applicable retention periods. When it’s necessary to dispose of information (regardless of the media on which the information is stored) you must do so in a manner appropriate to the sensitivity of the information.

• Any compromise of client or employee information must be reported. If you’re aware of or suspect that client or employee information has been lost, stolen, missing, misplaced or misdirected, or that there’s been unauthorized access to information, you must immediately report the matter through the company’s incident reporting process.

Know how to protect records and make sure to follow company policies at all times. The loss of any protected data can be extremely harmful to the company financially and damage our reputation.

( Reference: Information Privacy Policy, Corporate Information Protection Policy )

 

 

Q & A

Q: As part of my group’s job duties, we’re able to view the accounts of wealthy clients. I overheard one of my colleagues talking to his brother on the phone about the balance in a client’s account that happens to be a very prominent sports figure. I don’t think this is right, but what should I do?

A: You’re correct in being concerned. Your colleague had no right to disclose personal information about a client to anyone who has no legitimate business need for the information. File an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

 

 

33


Key Principle: Protecting Company Assets

Global Records Management

Program

You must follow company and local policies for retention, management and destruction of records. If there’s an investigation, or if litigation is pending or anticipated, certain records may need to be retained beyond established destruction periods. In most cases you’ll be notified of the need to retain documents by the Legal department, if appropriate.

Records should be defined in the broadest sense — meaning that they include any information created or received that has been recorded on any medium or captured in reproducible form. Records also include any document that is intentionally retained and managed as final evidence of a business unit’s activities, events or transactions, or for operational, legal, regulatory or historical purposes.

The media and formats of records take many forms, including:

• Papers, e-mails, instant messages, other electronically maintained documents,

• Microfilms, photographs and reproductions,

• Voice, text and audio tapes,

• Magnetic tapes, floppy and hard disks, optical disks and drawings, and

• Any other media, regardless of physical form or characteristics that have been made or received in the transaction of business activities.

( Reference: Records Management Program )

Use of computers, systems and corporate information

As an employee, you have access to the company’s computers, systems and corporate information to do your job. This access means you also have the obligation to use these systems responsibly and follow company policies to protect information and systems.

Electronic systems include, but are not limited to:

• Personal computers (including e-mail and instant messages) and computer networks,

• Telephones, cell phones, voice mail, pagers and fax machines, and

• Other communications devices, such as PDAs (e.g. Blackberry, iPad, etc.)

Never send sensitive or confidential data over the Internet or over phone systems without following established company policies to protect such information.

You should have no expectation of privacy when you use these systems, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. You’re given access to the company’s systems to conduct legitimate company business and you’re expected to use them in a professional and responsible manner. The company reserves the right to intercept, monitor and record your communication on these systems in accordance with the applicable law.

You’re expected to protect the security of these systems and follow company policies concerning access and proper use (such as maintaining passwords). In rare cases, where there is a necessary and legitimate business reason, you may disclose your password to another employee who has the right to access the information associated with your password; however, you must file a CODE RAP report immediately and observe all necessary steps to restore the confidentiality of your password. Also, the occasional use of company systems for personal purposes is acceptable, but you’re expected to use good judgment and comply with company policies. Keep personal use to a minimum and use company systems wisely and in a manner that would not damage the company’s reputation.

 

34


You’re permitted to use the company’s systems, but if you follow these rules:

• Messages you create should be professional and appropriate for business communication, including those created via e-mail or instant messaging.

• Never engage in communication that may be considered offensive, derogatory, obscene, vulgar, harassing or threatening (e.g., inappropriate jokes, sexual comments or images, comments that may offend, including those based upon gender, race, age, religious belief, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability or any other basis defined by law).

• Do not distribute copyrighted or licensed materials improperly.

• Do not transmit chain letters, advertisements or solicitations (unless they’re specifically authorized by the company).

• Never view or download inappropriate materials.

( References: Electronic Mail Policy; Corporate Information Protection Policy )

 

 

Q & A

Q: My co-worker sometimes sends sensitive client data via the Internet to a vendor we use to help solve problems. I’m concerned because I don’t think this information is protected properly. He says it’s okay because the vendor is authorized to receive the data and the problems that need to be resolved are time-sensitive. Should I be worried?

A: Yes. This is a serious matter, and you must talk to your manager immediately. Your co-worker could be putting clients and BNY Mellon at great risk. If you don’t raise your concern, you may be as responsible as your co-worker for violating company policies. If you’re uncomfortable raising this issue with your manager, file an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

 

 

35


Key Principle: Protecting Company Assets

Inside or proprietary information

As an employee, you may have knowledge about the company’s businesses or possess confidential information about the private or business affairs of our existing, prospective or former clients, suppliers, vendors and employees. You should assume all such information is confidential and privileged and hold it in the strictest confidence. Confidential information includes all non-public information that may be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its clients, if disclosed.

It is never appropriate to use such information for personal gain or pass it on to anyone outside the company who is not expressly authorized to receive such information. Other employees who do not need the information to perform their job duties do not have a right to it. You’re expected to protect all such information and failure to do so will not be tolerated.

If you’re uncertain about whether you have inside or proprietary information, you should treat the information as if it were and check with your manager or a representative from the Legal department. The following list contains examples of “inside” or “proprietary” information.

Inside information

Inside information is material non-public information relating to any company, including BNY Mellon, whose securities trade in a public market. Information is deemed to be material if a reasonable investor would likely consider it important when deciding to buy or sell securities of the company, or if the information would influence the market price of those securities.

 

 

Q & A

Q: I discovered that an investor in one of our funds has requested to withdraw a significant amount of money from the fund. I manage a client’s money and he has an investment in the same fund. To protect my client’s interest, I want to pull his money out of the fund because its performance will likely drop. Even though the withdrawal is not yet known by the public, is this okay because I have a fiduciary duty to my client and I’m not benefiting personally by trading on behalf of my client?

A: No. You’re in possession of material non-public information and you may not trade the securities of that fund. Your duty to comply with securities laws supersedes any duty you have to your client. You should immediately contact the Legal department to discuss this situation.

 

 

If you’re in possession of material non-public information about BNY Mellon or any other company, you may not trade the securities of that company for yourself or for others, including clients. Nearly all countries and jurisdictions have strict securities laws that make you, the company and any person with whom you share the information, legally responsible for misusing inside information. The company’s Securities Firewalls Policy provides instructions on the proper handling of inside information and the company will not tolerate any violation of this policy. Certain employees have significant restrictions placed on their trading in BNY Mellon securities or the securities of other companies. You must know the restrictions relative to your job and follow company policies and applicable securities laws.

 

36


Proprietary information

Proprietary information includes business plans, client lists (prospective and existing), marketing strategies, any method of doing business, product development plans, pricing plans, analytical models or methods, computer software and related documentation and source codes, databases, inventions, ideas, and works of authorship. Any information, inventions, models, methods, ideas, software works or materials that you create as part of your job responsibilities or on company time, or that you create using information or resources available to you because of your employment by the company, or that relate to the business of the company, belong to the company exclusively and are considered proprietary information.

Proprietary information also includes business contracts, invoices, statements of work, requests for investment or proposal, and other similar documents. Any information related to a client, supplier or vendor financial information (including internal assessments of such), or credit ratings or opinions is considered proprietary. You should also assume all information related to client trades, non-public portfolio holdings and research reports are proprietary. The same is true regarding reports or communications issued by internal auditors, external regulators or accountants, consultants or any other third-party agent or examiner.

( References: Securities Firewalls, Personal Securities Trading Policy, Ownership and Protection of Intellectual Property )

Company-produced policies, procedures or other similar work materials are proprietary and, while they may be shared with other employees, they cannot be shared with anyone outside of the company without prior consent of the policy owner and legal counsel.

These restrictions on the communication of proprietary information notwithstanding, employees are permitted to communicate certain proprietary information to regulatory authorities as detailed in the sections Direct

Communication with Government and Regulatory Authorities and Communication of Trade Secrets to Government and Regulatory Authorities above.

Your obligation to protect inside or proprietary information extends beyond the period of your employment with the company. The information you use during your employment belongs to the company and you may not take or use this information after you leave the company.

 

37


 

Key Principle: Supporting our Communities

Supporting our Communities

We take an active part in our communities around the world, both as individuals and as a company. Our long-term success is linked to the strength of the global economy and the strength of our industry. We are honest, fair and transparent in every way we interact with our communities and the public at large.

Political Activities

Investor and media relations

Charitable contributions and corporate sponsorship

Participating in trade associations, conferences and speaking engagements


Key Principle: Supporting our Communities

Political Activities

Personal Political Activity

BNY Mellon encourages you to keep informed of political issues and candidates and to take an active interest in political affairs. However, if you do participate in any political activity, you must follow these rules:

• Never act as a representative of the company unless you have written permission from the Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel, and the Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer of the company.

• Your activities should be on your own time, with your own resources. You may not use company time, equipment, facilities, supplies, clerical support, advertising or any other company resources.

• You may not use company funds for any political activity, and you will not be reimbursed or compensated in any way for a political contribution.

• Your political activities may not affect your objectivity or ability to perform your job duties.

• You may not solicit the participation of employees, clients, suppliers, vendors or any other party with whom the company does business.

• You may be required to pre-clear personal political contributions made by you, and in some cases, your family members.

( Reference: Political Contributions Policy )

Lobbying

Lobbying is generally defined as any activity that attempts to influence the passage or defeat of legislation. Lobbying activities are broad and may cover certain “grass roots” activities where groups of people, such as company employees, are contacted to encourage them to call public officials for the purpose of influencing legislation. Lobbying is prevalent in the U.S. and is gaining influence within the EU and other locations.

If you are engaged in lobbying, there may be disclosure requirements and restrictions on certain activities. If your job duties include any of the following activities, you must contact Marketing & Corporate Affairs or the Legal department for guidance:

• Government contract sales or marketing

• Efforts to influence legislation or administrative actions, such as accompanying trade associations in meetings with government officials concerning legislation

• Meeting with legislators, regulators or their staffs regarding legislation

Lobbying does not include situations where a government agency is seeking public comment on proposed regulations.

( Reference: Procurement Lobbying )

 

 

Q & A

Q: An outside attorney with whom I work from time to time on company business cannot attend an exclusive fundraiser for a high-level political candidate. He offered me his ticket. The event is to be held at a very wealthy person’s home in my community and this will be a great way to solicit business. The company is not paying for the ticket and the fundraiser will be on my own time. May I attend?

A: Only if you have the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer. Your attendance at this event is indirectly related to your job and may give the appearance that you’re acting as a representative of the company or that the company sponsors the political candidate. It does not matter that BNY Mellon did not purchase the event ticket or that you’re going on your own time. To the public, your attendance is connected to the company. So you may not go without obtaining proper authorization prior to the event.

 

 

38


Key Principle: Supporting our Communities

Corporate political activities

The laws of many countries, including the U.S., set strict limits on political contributions made by corporations. Contributions are defined broadly to include any form of money, purchase of tickets, use of company personnel or facilities, or payment for services. BNY Mellon will make contributions only as permissible by law, such as those through company-approved political action committees.

Investor and media relations

Investor Relations

All contacts with institutional shareholders or securities analysts about the company must be made through the Investor Relations group of the Finance department. You must not hold informal or formal discussions with such individuals or groups, unless you are specifically authorized to do so. Even if you are authorized, you cannot provide special access or treatment to shareholders or analysts. All investors must have equal access to honest and accurate information.

Media relations

Corporate Communications must approve all contacts with the media, including speeches, testimonials or other public statements made on behalf of the company or about its business. You may not respond to any request for interviews, comments or information from any television channel, radio station, newspaper, magazine or trade publication, either on or off the record, unless you have express authorization from Corporate Communications.

If you are contacted or interviewed about matters unrelated to your job or to the company, you may not identify BNY Mellon as your employer, and you may not make comments about BNY Mellon.

( Reference: Inquiries from the Media, Financial Analysts, and Securities Holders; Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

 

 

Q & A

Q: I have been asked to provide a statement about BNY Mellon’s experience with a vendor’s product that we use. The vendor wants to use my quote on their website or in other marketing materials. Is this okay?

A: It depends. Before agreeing to any such arrangement, you should contact Corporate Communications. BNY Mellon carefully protects its reputation by being highly selective in providing such endorsements. Do not proceed until you have the approval of your manager and Corporate Communications.

 

 

 

39


Charitable contributions and corporate sponsorship

The company encourages you to take part in charitable, educational, fraternal or other civic affairs, as long as you follow these basic rules:

• Your activities may not interfere or in any way conflict with your job duties or with company business.

• You may not make any gifts or contributions to charities or other entities in the name of, or on behalf of, the company.

• You may not imply the company’s sponsorship for or support of any outside event or organization without the approval of the most senior executive of your line of business.

• You may not use your position for the purpose of soliciting business or contributions for any other entity.

• You must be cautious in the use of company letterhead, facilities or even your business card so that there is no implied or presumed corporate support for non-company business.

From time to time the company may agree to sponsor certain charitable events. In these situations, it may be proper to use company letterhead, facilities or other resources (such as employees’ time or company funds). Ask your manager if you’re unclear whether or not the event in question is considered to be company sponsored.

( Reference: Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

Participating in trade associations, conferences and speaking engagements

You may participate in trade association meetings and conferences. However, you must be mindful that these situations often include contact with competitors. You must follow the rules related to fair competition and anti-trust referenced in this Code and company policies.

In addition, meetings where a client, vendor or supplier pays for your attendance should be rare and only occur when it is legally allowed, in compliance with company policy and pre-approval has been obtained via CODE RAP.

If you perform public speaking or writing services on behalf of BNY Mellon, any form of compensation, accommodations or gift that you or any of your immediate family members receive must be reported through CODE RAP. Remember, any materials that you may use must not contain any confidential or proprietary information. The materials must be approved by the Legal Department and the appropriate level of management that has the topical subject matter expertise.

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation )

 

40


Additional Help

This section contains additional questions and answers about the requirements of our Code. Remember, ignorance or a lack of understanding is not an excuse for violating the Code. The company has established many resources to help deal with questions you may have regarding compliance with the Code. You’re expected to take advantage of these resources.

Q: A friend of mine is running for political office and I would like to help her out with her campaign. Can I do this?

A: Yes. Your personal support is your personal business. Just make sure that you do not use company assets, including company time or its name to advance the campaign. In addition, be aware that certain political contributions must be reported and/or pre-cleared.

Q: I was leaving the office and a journalist asked me if I could answer a few questions. I told him no and left the car park, but I felt bad about not talking to him. Should I have answered his questions?

A: Not at that time. You did the right thing by saying no. You should contact Corporate Communications and tell them of the request. They will determine whether it will be all right for you to talk to the media. If you receive a future request, suggest the journalist contact Corporate Communications directly.

Q: I am running for the local school board and I want to use the office copier to make copies of my campaign flyer. Is that okay?

A: No. Company property and equipment may not be used for a political purpose without authorization from Marketing & Corporate Affairs. Running for any public office is considered to be a political purpose. Accepting any political appointment or running for office requires approval via CODE RAP.

Q: To thank a client of mine, I want to give him tickets to attend a local football match. He mentioned that his company does not permit this type of entertainment, but I know he would love to go to the match. If he doesn’t care about his own company’s policy, can I give him the tickets?

A: No. If you know that giving him the tickets will violate his own company’s policy, do not give the gift. Just as we want clients to respect our limits on gifts, we must do the same.

Q: One of the vendors we’re considering for an assignment offered to take me to a local golf course to play a round and have dinner. He wants to talk about his company’s proposal so that we can make a more informed decision. We’ll be talking about business, and there won’t be much money spent on a round of golf and a modest dinner. Is this okay?

A: No. You’re evaluating vendors to provide a service. It’s always inappropriate to receive or give entertainment when the company is in the middle of a selection process.

Q: One of my vendors offered to send me to a conference at no cost to BNY Mellon. Can I accept the invitation?

A: No. Accepting a free trip from a vendor is never permissible. If you’re interested in attending the conference, speak to your manager. Most costs associated with your attendance at the conference must be paid by your department. You’ll be required to file a CODE RAP form if your manager agrees it’s appropriate to attend the conference and you’re requesting permission to permit the vendor to pay for part of your conference attendance.

 

41


Q: We’re entitled to a large payment from a government client if we certify that we’ve met all service level agreements on time. We’re not sure whether a few very minor items have been completed, but they’re not that important to the service. It’s close to the end of the quarter and we’d like to realize the payment. Is it okay to send the invoice and certify that the agreements have all been met now?

A: No. You cannot submit the invoice and certification until you’re certain that all requirements of the agreement have been met. Submission of an incorrect certification could subject the company, and you, to criminal penalties, so it is vitally important that any certification submitted to the government be completely accurate.

Q: A colleague called while on vacation requesting that I check her e-mail to see if she received an item she was expecting. She gave me her logon identification and password, requesting that I call her back with the information. Can I do this?

A: No. Passwords and other login credentials must be kept confidential and cannot be used by, or shared with, fellow employees. In rare instances when there is a business need that requires you to share your password, you’re required to file a CODE RAP form immediately afterward.

Q: I would like to take a part-time job working for my brother’s recycling business. His business has no relationship with the company and the work I’ll be doing for him is not at all similar to what I do in my job here at the company. Can I do this and do I have to file any forms?

A: Yes you may, as long as the time you spend there does not interfere with your job at the company and you don’t use any company equipment or supplies. You don’t need to file a CODE RAP form, since you’re not the sole proprietor or partial owner of the business. However, if you work in certain lines of business (such as a broker dealer), you may need to notify Compliance. Check with your manager or Compliance officer if you’re uncertain.

Q: I observed a colleague in our supply area filling up a box full of pens, paper and other items. I asked her what she was doing, and she told me that her son’s school was short on supplies, so she was trying to help out. She said our company can afford the supplies more than her son’s school and that it was the right thing to do. I am friendly with my colleague and I don’t want to get her in trouble. What should I do?

A: Your colleague is stealing from the company and you must file an Incident Report. The supplies purchased by our company are to be used for business needs only. Your colleague had no right to take these supplies for any purpose, even if it seems like a good cause.

Remember

All BNY Mellon employees are expected to follow the Code of Conduct, even if they disagree with its contents.

If faced with a situation in which you’re unsure of the correct action to take, contact your manager, an Ethics Officer, Compliance Officer, Legal Representative or Human Resources Business Partner for help. There are many resources at your disposal to help you. Don’t hesitate to use them and Do What’s Right !

 

©2017 The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation. All rights reserved.    PE-1199 September/2018

 

42

LOGO


 

Personal Securities Trading Policy

Compliance

I-A-045

Date of Last Full Review: January 15, 2019

Posting Date: January 15, 2019

Applicable to: All BNY Mellon employees

 

 

 

 

Information Classification: Public

   LOGO


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

A.      Introduction/Purpose      1
B.      Applicability and Scope      1
C.      General Requirements for all Employees      1
  1.    Avoidance of Conflicts of Interest      1
  2.    Prohibition of Insider Trading MNPI (Trading while in possession of MNPI)      1
  3.    Prohibition of Market Manipulation      2
  4.    Trading in BNY Mellon Securities      2
  5.    Trading in Non-Company Securities      3
  6.    Spread Betting      3
  7.    FX Derivatives      3
  8.    Short Selling      3
  9.    Initial Public Offerings      3
  10.    Private Placements      3
  11.    Volcker Covered Funds      4
D.      Requirement to Classify Employees      4
E.      General Requirements for all Monitored Employees      6
  1.    Monitored Personal Trading Activity      6
F.      PTA Reporting      6
  1.    Initial Reporting      6
  2.    Annual reporting      6
  3.    Updating PTA      7
  4.    Approved Broker-Dealers      7
  5.    Account Statements and Trade Confirmations      7
G.      Classification-Specific Requirements      8
H.      Compliance with this Policy      8
  1.    Reporting Violations      8
  2.    Issuing / Receiving Violations      8
  3.    Policy Administration      8
I.      Roles and Responsibilities      9
  1.    Ethics Office      9
  2.    Business Management      10
  3.    Function-Level Compliance Unit      10

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page ii 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

  4.    Legal Department      11
  5.    Technology Department      11
J.      Questions      11
K.      Ownership      11
L.      Related Policies      11
M.      Revision History      11
Appendix A: Requirements for ADM Employees      13
A.      Proprietary Funds      13
B.      PTA Reporting      13
C.      Preclearing Trades in PTA      13
  1.    De Minimis Transactions      13
  2.    Proprietary Fund Transactions in the Company’s 401(k) plan      14
D.      Profit Disgorgement on Short-Term Trading      14
E.      Initial Public Offerings      15
F.      Private Placements      15
  1.    Approval Considerations      15
  2.    Approval to Continue to Hold Existing Investments      15
G.      Additional Reporting Requirements for ADM Employees      15
  1.    Contemporaneous Disclosure      15
H.      Restrictions for ADM Employees      16
I.      Additional Requirements for Micro-Cap ADM (MCADM) Employees ONLY      17
  1.    Transactions and Holdings in Micro-Cap Securities      17
  2.    Requirement for Newly Designated MCADM Employees      17
Appendix B: Additional Requirements for Investment Employees      18
A.      Proprietary Funds      18
B.      PTA Reporting      18
C.      Preclearing Trades in PTA      18
  1.    De Minimis Transactions      18
  2.    Proprietary Fund Transactions in the Company’s 401(k) plan (U.S. based employees)      19
D.      Profit Disgorgement on Short-Term Trading      20
Appendix C: Requirements for Insider Risk, Fund Service, and Fund Officer Employees      21
A.      Insider Risk Employees      21
  1.    Exempt Securities      21
  2.    Preclearing Trades in PTA      21
B.      Fund Officer and Fund Service Employees      21
  1.    Company Oversight      21

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page iii 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

  2.  Quarterly Reporting in PTA – For Fund Officer Employees and EMEA based Fund Service Employees Only      21
Appendix D: Requirements for PREG Employees      23
A.      Exempt Securities      23
B.      Preclearing Trades in PTA      23
C.      Trading in Company Securities      23
  1.    General Restrictions      23
  2.    Company 401(k) Plan      23
  3.    Company Employee Stock Options      23
  4.    Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)      23
  5.    Blackout Period Trading Implications Profit Disgorgement/Loss Recognition      24
Appendix E: Trade Preclearance Requirements      25
A.      General Preclearance Requirements      25
  1.    Obtain Preclearance Prior to Initiating a Transaction      25
  2.    Execute Trade within Preclearance Window (Preclearance Expiration)      25
  3.    Exemptions from the Requirement to Preclear      25
B.      Preclearance Rules for Company Stock in Retirement and Benefit Plans      26
  1.    Company 401(k) Plan      26
  2.    Company Employee Stock Options      26
  3.    Company Restricted Stock/Units      27
  4.    Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)      27
Appendix F: Summary of Select Policy Requirements by Employee Classification      28
Appendix G: Definitions      30

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page iv 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

A.

Introduction/Purpose

As a Global Financial Institution, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) are subject to certain laws and/or regulations governing the personal trading of securities (as hereinafter defined). In order to ensure that all employees’ personal investments are conducted in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations and are free from conflicts of interest, the Company has established limitations on personal trading. This policy describes the global minimum requirements and restrictions related to personal securities transactions.

 

B.

Applicability and Scope

This policy applies to all employees of the Company, including its subsidiaries and affiliates, when trading in Financial Instruments (collectively referred to as “Securities” under this policy). Where indicated, this policy may also apply to “Indirect Accounts,” as defined under Section E .

An employee is defined as a Director (excluding non-employees), Officer, Agent, Temporary Worker, Contractor, Intern or any other person who works for the Company, regardless of their duration of employment or contract.

Securities ” are defined under Appendix G of this policy and include all Financial Instruments unless these are specifically listed as “Exempt” under Appendix G .

Where business / country-specific requirements are more stringent than those set out within this policy, the business or country-specific rules prevail and, therefore, this policy must be read in conjunction with any business-specific or country-specific Tier II/Tier III policies and procedures.

 

C.

General Requirements for all Employees

The following requirements apply to all employees of the Company. In addition to the below standards of conduct, employees must also comply with any additional requirements, as described in the next section of this policy (See Additional Requirements ).

 

  1.

Avoidance of Conflicts of Interest

In line with the Employee Code of Conduct, employees must not put their own interests ahead of the Company and its clients. Employees are prohibited from placing transactions in securities if this would (or be perceived to) create a conflict of interest between the employee and clients or the Company. Employees must also not seek to benefit in any way from their access to the Company or client information. You must be mindful of this obligation, use your best efforts to honor it, and report promptly to the Ethics Office and your Compliance Officer any Company employee that fails to meet this obligation. With respect to the potential conflicts of interest that personal securities trading activity or other actions may engender, please also refer to the Company’s Code of Conduct and the policy on Corporate Policy I-A-035, Business Conflicts of Interest .

 

  2.

Prohibition of Insider Trading MNPI (Trading while in possession of MNPI)

In carrying out your job responsibilities, you must, at a minimum, comply with all applicable legal requirements and securities laws. As an employee, you may receive information about the Company, its clients or other parties that, for various reasons, must be treated as confidential. With respect to these parties, you are not permitted to divulge to anyone (except as may be permitted by your business and in accordance with approved procedures) proprietary information. You must comply with measures in place to preserve the confidentiality of information. Refer to the Company’s Code of Conduct for additional guidance.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 1 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Securities and/or Market Abuse laws prohibit the trading (including initiating, amending, or cancelling an order) of securities (see Appendix G ) while aware of material nonpublic information (MNPI) regarding the issuer of those securities and/or about the portfolio holdings, transactions or recommendations with respect to fiduciary accounts; this is generically known as “insider trading”.

Employees that possess MNPI must not

 

   

Engage or attempt to engage in Insider Trading on the basis of having MNPI;

 

   

Recommend that another person engages in dealing or induces another person to engage in dealing on the basis of the MNPI; or

 

   

Unlawfully disclose the MNPI (Tipping)

Employees cannot trade in a security if it would be reasonably foreseen that this could be perceived as Insider Trading. Please refer to the Market Abuse Policy (Corporate Policy I-A-040 ) for more information.

Refer to the Company’s Securities Firewalls Policy (Corporate Policy I-A-046 ) for guidance in determining when information is material and/or nonpublic and how to handle such information. Examples of potential MNPI include, but are not limited to, proposed mergers or acquisitions, tender offers, significant events such as a security or cyber breach, and receipt of earnings prior to public disclosure. Please refer to Appendix A in the Securities Firewalls Policy for a more comprehensive list of potential MNPI examples.

 

  3.

Prohibition of Market Manipulation

In accordance with the Market Abuse Policy, Employees of BNY Mellon must not engage in, or attempt to engage in, Market Manipulation.

 

  4.

Trading in BNY Mellon Securities

All employees who trade in Company securities must be aware of their responsibilities to the Company and must be sensitive to even the appearance of impropriety. The following restrictions apply to all transactions in the Company’s publicly traded securities, whether owned directly (i.e., in your name) or indirectly (see indirect ownership in Appendix G ):

 

   

Short Sales – You are prohibited from engaging in short sales of Company securities.

 

   

Short-Term Trading – You are prohibited from purchasing and selling or from selling and purchasing any Company securities within any 60 calendar day period. In addition to other potential sanctions, you will be required to disgorge any profits on such short-term trades as calculated in accordance with procedures established by the Ethics Office. This included transactions in the BK Stock Fund held within the BNY Mellon 401(k).

 

   

Margin Transactions – You are prohibited from purchasing Company securities on margin; however, you may use Company securities to collateralize full-recourse loans for non-securities purposes or for the acquisition of securities other than those issued by the Company.

 

   

Option Transactions – You are prohibited from engaging in any derivative transaction involving or having its value based upon any securities issued by the Company (or the values thereof), including the buying and writing of over-the-counter and exchange traded options.

 

   

Major Company Events – You are prohibited from transacting in the Company’s securities if you have knowledge of major Company events that have not been publicly announced. This prohibition expires 24 hours after a public announcement is made.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 2 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

  5.

Trading in Non-Company Securities

You must be sensitive to any impropriety in connection with your personal securities transactions in securities of any issuer, including those owned indirectly (see indirect ownership in Appendix G ). You must refer to the Company’s Code of Conduct for employee investment restrictions with parties that do business with the Company. In addition, you are prohibited from front running and scalping.

 

  6.

Spread Betting

Taking bets on securities pricing ( inclusive of FX spread-betting) to reflect market/currency movement activities is prohibited.

 

  7.

FX Derivatives

FX derivative trading is prohibited.

 

  8.

Short Selling

All employees should be mindful of short selling prohibitions in the jurisdiction in which the security is listed for trading. In some jurisdictions, short selling of financial stocks is banned.

 

  9.

Initial Public Offerings

You are prohibited from acquiring securities through an allocation by the underwriter of an initial public offering (IPO) without the prior approval of the Ethics Office. Approval is only likely to be given when the allocation comes through an employee of the issuer who has a direct family relationship to the BNY Mellon employee or when the issuance is arranged by governments to promote the public ownership of previously state owned assets and where a bank, savings and loan or insurance company converts from a structure owned by policyholders to one owned by investors (demutualization). Approval may not be available to employees of registered broker-dealers due to certain laws and regulations (e.g., FINRA rules in the U.S.). If you have any questions as to whether a particular offering constitutes an IPO, consult the Ethics Office before submitting an indication of interest to purchase the security.

 

  10.

Private Placements

 

   

Acquisition – You are prohibited from acquiring any security in a private placement unless you obtain prior written approval from the Ethics Office and your Compliance Officer. In order to receive approval, employees must complete and submit to the Ethics Office the Private Placement/Volcker Covered Fund Request Form, which can be found on MySource or can be obtained by sending an email to the PST Private Placements mailbox at pstprivateplacements@bnymellon.com .

 

   

Subsequent Actions – Should you participate in any subsequent consideration of credit for the issuer or of an investment in the issuer for an advised account, you are required to disclose your investment to your Compliance Officer. The decision to transact in such securities for an advised account is subject to independent review.

 

   

Divesture of a Private Placement that is an Affiliated Fund of BNY Mellon – Employees who wish to divest are required to obtain pre-approval from the Ethics Office prior to redemption. An Affiliated Fund Redemption Request Form can be found on MySource or may be obtained by sending an email to the PST Private Placements mailbox at pstprivateplacements@bnymellon.com .

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 3 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

  11.

Volcker Covered Funds

 

   

Acquisition – You are prohibited from acquiring any initial or subsequent investment in a Volcker Covered Fund (the list of funds can be found at the Volcker Compliance site on MySource) unless you obtain prior written approval from the Ethics Office and your Compliance Officer. You should be aware that under the Volcker Rule, neither you nor your immediate family, may make such an investment unless your job duties are directly related to providing investment advisory, commodity trading advisory or “other services” to the fund. In order to receive approval, employees must complete and submit to the Ethics Office the Private Placement/Volcker Covered Funds Request Form, which can be found on MySource or may be obtained by sending an email to PST Private Placements mailbox at pstprivateplacements@bnymellon.com .

 

   

New Employees – Any new hire who directly or indirectly (through an immediate family member) holds an investment in a Volcker Covered Fund must receive permission to continue to hold that investment. In order to receive approval, employees must complete and submit to the Ethics Office the Private Placement/Volcker Covered Funds Request Form, which can be found on MySource or may be obtained by sending an email to the PST Private Placements mailbox at pstprivateplacements@bnymellon.com . If the holding is not permitted under the Volcker Rule, the employee will be required to divest the ownership interest.

Contact your Compliance Officer if you have questions regarding requirements related to the Volcker Rule.

 

D.

Requirement to Classify Employees 1

This policy imposes additional requirements and limitations on employees based on the nature of their job activities.

Each Business 2 or Corporate Staff group is responsible for assigning Personal Securities Trading Classifications to their employees in accordance with this Policy and/or their Business Policy/Procedure. In considering whether an individual should be deemed a Monitored Employee, Businesses should consider the following:

 

   

S/he has regular access to MNPI; or

 

   

S/he has access to pending, open orders or pre-trade information (or providing advice to Clients on the purchase or sales of securities); or

 

   

S/he has been designated a Monitored Employee by business/functional-level Compliance and business management using a risk based approach (or perceived conflicts of interest that would require the employee to be monitored); or

 

   

Local law, regulation or contractual obligation requires the person to be subject to enhanced controls/monitoring over their personal securities trading activities.

Businesses should consider the full extent of the employee’s role (i.e., operational role as well as any governance role such as a CEO). If an employee would not receive MNPI in their operational role but, due to their governance responsibilities, they receive regular MNPI, the highest standard of classification should apply.

 

 

 

1  

With the exception of Non-Classified Employees, all other classifications are considered to be “Monitored Employees”. Due to the nature of their job activities and in addition to the General Requirements of this policy, Monitored Employees are also subject to the requirements listed in Section E (General Requirements for all Monitored Employees ). Non-Classified Employees do not have any additional requirements.

 

2  

Compliance is responsible for classifying employees in Investment Management (Asset Management and Wealth Management) in accordance with their policies and procedures

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 4 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Employees not meeting any of these requirements will be classified as a Non-Classified Employee and their personal trading will not be monitored. Only the requirements as set out under Section C will apply to non-monitored employees.

The classifications are as follows:

 

Classification Type

   Definition

Access Decision  

Maker (ADM)

  

Generally, employees are considered to be ADM Employees if they are Portfolio Managers or Research Analysts and make or participate in recommendations or decisions regarding the purchase or sale of securities for mutual funds or managed accounts. Portfolio Managers of broad-based index funds and traders are not typically classified as ADM Employees.

Dreyfus/FINRA Employee

  

An employee who is subject to regulation resulting from his/her registration with FINRA.

Fund Officer Employee

  

An employee who is not in the Asset Management or Wealth Management businesses and, in the normal conduct of his/her job responsibilities, serves as an officer of a fund, is not required to preclear trading activity by a fund, and does not attend board meetings.

Fund Service Employee

  

An employee who is not in the Asset Management or Wealth Management businesses and whose normal job responsibilities involve maintaining the books and records of mutual funds and/or managed accounts.

Insider Risk Employee

  

A classification of employees that in the normal conduct of their job responsibilities are likely to receive or be perceived to be aware of or receive material nonpublic information concerning the company’s clients. Employees in this classification typically include, but are not limited to, Risk and Legal personnel. All members of the company’s Executive Committee (excluding Pershing Executive Committee Members who are covered by the Pershing trading policy), who are not otherwise classified as Investment Employees, will be classified as Insider Risk Employees.

Investment Employee

  

An employee who, in the normal conduct of his/her job responsibilities, has access (or are likely to be perceived to have access) to nonpublic information regarding any advisory client’s purchase or sale of securities or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Proprietary Fund, is involved in making securities recommendations to advisory clients, or has access to such recommendations before they are public. This classification typically includes employees in the Asset Management and Wealth Management businesses, including:

 

   Certain employees in fiduciary securities sales and trading, investment management and advisory services, investment research and various trust or fiduciary functions; Employees of a Company business regulated by certain investment company laws. Examples are:

 

•  In the U.S., employees who are “advisory persons” or “access persons” under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or “access persons” under Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act.

 

•  In the U.K., employees in companies undertaking specified activities under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities), Order 2001, and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority.

 

•  Any member of the Company’s Senior Management who, as part of his/her usual duties, has management responsibility for fiduciary activities or routinely has access to information about

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 5 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

    

advisory clients’ securities transactions.

Pre-Release Earning Group (PREG) Employee   

  

The Pre-Release Earnings Group consists of all members of the Company’s Executive Committee, their administrative assistants and any individual determined by the Company’s Corporate Finance Department to be a member of the group.

 

E.

General Requirements for all Monitored Employees

In addition to the requirements which apply to all employees as described in Section C of this policy, all Monitored Employees (i.e., all employees excluding Non-Classified Employees) are also subject to the following requirements as well as the specific requirements set out under the appendices for their classification:

 

  1.

Monitored Personal Trading Activity

In order to ensure compliance with securities laws and to avoid even the appearance of a conflict of interest, the Ethics Office monitors the personal trading activities of Monitored Employees. Trading is monitored electronically via the Personal Trading Assistant (PTA) System. The Ethics Office will grant Monitored Employees secure access to the PTA so that they can fulfill their PTA reporting requirements as described below.

Employees classified as monitored employees have a duty to report trades in accounts which are directly owned by them or where they have indirect ownership as per the additional requirements set out in this policy. The definition of indirect ownership 3 can be found under Appendix G .

 

F.

PTA Reporting

 

  1.

Initial Reporting

Within 10 calendar days of being assigned a classification and informed by the Ethics Office, you must file an Initial Broker Accounts Report and an Initial Holdings Report (excluding Pershing employees) in the PTA. The Initial Broker Accounts Report must contain a listing of all accounts that trade or are capable of trading securities (excluding exempt securities) and that are owned directly by you or of which you have indirect ownership. The Initial Holdings Report must contain a listing of all securities (excluding exempt securities) held in the aforementioned accounts and any securities (excluding exempt securities) held outside of these accounts (e.g., physical securities held in a safe deposit box, paper certificates, etc.). Both the Initial Broker Accounts Report and the Initial Holdings Report must be an accurate recording of security accounts and security holdings within the last 45 calendar days after receiving your employee classification.

Note: Monitored Employees are required to report any directly- or indirectly-owned accounts that have the capability of holding securities (excluding exempt securities), regardless of what the accounts are currently holding. For example, if an account contains only exempt securities but has the capability of holding non-exempt securities, the account must be reported.

 

  2.

Annual reporting

On an annual basis and within 30 calendar days after the end of the year, Monitored Employees (excluding Pershing employees) are required to file an Annual Holdings Report

 

 

3 It is recognized that in some jurisdictions or regulated entities that are outside of the U.S., other regulations may prevail with respect to disclosure of third party accounts. Please refer to your local Personal Securities Trading Policy, if appropriate, to determine if this is applicable and/or speak with your Compliance Officer if you have any questions.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 6 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

in the PTA. The Annual Holdings Report must contain a current listing of securities (excluding exempt securities) held in all accounts that trade or are capable of trading securities (excluding exempt securities) and that are owned directly by you or of which you have indirect ownership. The Annual Holdings Report must also contain a current listing of securities (excluding exempt securities) held outside of the aforementioned accounts (e.g., physical securities held in a safe deposit box, paper certificates, etc.). The securities information included in the report must be current within 45 calendar days of the date the report is submitted. Additionally, as part of this annual reporting requirement, Monitored Employees must also certify that they have read, understand, and complied with this policy.

 

  3.

Updating PTA

 

  a)

New Accounts

Monitored Employees are responsible for adding to the PTA as soon as possible any new brokerage accounts that are opened after the Initial Broker Accounts Report has been submitted. This requirement applies to both accounts that are owned directly by you or of which you have indirect ownership.

 

  b)

Gifts and Inheritances

Monitored Employees (excluding Pershing employees) who give or receive a gift of securities (excluding exempt securities) or receive an inheritance that includes securities (excluding exempt securities) must report the activity as an adjustment to holdings in the PTA within 10 calendar days. The report must disclose the name of the person receiving or giving the gift or inheritance, date of the transaction, and name of the broker through which the transaction was effected (if applicable). A gift of securities must be one where the donor does not receive anything of monetary value in return.

 

  c)

Updating Holdings

You are required to update in the PTA any changes to your securities (excluding exempt securities) holdings that occur as a result of corporate actions, dividend reinvestments, or similar activity. These adjustments must be reported as soon as possible, but no less than annually. Non-U.S.-based Monitored Employees, including Fund Service and Fund Officer Employees, are required to submit to Local Compliance, upon receipt from their broker, trade confirmations or contract notes for trades in non-exempt securities.

 

  4.

Approved Broker-Dealers

All U.S.-based Monitored Employees must maintain any directly- or indirectly-owned brokerage accounts at specific broker-dealers that have been approved by the company. Monitored Employees living outside the U.S. are not subject to this requirement. U.S.-based Monitored Employees should refer to MySource to obtain the current list of approved broker-dealers. Any exceptions to this requirement must be approved, in writing, by the Ethics Office.

 

  5.

Account Statements and Trade Confirmations

U.S.-based Monitored Employees who receive an exception to the approved broker-dealer requirement or who are in the process of moving their account(s) to an approved broker-dealer must instruct their non-approved broker-dealer, trust account manager, or other entity holding their securities to submit duplicate statements and trade confirmations directly to the company. This requirement applies to both direct- and indirectly-owned accounts where applicable and includes any account that has the capability of holding securities (excluding exempt securities) regardless of what the account is currently holding. For securities held outside of an account (such as those held directly with an issuer or maintained in paper certificate form), Monitored Employees must comply with the company’s request to confirm transactions and holdings.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 7 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Non-U.S.-based Monitored Employees are required to enter their trade into the PTA System within 10 days of the transaction and provide account statements to their designated Local Compliance Officer. Employees based in Canada should provide their statements to the Ethics Office at securitiestradingpolicyhelp@bnymellon.com . This requirement applies to both direct- and indirectly-owned accounts where applicable and includes any account that has the capability of holding securities (excluding exempt securities) regardless of what the account is currently holding. For securities held outside of an account (such as those held directly with an issuer or maintained in paper certificate form), Monitored Employees must comply with the company’s request to confirm transactions and holdings.

 

G.

Classification-Specific Requirements

In addition to the General Requirements of the policy and the preceding Requirements for Monitored Employees, ADM, Investment, Insider Risk, Fund Service, Fund Officer, and PREG Employees must also adhere to the requirements of their assigned classification(s). Employees should refer to Appendices A through E for the specific additional requirements of their assigned classification(s).

Refer to Appendix F for a summary of select policy requirements by employee classification.

 

H.

Compliance with this Policy

Generally, as an employee of the Company, you may be held personally liable for any improper or illegal acts committed during the course of your employment; non-compliance with this policy may be deemed to encompass one of these acts. Accordingly, you must read this policy and comply with the spirit and the strict letter of its provisions. Failure to comply may result in the imposition of serious sanctions, which may include, but are not limited to, the disgorgement of profits, cancellation of trades, selling of positions, and suspension of personal trading privileges, dismissal, and referral to law enforcement or regulatory agencies.

The provisions of the policy have worldwide applicability and cover trading in any part of the world, subject to the provisions of any controlling local law. To the extent any particular portion of the policy is inconsistent with, or in particular less restrictive than such laws, you must consult with the Manager of the Ethics Office.

 

  1.

Reporting Violations

To report a known or suspected violation of this policy, immediately contact the Ethics Office or your Compliance Officer. You may also report known or suspected violations anonymously through BNY Mellon’s Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line .

 

  2.

Issuing / Receiving Violations

If an employee is found to be in violation of this Policy, they will be issued with a warning or violation memo.

 

  3.

Policy Administration

Various departments, business units, teams, and employees within the Company are responsible for managing, overseeing, and/or providing support for the administration of this policy. The specific responsibilities and procedural requirements for these various administrators are described in Section I .

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 8 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

I.

Roles and Responsibilities

 

  1.

Ethics Office

The Corporate Ethics Office, led by the Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer (CCEO), must:

 

   

Develop, interpret and administer the Policy. ( Note : Amendments of the policy will be made, or waivers of its terms will be granted, at the discretion of the Manager of the Ethics Office only and with the concurrence of other officers or directors of the Company, where required (e.g., U.S. mutual fund directors). Any waiver or exemption must be evidenced in writing to be official.) Substantive changes to the policy will be approved by the CCEO.

 

   

Maintain the following records in a readily accessible place, for five years from their creation (unless otherwise noted below):

 

   

A copy of each version of the Policy, including amendments, in existence for any period of time;

 

   

A record of any violation of the Policy and any action taken as a result of such violation for five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;

 

   

A record of acknowledgement of receipt of the Policy by each person who currently, or at any time in the prior five years, was required to receive a copy pursuant to some law, rule, or regulation;

 

   

All holdings or transaction reports made pursuant to the terms of the Policy (only the past two years in a readily accessible place);

 

   

A list of names and designations of all employees of the company who are designated as “supervised persons” of an SEC Registered Investment Advisor;

 

   

A record of any decision and supporting reasons for approving the acquisition of securities by personnel subject to the Policy in limited offerings.

 

   

Identify all Compliance Officers who are responsible for reviewing employee reports and other records.

 

   

Set standards for compliance monitoring and testing of compliance with this Policy.

 

   

Maintain electronic systems to support personal trading and ensure system enhancements are properly controlled and tested prior to implementation.

 

   

Provide training during major acquisitions, significant system implementations or modifications.

 

   

Use their best efforts to assure that requests for preclearance, personal securities transaction reports and reports of securities holdings are treated as “personal and confidential.” (The company may be required by law to review, retain, and in some circumstances, disclose such documents. Therefore, such documents must be available for inspection by appropriate regulatory agencies and by other parties within and outside the Company as are necessary to evaluate compliance with or sanctions under the Policy or other requirements applicable to the Company.)

 

   

Determine appropriate sanctions for Policy violations and maintain a record of all such sanctions.

 

   

Notify the violator and his/her manager of policy violations and the sanctions imposed.

 

   

Maintain a list (the “Restricted List”) of companies whose securities employees in their business or firm are restricted from trading for various reasons. Such trading restrictions may be appropriate to protect the Company and its employees from potential violations, or the appearance of violations, of securities laws. This list

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 9 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

must not be distributed outside of the Compliance Office or Ethics Office and its contents are confidential.

 

   

Calculate and collect proof of employee disgorgement of profits to a recognized charity.

 

   

Ensure an annual certification of compliance with the Policy is collected.

 

   

Where agreed upon with a business or sector, oversee collection of reporting requirements including obtaining required securities account statements and trade transaction details, and monitoring to trading to detect violations of Policy.

 

   

Oversee approvals of investments in initial public offerings, acquisitions of private investments, and withdrawal requests for affiliated hedge/private equity funds.

 

   

Review account documentation to determine if an employee account can be deemed a non-discretionary (managed) account.

 

  2.

Business Management

Management of the Company’s business and corporate staff groups will:

 

   

Classify employees according to Business Policy seeking guidance from Compliance when required.

 

   

Maintaining the correct classification for Employees in their business unit and monitoring whether the correct classification is still assigned to employees

 

   

Provide annual attestation of the classification of the employees according to Business Policy seeking guidance from Compliance when required.

 

   

Ensure that managers communicate an employee’s classification under this policy and that proper training of the Policy requirements has been provided.

 

   

In consultation with the function-level compliance unit, construct and provide a list of securities appropriate for Policy restrictions.

 

   

Enforce compliance with the Policy.

 

   

Notify the Ethics Office of new trading systems required for employee monitoring.

 

  3.

Function-Level Compliance Unit

Compliance units at the Function level, under the supervision of Business Compliance Directors, must:

 

   

When agreed upon with the Business, classify employees in accordance with the rationale as defined in the local policies and procedures. Investment Management (Asset Management and Wealth Management) Compliance will classify employees according to Policy or procedures.

 

   

As a result of a second policy violation and at the request of the Ethics Office, provide training and or confirm the employee completed such training on the Policy.

 

   

Report violations of the Policy to the Ethics Office and to the Board of Directors at the appropriate investment subsidiary, if necessary.

 

   

When applicable, ensure data required to perform compliance monitoring (e.g., Restricted Lists, Portfolio Manager Codes, and Designated Approvers) is provided to the Ethics Office.

 

   

Assist the Ethics Office in overseeing the collection of reporting requirements, including obtaining required securities account statements and trade transaction details and monitoring to trading to detect violations of Policy, unless the Ethics Office is performing those functions for the business.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 10 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

   

Oversee the timely completion of all required employee reports and certifications.

 

   

Approve requests for investment that have been delegated by Policy or the Ethics Office to the business.

 

   

When applicable, provide timely updates to the list of Proprietary Funds (those that are advised, sub-advised or underwritten by the business) to the Ethics Office.

 

  4.

Legal Department

The Legal Department has the following responsibilities:

 

   

Provide legal analysis of new and revised legislation of all jurisdictions regarding personal securities trading laws and regulations.

 

   

Participate in the review of Policy amendments.

 

  5.

Technology Department

The Technology Department has the following responsibilities:

 

   

Provide support for internally hosted applications to ensure systems function properly, including various files are properly loaded into the system.

 

   

Develop an alert process to detect any failed or non-received files.

 

   

Ensure all software updates or hardware installations are adequately tested.

 

J.

Questions

Questions regarding this policy or personal securities trading must be directed to the Securities Trading Policy Help Line by phone at 1-800-963-5191 or by email at securitiestradingpolicyhelp@bnymellon.com . If calling from outside of the United States or Canada, dial the appropriate international access code and then 1-800-963-5191-2.

 

K.

Ownership

The Ethics Office owns this policy.

 

L.

Related Policies

 

   

I-A-010: Code of Conduct

 

   

I-A-035: Business Conflicts of Interest

 

   

I-A-046: Securities Firewall Policy

 

   

I-C-170: Policy on Rule 10b5-1 Plans

 

   

I-A-040: Market Abuse Policy

 

M.

Revision History

 

   

January 15, 2019 (current; revised to transfer the classification responsibility from Local Compliance to the 1 st Line of Business for Investment Services; removed reference to IEC Oversight and Senior Leadership Team Members.

 

   

June 8, 2018 (the document was reviewed and reapproved without changes, pending substantive revisions anticipated for July 2018)

 

   

. April 3, 2018 (revised to include existing requirement for pre-approval prior to divesting from an affiliated fund; other minor edits)

 

   

December 22, 2017 (added definition of personal trading activity)

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 11 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

   

August 15, 2017 (update to Appendix G, Selected Policy Requirement Fields (Preclear Trades & Preclear Proprietary Funds)

 

   

May 31, 2017 (update to Senior Leadership Team name)

 

   

June 22, 2016 (updates to align with Market Abuse Policy definitions; additions to Related Policies; not otherwise reviewed)

 

   

November 18, 2015 (information classification re-labelled from “internal use only” to “public”)

 

   

November 13, 2015 (updated Appendices D, G and H)

 

   

April 27, 2015 (addition of language related to Volcker Funds)

 

   

December 1, 2014 (reviewed and reformatted)

 

   

November 2013

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 12 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Appendix A: Requirements for ADM Employees

 

In addition to the General Requirements of this policy and the General Requirements for all Monitored Employees, employees who are classified as ADM Employees are also subject to the following requirements:

 

A.

Proprietary Funds

Proprietary Funds are non-exempt securities for ADM Employees. As such, ADM Employees are required to report in the PTA any Proprietary Funds held in brokerage accounts or directly with the mutual fund company. A list of Proprietary Funds is published on MySource or can be obtained by sending an email to the Securities Trading Policy Help Line at securitiestradingpolicyhelp@bnymellon.com .

 

B.

PTA Reporting

Quarterly Reporting

In addition to the Initial and Annual Reporting that must be completed by all Monitored Employees, ADM Employees are also subject to Quarterly Reporting. On a quarterly basis and within 30 calendar days after the end of the quarter, ADM Employees are required to file a Quarterly Transactions Report in the PTA. The Quarterly Transactions Report must contain the following:

 

   

A listing of all transactions in securities (excluding exempt securities) that occurred throughout the most recent calendar quarter;

 

   

A current listing of all securities accounts that trade or are capable of trading securities and that are owned directly by you or of which you have indirect ownership;

 

   

A current listing of securities (excluding exempt securities) held in the aforementioned accounts, and;

 

   

A current listing of securities (excluding exempt securities) held outside of the aforementioned accounts (e.g., physical securities held in a safe deposit box, paper certificates, etc.).

All reported information must be current within 45 calendar days of the date the report is submitted. Additionally, as part of this quarterly reporting requirement, employees must also certify that they have read, understand, and complied with this policy.

 

C.

Preclearing Trades in PTA

ADM Employees are required to receive preclearance approval in PTA prior to executing trades in all securities (excluding exempt securities). ADM Employees must preclear trades in Proprietary Funds. Refer to Appendix E for trade preclearance requirements and see below for details regarding de minimis transactions and Proprietary Fund transactions in the Company’s 401(k) plan.

 

  1.

De Minimis Transactions

ADM Employees will generally not be given preclearance approval to execute a transaction in any security for which there is a pending buy or sale order for an affiliated account (other than an index fund) in the business unit where the ADM Employee has access to information about pending transactions. In certain circumstances, the Preclearance Compliance Officer may approve certain de minimis transactions even when the firm is trading such securities. Note: Some ADM Employees who are also Portfolio Managers may not be eligible for this de minimis exemption. Questions should be directed to the Preclearance Compliance Officer or the Ethics Office.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 13 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

  a)

Restrictions and Conditions

 

   

Employee preclearance is required prior to executing the transaction.

 

   

If the transaction is a 60 day trade, recognized profit disgorgement will be applicable. (Refer to Section D for information about profit disgorgement on short-term trades.)

 

   

Preclearance Compliance Officers are limited to applying this de minimis standard to only two trades in the securities of any one issuer in each calendar month.

 

   

Employees must cooperate with the Preclearance Compliance Officer’s request to document market capitalization amounts.

 

  b)

Transaction Limits

The following transaction limit is available for this de minimis exception: The dollar value from transacting in 100 shares or $10,000 (whichever value is greater) for companies with a market capitalization of $5 billion or higher. Note: Currency is listed in USD. For all other countries, use the local currency’s USD equivalent and/or U.S. share amount.

 

  2.

Proprietary Fund Transactions in the Company’s 401(k) plan

ADM Employees are required in most situations to preclear Proprietary Fund trades. However, the treatment of Proprietary Fund trades in the company’s 401(k) plan is dependent upon the type of plan.

 

  a)

Non-Self-Directed Accounts (Includes Tier 1 - LifePath Index Funds, Tier 2 - Passively Managed Index Funds, and Tier 3 - Actively Managed Funds)

The movements of balances into or out of Proprietary Funds are deemed to be purchases or redemptions of those Proprietary Funds for purposes of the holding period requirement, but are exempt from the general preclearance requirement. Accordingly, you do not need to preclear these movements, but must get prior approval from the Preclearance Compliance Officer if it is within 60 calendar days of an opposite transaction in shares of the same fund. In lieu of transaction reporting, employees are deemed to consent to the company obtaining transaction information from plan records. Such movements must be reflected in your holdings reports.

 

  b)

Self-Directed Accounts (Tier 4 – Large Selection of Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds)

Treated like any other Proprietary Fund account. This means that the reporting, preclearance, and holding period requirements apply.

 

D.

Profit Disgorgement on Short-Term Trading

Any profits recognized from purchasing then selling or selling then purchasing the same or equivalent (derivative) securities within any 60 calendar day period must be disgorged. For purposes of disgorgement, profit recognition is based upon the difference between the most recent purchase and sale prices for the most recent transactions. Accordingly, profit recognition for disgorgement purposes may differ from the capital gains calculations for tax purposes. Sixty-day transactions in securities that are exempt from preclearance and trades of Proprietary Funds held within the BNY Mellon 401(k) will not be subject to disgorgement. The disposition of any disgorged profits will be at the discretion of the company, and the employee will be responsible for any tax and related costs.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 14 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

E.

Initial Public Offerings

ADM Employees must obtain approval from the Ethics Office and your Compliance Officer prior to acquiring securities through an allocation by the underwriter of an initial public offering.

 

F.

Private Placements

In addition to the General Requirements as defined under Section C , the following requirements apply:

 

  1.

Approval Considerations

The Ethics Office will generally not approve private placement requests in which any managed fund or account is authorized to invest within the ADM’s fund complex. Also, it will not approve any investment involving a fund vehicle serviced or sponsored by BNY Mellon or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates that is a Volcker Covered Fund, unless your job duties are directly related to providing investment advisory, commodity trading advisory or “other services” to the fund, as described under the Volcker Rule. The Ethics Office will take into account the specific facts and circumstances of the request prior to reaching a decision on whether to authorize a private placement investment. These factors include, among other things, whether the opportunity is being offered to an individual by virtue of their position with the company or its affiliates or their relationship to a managed fund or account and whether or not the investment opportunity being offered to the employee could be re-allocated to a client. ADM Employees must comply with requests for information and/or documentation necessary for the Ethics Office to satisfy itself that no actual or potential conflict, or appearance of a conflict, exists between the proposed private placement purchase and the interests of any managed fund or account.

 

  2.

Approval to Continue to Hold Existing Investments

Within 90 days of being designated an ADM Employee, employees holding private placement securities must request and receive written authorization from the Ethics Office to continue to hold these securities.

 

G.

Additional Reporting Requirements for ADM Employees

ADM Employees have two additional reporting requirements. These requirements are described below. Note: It is an ADM Employee’s responsibility to confirm with their Preclearance Compliance Officer whether he or she is required to comply with the below additional reporting requirements.

 

  1.

Contemporaneous Disclosure

Prior to an ADM Employee making or acting upon a portfolio recommendation (e.g., buy, hold, or sell) in a security directly or indirectly owned, written authorization must be obtained. The reason for disclosure is to ensure that management can consider whether the portfolio recommendation or transaction is for the purpose of affecting the value of a personal securities holding. Contemporaneous Disclosure forms can be obtained from the Preclearance Compliance Officer, on MySource, or by emailing the Securities Trading Policy Help Line at securitiestradingpolicyhelp@bnymellon.com . Under no circumstances can an ADM Employee provide portfolio recommendations or place trades based on their potential impact to his/her personal securities holdings, nor can he or she refuse to take such action to avoid submitting a Contemporaneous Disclosure. The ADM Employee’s fiduciary duty to make portfolio recommendations and trades solely in the best interest of the client must always take precedence.

 

  a)

Approval

Approval must be obtained from the ADM Employee’s CIO or CEO, or their designee, prior to the first such portfolio recommendation or transaction in a particular security in

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 15 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

a calendar month. Disclosure forms for subsequent transactions in the same security are not required for the remainder of the calendar month so long as purchases/sells in all portfolios do not exceed the maximum number of shares, options, or bonds disclosed on the disclosure form. If the ADM Employee seeks to effect a transaction or makes a recommendation in a direction opposite of the most recent disclosure form, a new disclosure form must be completed prior to the transaction or recommendation.

 

  b)

Exemption to the Contemporaneous Disclosure Requirement

 

   

ADM Employees who are index fund managers and have no investment discretion in replicating an index model or clone portfolio do not need to comply with this disclosure requirement. This exemption does not apply in the following circumstances:

 

   

If the ADM Employee recommends a security that is not in the clone or model portfolio or recommends a model or clone security in a different percentage than the model or clone amounts.

   

If the ADM Employee recommends individual securities to clients, even if the company shares control of the investment process with other parties.

 

  c)

Securities Exempt from Reporting

Certain securities are exempt from the requirement to submit a Contemporaneous Disclosure. They are:

 

   

Exempt securities as defined in Definitions .

 

   

Holdings of debt securities, which do not have a conversion feature and are rated investment grade or better by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or unrated, but of comparable quality.

 

   

Holdings of equity securities of the following:

 

   

In the U.S., the top 200 issuers on the Russell list and other companies with a market capitalization of $20 billion or higher.

   

In the U.K., the top 100 companies on the FTSE All Share Index and other companies with a market capitalization of the £ USD equivalent.

   

In Japan, the top 100 companies of the TOPIX and other companies with a market capitalization of the ¥ USD equivalent.

   

In Brazil, companies on the IBr-X and other companies with a market capitalization of the R USD equivalent.

 

H.

Restrictions for ADM Employees

7 Day Blackout Period

 

   

Prohibition

It is impermissible for an ADM Employee to buy or sell a security (owned directly or indirectly) within 7 calendar days before and 7 calendar days after their investment company or managed account has effected a transaction in that security. This is known as the “7 Day Blackout Period.”

 

   

Disgorgement Required

If an ADM Employee initiates a transaction within the 7 Day Blackout Period, in addition to being subject to sanctions for violating the Policy, profits recognized from the transaction must be disgorged. The following transactions will not be subject to this disgorgement requirement:

 

   

In the U.S., the dollar value from transacting in 100 shares or $10,000 (whichever value is greater) for companies with a market capitalization of $5 billion or higher.

   

In all other countries, the greater of the USD equivalent or 100 shares for companies with a USD equivalent market capitalization.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 16 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

   

Exemption

Portfolio Managers who manage broad-based index funds, which replicate exactly, a clone, or model, are exempt from the 7 Day Blackout Period.

 

I.

Additional Requirements for Micro-Cap ADM (MCADM) Employees ONLY

 

  1.

Transactions and Holdings in Micro-Cap Securities

In recognition of the potential for price volatility in micro-cap securities, the company requires that approvals be obtained prior to a MCADM Employee placing a trade in their direct and indirectly owned accounts. The market capitalization approval thresholds are listed below. Note: Currency is listed in USD. For all other countries, use the local currency’s USD equivalent.

 

   

Threshold 1

Without the prior written approval of the immediate supervisor and the Chief Investment Officer (CIO), MCADM Employees may not trade the securities of companies with a market capitalization of $100 million or less.

 

   

Threshold 2

Without the prior written approval of the immediate supervisor and the Chief Investment Officer (CIO), MCADM Employees may not trade the securities of companies with a market capitalization that is more than $100 million but less than or equal to $250 million.

 

   

Exemption

Micro-cap securities acquired involuntarily (e.g., inheritance, gift, spin-off, etc.) are exempt from these above restrictions; however, they must be disclosed in a memo to the Preclearance Compliance Officer within 10 calendar days of the involuntary acquisition.

 

  2.

Requirement for Newly Designated MCADM Employees

Newly designated MCADM Employees must obtain the approval of the CIO or Chief Executive Officer and provide a copy of the approval to the Preclearance Compliance Officer to continue holding micro-cap securities with a market capitalization equal to or less than $250 million. For all other countries, use the local currency’s USD equivalent.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 17 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Appendix B: Additional Requirements for Investment Employees

 

In addition to the General Requirements of this policy and the General Requirements for all Monitored Employees employees who are classified as Investment Employees are also subject to the following requirements:

 

A.

Proprietary Funds

Proprietary Funds are non-exempt securities for Investment Employees. As such, Investment Employees are required to report in the PTA any Proprietary Funds held in brokerage accounts or directly with the mutual fund company. A list of Proprietary Funds is published on MySource or can be obtained by sending an email to the Securities Trading Policy Help Line at securitiestradingpolicyhelp@bnymellon.com .

 

B.

PTA Reporting

Quarterly Reporting

In addition to the Initial and Annual Reporting that must be completed by all Monitored Employees, Investment Employees are also subject to Quarterly Reporting. On a quarterly basis and within 30 calendar days after the end of the quarter, Investment Employees are required to file a Quarterly Transactions Report in the PTA. The Quarterly Transactions Report must contain the following:

 

   

A listing of all transactions in securities (excluding exempt securities) that occurred throughout the most recent calendar quarter;

 

   

A current listing of all securities accounts that trade or are capable of trading securities and that are owned directly by you or of which you have indirect ownership;

 

   

A current listing of securities (excluding exempt securities) held in the aforementioned accounts, and;

 

   

A current listing of securities (excluding exempt securities) held outside of the aforementioned accounts (e.g., physical securities held in a safe deposit box, paper certificates, etc.).

All reported information must be current within 45 calendar days of the date the report is submitted. Additionally, as part of this quarterly reporting requirement, employees must also certify that they have read, understand, and complied with this policy.

 

C.

Preclearing Trades in PTA

Investment Employees are required to receive preclearance approval in PTA prior to executing trades in all securities (excluding exempt securities). Investment Employees must preclear trades in Proprietary Funds. Refer to Appendix E for trade preclearance requirements and see below for details regarding de minimis transactions and Proprietary Fund transactions in the company’s 401(k) plan.

 

  1.

De Minimis Transactions

Investment Employees will generally not be given preclearance approval to execute a transaction in any security for which there is a pending buy or sale order for an affiliated account (other than an index fund) in the business unit where the Investment Employee has access to information about pending transactions. In certain circumstances, the Preclearance Compliance Officer may approve certain de minimis transactions even when the firm is trading such securities.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 18 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

  a)

Restrictions and Conditions

 

   

Employee preclearance is required prior to executing the transaction.

 

   

If the transaction is a 60 day trade, recognized profit disgorgement will be applicable.

 

   

Preclearance Compliance Officers are limited to applying this de minimis standard to only two trades in the securities of any one issuer in each calendar month.

 

   

Employees must cooperate with the Preclearance Compliance Officer’s request to document market capitalization amounts.

 

  b)

Transaction Limits

The below transaction limits are available for this de minimis exception. Note: Currency is listed in USD. For all other countries, use the local currency’s USD equivalent and/or U.S. share amount.

 

   

Transactions up to $50,000 for companies having a market capitalization of $20 billion or more.

 

   

The dollar value from transacting in 250 shares or $25,000 (whichever value is greater) for companies having a market capitalization between $5 billion and $20 billion.

 

   

The dollar value from transacting in 100 shares or $10,000 (whichever value is greater) for companies having a market capitalization between $250 million and $5 billion.

 

  2.

Proprietary Fund Transactions in the Company’s 401(k) plan (U.S. based employees)

Investment Employees are required in most situations to preclear Proprietary Fund trades. However, the treatment of Proprietary Fund trades in the company’s 401(k) plan is dependent upon the type of plan.

 

  a)

Non-Self-Directed Accounts (Includes Tier 1 - LifePath Index Funds, Tier 2 - Passively Managed Index Funds, and Tier 3 - Actively Managed Funds)

The movements of balances into or out of Proprietary Funds are deemed to be purchases or redemptions of those Proprietary Funds for purposes of the holding period requirement but are exempt from the general preclearance requirement. Accordingly, you do not need to preclear these movements, but you must get prior approval from the Preclearance Compliance Officer if it is within 60 calendar days of an opposite transaction in shares of the same fund. In lieu of transaction reporting, employees are deemed to consent to the company obtaining transaction information from plan records. Such movements must be reflected in your holdings reports.

 

  b)

Self-Directed Accounts (Tier 4 – Large Selection of Mutual Funds and Exchange Traded Funds)

Treated like any other Proprietary Fund account. This means that the reporting, preclearance, and holding period requirements apply.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 19 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

D.

Profit Disgorgement on Short-Term Trading

Any profits recognized from purchasing and then selling or selling and then purchasing the same or equivalent (derivative) securities within any 60 calendar day period must be disgorged. For purposes of disgorgement, profit recognition is based upon the difference between the most recent purchase and sale prices for the most recent transactions. Accordingly, profit recognition for disgorgement purposes may differ from the capital gains calculations for tax purposes. Sixty-day transactions in securities that are exempt from preclearance and trades of Proprietary Funds held within the BNY Mellon 401(k) are not subject to disgorgement. The disposition of any disgorged profits will be at the discretion of the company, and the employee will be responsible for any tax and related costs.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 20 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Appendix C: Requirements for Insider Risk, Fund Service, and Fund Officer Employees

 

 

A.

Insider Risk Employees

In addition to the General Requirements of this policy and the General Requirements for all Monitored Employees employees who are classified as Insider Risk Employees are also subject to the following requirements:

 

  1.

Exempt Securities

In addition to the exempt securities as listed in Appendix G , Proprietary Funds, Exchange Traded Funds, and municipal bonds are also considered to be exempt securities for Insider Risk Employees. In all instances that the term “exempt securities” is used throughout this policy, Insider Risk Employees may also include Proprietary Funds, Exchange Traded Funds, and municipal bonds.

 

  2.

Preclearing Trades in PTA

Insider Risk Employees are required to receive preclearance approval in PTA prior to executing trades in all securities (excluding exempt securities). Insider Risk Employees must preclear Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs). Refer to Appendix E for trade preclearance requirements.

 

B.

Fund Officer and Fund Service Employees

In addition to the General Requirements of this policy and the General Requirements for all Monitored Employees (Section E), employees who are classified as Fund Officer and Fund Service Employees are also subject to the following requirements:

 

  1.

Company Oversight

While Fund Officer and Fund Service Employees are subject to many of the same requirements as the other employee classifications, Fund Officer and Fund Service Employees are not required to preclear trades, and therefore, are not subject to pre-trade denials of those trades. However, unlike the other employee classifications, Fund Officer and Fund Service Employees are subject to a post-trade back-testing analysis that is designed to accumulate and assess employee trading activity that mirrors company or client trades. Trading activity that mirrors company or client trades may result in a change to the employee’s classification that will require future preclearance approval.

 

  2.

Quarterly Reporting in PTA – For Fund Officer Employees and EMEA based Fund Service

  Employees

Only

In addition to the Initial and Annual Reporting that must be completed by all Monitored Employees, Fund Officer Employees and EMEA-based Fund Service Employees are also subject to Quarterly Reporting. On a quarterly basis and within 30 calendar days after the end of the quarter, these employees are required to file a Quarterly Transactions Report in the PTA. The Quarterly Transactions Report must contain the following:

 

   

A listing of all transactions in securities (excluding exempt securities) that occurred throughout the most recent calendar quarter;

 

   

A current listing of all securities accounts that trade or are capable of trading securities and that are owned directly by you or of which you have indirect ownership;

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 21 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

   

A current listing of securities (excluding exempt securities) held in the aforementioned accounts, and;

 

   

A current listing of securities (excluding exempt securities) held outside of the aforementioned accounts (e.g., physical securities held in a safe deposit box, paper certificates, etc.).

All reported information must be current within 45 calendar days of the date the report is submitted. Additionally, as part of this quarterly reporting requirement, employees must also certify that they have read, understand, and complied with this policy.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 22 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Appendix D: Requirements for PREG Employees

 

In addition to the General Requirements of this policy and the General Requirements for all Monitored Employees employees who are classified as PREG Employees are also subject to the following requirements:

 

A.

Exempt Securities

Excluding company securities, all securities are exempt for PREG Employees. In all instances that the term “exempt securities” is used throughout this policy, PREG Employees should note that this includes all securities except company securities. Only company securities are reportable for PREG Employees.

 

B.

Preclearing Trades in PTA

PREG Employees are required to receive preclearance approval in PTA prior to executing trades in company securities only. Refer to Appendix E for trade preclearance requirements.

 

C.

Trading in Company Securities

 

  1.

General Restrictions

Every quarter, the Company imposes a restriction on PREG employees. These employees are deemed to have access to inside information with respect to the Company’s financial results and are prohibited from trading in the Company’s securities from 12:01 AM Eastern Standard Time, on the 15 th day of the month preceding the end of each calendar quarter through the first trading day after the public announcement of the company’s earnings for that quarter. This period of time is during which PREG employees are prohibited from trading in the Company’s securities is known as the 24-Hour Blackout Period. For example, if earnings are released on Wednesday at 9:30 AM Eastern Standard Time, PREG Employees cannot trade the Company’s securities until Thursday at 9:30 AM Eastern Standard Time. Non-trading days, such as weekends or holidays, are not counted as part of the restricted period. Occasionally, the Company may extend the restricted period for some or all PREG Employees.

 

  2.

Company 401(k) Plan

 

   

Changes in Your Company Stock Holdings – During quarterly blackout periods, PREG Employees are prohibited from making payroll deduction or investment election changes that would impact their future purchases in company stock. These changes must be made when the blackout period is not in effect.

 

   

Reallocating Balances in Company 401(k) Plan – PREG Employees are prohibited from reallocating balances in their company 401(k) if the reallocating action impacts their holdings in company stock.

 

  3.

Company Employee Stock Options

PREG Employees are prohibited from exercising options during the blackout period.

 

  4.

Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)

During quarterly blackout periods, PREG employees are prohibited from enrolling in or making payroll deduction changes in the ESPP. These changes must be made when the blackout period is not in effect.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 23 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

  5.

Blackout Period Trading Implications Profit Disgorgement/Loss Recognition

Any trade in BNY Mellon securities made during the 24-Hour Blackout Period must be reversed and any corresponding profit recognized from the reversal is subject to profit disgorgement. The employee will incur any loss resulting from the reversal of a blackout period trade. Profit disgorgement will be in accordance with procedures established by senior management. For purposes of disgorgement, profit recognition is based upon the difference between the most recent purchase and sale prices for the most recent transaction(s). Accordingly, profit recognition for disgorgement purposes may differ from the capital gains calculations for tax purposes and the employee will be responsible for any tax costs associated with the transaction(s).

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 24 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Appendix E: Trade Preclearance Requirements

 

ADM Employees, Investment Employees, Insider Risk Employees, and PREG Employees are required to preclear trades in all securities (excluding exempt securities) . All other employees are not subject to the below trade preclearance requirements.

 

A.

General Preclearance Requirements

 

  1.

Obtain Preclearance Prior to Initiating a Transaction

In order to trade securities (excluding exempt securities), ADM Employees, Investment Employees, Insider Risk Employees, and PREG Employees are required to submit a preclearance request in the PTA system and receive notice that the preclearance request was approved prior to placing a security trade. Unless expressly exempt (See exemptions below), all securities transactions are covered by this preclearance requirement. Although preclearance approval does not obligate an employee to place a trade, preclearance should not be made for transactions the employee does not intend to make. You may not discuss the response to a preclearance request with anyone (excluding any account co-owners or indirect owners).

Note: Employees required to preclear securities must preclear trades in company securities (BK) and receive approval before executing the trade.

 

  2.

Execute Trade within Preclearance Window (Preclearance Expiration)

For ADM and Investment Employees, preclearance authorization will be granted for a two business day window, day one being the day approval is received. For Insider Risk and PREG Employees, preclearance authorization will be valid for a three business day window, day one being the day approval is received.

Note: Preclearance time stamps in PTA are in Eastern Standard Time (EST).

Example

An ADM Employee requests and receives trade preclearance approval on Monday at 3 PM EST. The preclearance authorization is valid until the close of business on Tuesday. An Insider Risk Employee’s window would be one day longer and would therefore be valid until the close of business on Wednesday.

Note of Caution

Employees who place “limit,” “stop-loss,” “good-until-cancelled,” or “standing buy/sell” orders are cautioned that transactions receiving preclearance authorization must be executed before the preclearance expires. At the end of the preclearance authorization period, any unexecuted order must be canceled. A new preclearance authorization may be requested; however, if the request is denied, the trade order with the broker-dealer must be canceled immediately.

 

  3.

Exemptions from the Requirement to Preclear

Preclearance is not required for the following security transactions:

 

   

Exempt securities as defined in the Definitions.

 

   

Non-financial commodities (e.g., agricultural futures, metals, oil, gas, etc.), currency, crypto-based currency, and financial futures (excluding stock and narrow-based stock index futures).

 

   

ETFs and funds to include proprietary funds that are based on the following indices; the S&P 100, Russell 200, Eurostoxx 50, FTSE 100, Nikkei 225, A50

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 25 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

ETFs and the CSI 300. The same indices with larger participation (e.g., S&P 500, Russell 1000) would also be exempt. A complete list of exempt ETFs and Proprietary Funds is listed on MySource. Only securities on the published list are exempt from preclearance. Derivative securities based on these indices still require preclearance.

 

   

Involuntary on the part of an employee (such as stock dividends or sales of fractional shares); however, sales initiated by brokers to satisfy margin calls are not considered involuntary and must be precleared.

 

   

Pursuant to the exercise of rights (purchases or sales) issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer.

 

   

Sells effected pursuant to a bona fide tender offer.

 

   

Pursuant to an automatic investment plan, including payroll withholding to purchase Proprietary Funds.

 

B.

Preclearance Rules for Company Stock in Retirement and Benefit Plans

 

  1.

Company 401(k) Plan

 

  a)

Changes in Your Company Stock Holdings

Preclearance is not required for changes in your company stock holdings held within the company 401(k) Plan that result from the following:

 

   

Changes in your payroll deduction contribution percentage.

 

   

Changes in investment elections regarding the future purchase of company stock.

 

  b)

Reallocating Balances in Company 401(k) Plan

The purchase or sell of company stock resulting from a reallocation does not require preclearance but is considered a purchase or sale of company stock for purposes of the short-term trading prohibition. As a result, a subsequent trade in company stock in the opposite direction of the reallocation occurring within a 60 calendar day period would result in a short-term trading prohibition. Changes to existing investment allocations in the plan or transactions in company stock occurring outside the plan will not be compared to reallocation transactions in the plan for purposes of the 60 day trading prohibition. Profits recognized through short-term trading in company stock in the plan will not generally be required to be disgorged; however, the Legal Department will be consulted to determine the proper disposition of short-term trading prohibitions involving Executive Committee members.

 

  c)

Rebalancing Company 401(k) Plan

The purchase or sell of company stock resulting from rebalancing (i.e., the automatic movement of balances to pre-established investment election allocation percentages) is not subject to preclearance and is not considered a purchase or sale of company stock for purposes of the short-term trading prohibition.

 

  2.

Company Employee Stock Options

 

   

Preclearance approval is required prior to the exercise of stock option grants.

 

   

Preclearance is not required for the receipt of a stock option grant or the subsequent vesting of the grant.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 26 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

  3.

Company Restricted Stock/Units

Preclearance is not required for the following:

 

   

The receipt of an award of company restricted stock/units.

 

   

The subsequent vesting of the company stock/unit award; however, you are required to report these shares upon vesting in the PTA system and preclear subsequent sells.

 

   

The sale (through company-approved procedures) of a portion of the company stock received in a restricted stock award at the time of vesting in order to pay for tax withholding.

Preclearance is required when selling shares after they have vested and are available to the employee.

 

  4.

Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)

 

   

Preclearance is required for the following:

 

   

The sale of stock from the ESPP Plan. Note: The sale of stock from the Company ESPP will be compared to transactions in company securities outside of the Company ESPP to ensure compliance with the short-term (60 day) trading prohibition.

 

   

The sale of stock withdrawn previously from the ESPP. Like stock sold directly from the ESPP, sales will be compared to transactions in company securities outside of the ESPP to ensure compliance with the short-term (60 day) trading prohibition.

 

   

Preclearance is not required for your enrollment in the plan, changes in your contribution to the plan, or shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 27 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Appendix F: Summary of Select Policy Requirements by Employee Classification

 

 

                    Fund Service,          
                    Fund Officer,        Non-
Selected Policy   ADM   Investment   Insider   and   PREG   Classified
Requirements        Employees          Dreyfus/FINRA          Employees
                   

Employees

 

         

U.S.-based employees – required to use approved broker-dealer 

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   No

Initial Accounts and Holdings Reports (filed within 10 days of being classified)

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes  

Yes

 

(Pershing – Initial Accounts only)

  Yes   No

Annual Certification (filed within 30 days of year-end)

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes  

Yes

 

(Excluding Pershing)

  Yes   No

 

Quarterly Certification (filed within 30 days of quarter-end)

 

  Yes   Yes   No   Only applies to Fund Officers and EMEA-based Fund Service Employees   No   No

 

Preclearance window (in business days, includes day approval granted)

 

  2 days   2 days   3 days   No   3 days   No

Preclear trades in all Non-Exempt Securities;

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   No  

Yes

 

(BNYM stock only)

  No

Non-Exempt Security types  include but are not limited to:

 

                       

Proprietary Funds

 

  Yes   Yes   No   No   No   No

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs)

 

  Yes   Yes   No   No   No   No

Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs)

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   No   No   No

Municipal bonds

 

  Yes   Yes   No   No   No   No

Corporate Bonds

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   No   No   No

Closed End Mutual Funds

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   No   No   No

Open End Non- Proprietary Mutual Funds

 

  No   No   No   No   No   No

Common Stock and Options of Common

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   No   BNYM   No

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 28 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

                    Fund Service,          
                    Fund Officer,        Non-
Selected Policy   ADM   Investment   Insider   and   PREG   Classified
Requirements        Employees        Dreyfus/FINRA        Employees
                   

Employees

 

         

Stock (includes trades in company securities “BK)

 

                  stock only    

ADR’s

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   No   No   No

Futures/Currencies

 

  No   No   No   No   No   No

Certificate of Deposit (CD’s)

 

  No   No   No   No   No   No

Subject to 7+ - day blackout period

 

  Yes   No   No   No   No   No

Additional approvals required for personal trades in micro-cap securities

 

 

Yes

(MCADMs

only)

  No   No   No   No   No

Short-term trading (60 days) profit disgorgement on all trades

 

  Yes   Yes   No   No   No   No

Short-term trading (60 days) profit disgorgement on BNYM stock

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes

Prohibited from buying BNYM stock on margin, short selling BNYM, and trading in BNYM derivatives (options)

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes

Initial public offerings

are prohibited (refer

to Policy waiver

requirements)

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes

Private

Placements/Volcker

Covered Funds

require Ethics Office

pre-approval

 

  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 29 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Appendix G: Definitions

 

Automatic Investment Plan

A program in which regular periodic purchases (withdrawals) are made automatically to/from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. Examples include: Dividend Reinvestment Plans (DRIPS), payroll deductions, bank account drafts or deposits, automatic mutual fund investments/withdrawals (PIPS/SWIPS), and asset allocation accounts.

Direct Family Relationship

For purposes of this policy, an employee’s immediate family as defined by “ indirect ownership ” in Appendix G .

Exempt Securities/Financial Instruments (Collectively “Securities”) from PTA Reporting

All securities require reporting unless expressly exempt by this policy. The below securities are exempt for all classifications of employees. There may be additional exempt securities based on an employee’s classification. Refer to the applicable Appendix for your classification for any additional security exemptions.

 

   

Cash, cash-like securities (FX and Crypto-based derivatives are not considered cash or cash-like securities while bankers acceptances, bank CDs and time deposits, money market funds, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and crypto-based currency are).

 

   

Cryptocurrencies in non-brokerage exchange accounts (e.g., Coinbase) or in their own personal cryptocurrency wallets.

 

   

Employee investments in their sovereign governments, with the exception of employees located in EMEA jurisdictions. Obligations of other instrumentalities or quasi-government agencies are not exempt.

 

   

High-quality, short-term debt instruments having a maturity of less than 366 days at issuance and rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or which is unrated but of comparable quality.

 

   

Securities issued by open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds and variable capital companies) that are not Proprietary Funds or Exchange Traded Funds ( Note : Proprietary Funds and Exchange Traded Funds are considered non-exempt securities for ADM and Investment Employees only).

 

   

Securities in non-company 401(k) plans for U.S.-based employees (e.g., spouse’s plan, previous employer’s plan, etc.).

 

   

Securities in 529 plans, provided they are not invested in Proprietary Funds for U.S.-based employees ( Note : Proprietary Funds and Exchange Traded Funds are considered non-exempt securities for ADM and Investment Employees only).

 

   

Fixed annuities.

 

   

Variable annuities that are not invested in Proprietary Fund sub-accounts ( Note : Variable annuities that are invested in Proprietary Fund sub-accounts are considered non-exempt securities for ADM and Investment Employees only).

 

   

Securities held in approved non-discretionary (managed) accounts.

 

   

Stock held in a bona fide employee benefit plan of an organization not affiliated with the Company on behalf of an employee of that organization, who is a member of the Company employee’s immediate family. For example, if an employee’s spouse works for an organization unrelated to the Company, the employee is not required to report for transactions that his/her spouse makes in the unrelated organization’s company

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 30 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

stock so long as they are part of an employee benefit plan. This exemption does not apply to any plan that allows the employee to buy and sell securities other than those of their employer. Such situations would subject the account to all requirements of this policy.

Front Running

The purchase or sale of securities for your own or the company’s accounts on the basis of your knowledge of the company’s or company’s clients trading positions or plans.

Index Fund

An investment company or managed portfolio (including indexed accounts and model-driven accounts) that contain securities in proportions designed to replicate the performance of an independently maintained, broad-based index or that is based not on investment discretion but on computer models using prescribed objective criteria to replicate such an independently maintained index.

Indirect Ownership

Generally, you are the indirect owner of securities if you are named as power of attorney on the account or, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to share at any time in any profit derived from a transaction in them (a “pecuniary interest”). Common indirect ownership situations include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Securities held by members of your immediate family by blood, marriage, adoption, or otherwise, who share the same household with you.

 

   

“Immediate family” includes your spouse, domestic partner, children (including stepchildren, foster children, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law), grandchildren, parents (including step-parents, mothers-in-law and fathers-in-law), grandparents, and siblings (including brothers-in-law, sisters-in-law and stepbrothers and stepsisters).

 

   

Partnership interests in a general partnership or a general partner in a limited partnership. Passive limited partners are not deemed to be owners of partnership securities absent unusual circumstances, such as influence over investment decisions.

 

   

Corporate shareholders who have or share investment control over a corporation’s investment portfolio.

 

   

Trusts in which the parties to the trust have both a pecuniary interest and investment control.

 

   

Derivative securities – You are the indirect owner of any security you have the right to acquire through the exercise or conversion of any option, warrant, convertible security or other derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable.

 

   

Securities held in investment clubs.

 

   

Within EMEA and specific to the Investment Services entities which fall outside of the scope of US SEC Investment Advisor regulation other regulation may prevail in respect to disclosure of third party accounts such as MiFID and Market Abuse Regulation. Therefore, for employees in EMEA Investment Services & Markets, the definition of Indirect Ownership is:

“Trades which are effected by or on behalf of the employee when that trade is carried out for the account of any of the following persons

 

   

The employee

 

   

Any person with whom they have a family relationship, or with whom they have close links;

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 31 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

   

A person in respect of who the employee has a direct or indirect material interest in the outcome of the trade, other than obtaining a fee or commission for the execution of the trade”

Employees must consider this requirement and ensure trades which fit under the above definition are reported to avoid violations and breaches of both regulations and Policy.

Initial Public Offering (IPO)

The first offering of a company’s securities to the public.

Investment Clubs

Organizations whose members make joint decisions on which securities to buy or sell. The securities are generally held in the name of the investment club. Prior to participating in an investment club, all employees (excluding Non-Classified Employees) are required to obtain written permission from their Preclearance Compliance Officer. Employees who receive permission to participate in an investment club are subject to the requirements of this policy.

Investment Company

A company that issues securities that represent an undivided interest in the net assets held by the company. Mutual funds are open-end investment companies that issue and sell redeemable securities representing an undivided interest in the net assets of the company.

Micro-Cap Access Decision Maker (MCADM) Employee

A subset of ADM Employees who make recommendations or decisions regarding the purchase or sale of any security of an issuer with a small market capitalization. The market capitalization threshold used when determining if an ADM Employee is considered a MCADM Employee is a market capitalization equal to or less than $250 million (for all other countries, the local currency’s USD equivalent is used).

Money Market Fund

A mutual fund that invests in short-term debt instruments where its portfolio is valued at amortized cost so as to seek to maintain a stable net asset value (typically, of $1 per share).

Non-Discretionary (Managed) Account

An account in which the employee has a beneficial interest but no direct or indirect control over the investment decision making process. It may be exempted from preclearance and reporting procedures only if the Ethics Office is satisfied that the account is truly non-discretionary (i.e., the employee has given total investment discretion to an investment manager and retains no ability to influence specific trades). Employees are required to complete an annual certification in PTA regarding managed accounts. In addition, employees are required to provide copies of statements to Compliance when requested.

Non-Self-Directed Accounts

The portion of the Company 401(k) balance invested in Tier 1 - LifePath Index Funds, Tier 2 - Passively Managed Index Funds, Tier 3 - Actively Managed Funds, and/or BNY Mellon stock.

Option

A security which gives the investor the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specific security at a specified price within a specified time frame. For purposes of compliance with this policy, an employee who buys/sells an option is deemed to have purchased/sold the underlying security when the option was purchased/sold. Four combinations are possible as described below:

Call Options

 

   

If an employee buys a call option, the employee is considered to have purchased the underlying security on the date the option was purchased.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 32 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

   

If an employee sells a call option, the employee is considered to have sold the underlying security on the date the option was sold (for covered call writing, the sale of an out-of-the-money option is not considered for purposes of the 60 day trading prohibition). Please note that this would not apply to covered calls on BNY Mellon stock as option trades of Company stock are prohibited.

Put Options

 

   

If an employee buys a put option, the employee is considered to have sold the underlying security on the date the option was purchased.

 

   

If an employee sells a put option, the employee is considered to have bought the underlying security on the date the option was sold.

 

   

Opening and closing or closing and opening a put position within 60 days of each other for employees classified as Investment Employee and Access Decision Maker will subject the trade to profit disgorgement.

Personal Trading Activity

Trading in investments or securities for the benefit of oneself or immediate family member as is defined by the policy for Indirect Ownership. This includes brokerage or investment accounts for which the employee is named as holder, has a beneficial interest or control and any in which the employee shares an ownership interest with persons who are not covered under this Policy or has the power, directly or indirectly, to effect transactions in the account. This may be a formal power, e.g., through a power of attorney or a fiduciary relationship such as trustee or custodian, or an informal arrangement, including the accounts of minor children and other financial dependents and, only when required by local regulation, the accounts of spouses and domestic partners.

Preclearance Compliance Officer

A person designated by the Ethics Office to administer, among other things, employees’ preclearance requests for a specific business (for purposes of this policy, the term “Compliance Officer” and “Preclearance Compliance Officer” are used interchangeably).

Pre-Release Earnings Group (PREG)

The Pre-Release Earnings Group consists of any individual determined by the Company’s Corporate Finance Department to be a member of the group or are deemed to have access to MNPI on BK.

Private Placement

An offering of securities that is exempt from registration under various laws and rules, such as the Securities Act of 1933 in the U.S. and the Listing Rules in the U.K. Such offerings are exempt from registration because they do not constitute a public offering. Private placements can include limited partnerships, certain cooperative investments in real estate, co-mingled investment vehicles such as hedge funds, investments in privately-held and family owned businesses and Volcker Covered Funds. For the purpose of this policy, time-shares and cooperative investments in real estate used as a primary or secondary residence are not considered to be private placements.

Proprietary Fund

An investment company or collective fund for which a Company subsidiary serves as an investment adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter. The Proprietary Funds listing can be found on MySource on the Compliance and Ethics homepage or it can be obtained by sending an email to the Securities Trading Policy Help Line at securitiestradingpolicyhelp@bnymellon.com .

Scalping

The purchase or sale of securities for clients for the purpose of affecting the value of a security owned or to be acquired by you or the company.

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 33 


I-A-045: Personal Securities Trading Policy 

 

 

 

Securities/Financial Instruments (Collectively “Securities”)

Transferable Securities and/or Money Market Instruments

Any investment that represents an ownership stake or debt stake in a company, partnership, governmental unit, business or other enterprise. It includes stocks, bonds, notes, evidences of indebtedness, certificates of participation in any profit-sharing agreement, units in collective investment undertakings, collateral trust certificates and certificates of deposit. It also includes security-based derivatives and swaps and many types of puts, calls, straddles and options on any security or group of securities; fractional undivided interests in oil, gas, or other mineral rights; and investment contracts, variable life insurance policies and variable annuities whose cash values or benefits are tied to the performance of an investment account. Unless expressly exempt, all securities transactions are covered under the provisions of this policy (See exempt securities).

Self-Directed Accounts

An account established as part of the company 401(k) plan that offers employees the opportunity to build and manage their own investment portfolio through the purchase and sale of a broad variety of Exchange Traded Funds, Proprietary Funds, and non-Proprietary Funds.

Short Sale

The sale of a security that is not owned by the seller at the time of the trade.

Spread Betting

A type of speculation that involves taking a bet on the price movement of a security. A spread betting company quotes two prices, the bid and offer price (also, called the spread), and investors bet whether the price of the underlying security will be lower than the bid or higher than the offer. The investor does not own the underlying security in spread betting, they simply speculate on the price movement of the stock.

Tender Offer

An offer to purchase some or all shareholders’ shares in a corporation. The price offered is usually at a premium to the market price.

Volcker Covered Fund

Generally, a “Volcker Covered Fund” is a domestic or foreign hedge fund, private equity fund, venture capital fund, commodity pool or alternative investment fund (“AIF”) that is sold in a private, restricted or unregistered offering to investors who must meet certain net worth, income or sophistication standards or is sold to a restricted number of investors.

Generally, the fund is not registered with a securities/commodity regulator and therefore cannot be offered to the general or retail public unless the investor meets some type of qualification to demonstrate the investor does not need the protection of the securities or commodities regulations.

Some examples of funds that generally are not Covered Funds are U.S. registered mutual funds, U.S. registered closed-end funds that are traded on an exchange, U.S. registered ETFs (exchange-traded funds), U.S. registered UITs (unit investment trusts), UCITs (Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities, which are primarily sold in the European Union), similarly publicly registered investment pools that are available on a retail basis without investment restrictions, and U.S. bank common and collective funds.

A complete list of Covered Funds can be found at the Volcker Compliance Site on MySource or refer to the Volcker Covered Funds Policy (Corporate Policy I-A-049) .

 

 

 January 15, 2019

  

 

Page 34